OM0E032U

User Manual: Pdf 2018 Toyota Highlander Hybrid Owners Manual PDF | SERVICE MANUAL OWNERS

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 716

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

Pictorial index

Search by illustration

For safety
and security

Make sure to read through them

Instrument
cluster

How to read the gauges and meters, the variety of
warning lights and indicators, etc.

Operation of
3 each

component

Opening and closing the doors and windows,
adjustment before driving, etc.

4 Driving

Operations and advice which are necessary for
driving

5 Audio system

Operating the audio system

6 Interior features

Usage of the interior features, etc.

Maintenance
and care

Caring for your vehicle and maintenance
procedures

When trouble
arises

What to do in case of malfunction or emergency

Vehicle
specifications

Vehicle specifications, customizable features, etc.

10 For owners

Index

Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners, and seat
belt and SRS airbag instructions for Canadian
owners
Search by symptom
Search alphabetically

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For your information....................... 8
Reading this manual .................... 14
How to search.............................. 15
Pictorial index .............................. 16
1 For safety and security
1-1. For safe use
Before driving ...................... 28
For safe driving ................... 30
Seat belts ............................ 32
SRS airbags ........................ 41
Front passenger occupant
classification system ......... 54
Safety information for
children ............................. 61
Child restraint systems........ 62
Installing child restraints...... 66
Exhaust gas precautions..... 80
1-2. Hybrid system
Hybrid system features ....... 81
Hybrid system
precautions ....................... 85
1-3. Theft deterrent system
Immobilizer system ............. 91
Alarm................................... 93
2 Instrument cluster
2.

Instrument cluster
Warning lights and
indicators........................... 98
Gauge and meters ............ 103
Multi-information
display............................. 107
Energy monitor/
consumption screen........ 113

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each
component

3-1. Key information
Keys................................... 120
3-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Side doors ......................... 124
Back door .......................... 130
Glass hatch........................ 142
Smart key system .............. 146
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats......................... 154
Rear seats ......................... 156
Driving position
memory ........................... 163
Head restraints .................. 167
3-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel................... 171
Inside rear view mirror ....... 173
Outside rear view
mirrors ............................. 175
3-5. Opening and closing
the windows
Power windows.................. 177
Moon roof .......................... 181
Panoramic moon roof ........ 185

4 Driving
4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle............. 192
Cargo and luggage............ 202
Vehicle load limits ............. 207
Trailer towing..................... 208
Dinghy towing.................... 224
4-2. Driving procedures
Power (ignition) switch ...... 225
EV drive mode................... 231
Hybrid transmission........... 233
Turn signal lever................ 239
Parking brake .................... 240
4-3. Operating the lights
and wipers
Headlight switch ................ 241
Automatic High Beam ....... 245
Fog light switch ................. 249
Windshield wipers and
washer ............................ 250
Rear window wiper and
washer ............................ 254

4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank
cap................................... 256
4-5. Using the driving
support systems
Toyota Safety Sense P...... 261
PCS
(Pre-Collision System)..... 268
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert
with steering control) ....... 282
Dynamic radar cruise
control.............................. 292
Rear view monitor
system ............................. 304
BSM
(Blind Spot Monitor)......... 313
• BSM function ................. 318

• RCTA function ............... 322
Driving assist systems ....... 328
4-6. Driving tips
Hybrid vehicle driving
tips................................... 334
Winter driving tips .............. 337
Utility vehicle
precautions...................... 341

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5 Audio system
5-1. Basic Operations
Audio system types ........... 348
Entune Audio..................... 349
Steering wheel audio
switches .......................... 352
AUX Port/USB Port ........... 353
Basic audio operations...... 354
5-2. Setup
Setup menu....................... 356
General settings ................ 357
Audio settings.................... 358
Display settings ................. 359
Voice settings.................... 360
5-3. Using Entune Audio
Selecting the audio
source ............................. 361
List screen operation......... 362
Optimal use of Entune
Audio............................... 364
5-4. Using the radio
Radio operation................. 365
5-5. Playing an audio CD and
MP3/WMA/AAC discs
CD player operation .......... 367
5-6. Using an external device
Listening to an iPod........... 373
Listening to a USB
memory device................ 377
Using the AUX port ........... 381

5-7. Connecting Bluetooth®
Preparations to use
wireless
communication ................ 382
Registering a Bluetooth®
audio player for the
first time........................... 386
Registering a Bluetooth®
phone for the first time..... 387
Registering a Bluetooth®
device .............................. 388
Connecting a Bluetooth®
device .............................. 390
Displaying a Bluetooth®
device details................... 392
Detailed Bluetooth®
system settings................ 393
5-8. Bluetooth® Audio
Listening to Bluetooth®
Audio ............................... 394
5-9. Bluetooth® phone
Using a Bluetooth®
Phone .............................. 395
Making a call...................... 397
Receiving a call ................. 400
Speaking on the phone...... 401
Bluetooth® phone
message function ............ 404
Using the steering
wheel switches ................ 408
Bluetooth® phone
settings ............................ 409
Contact/
Call History Settings ........ 410
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) ............ 419
5-10. Bluetooth®
Bluetooth® ......................... 423
5-11. Using the voice
command system
Voice command system .... 427

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6 Interior features

6-4. Using the other interior
features
Other interior features........ 461

6-1. Using the air
conditioning system
and defogger
Front automatic air
conditioning system ........ 434
Rear automatic air
conditioning system ........ 441
Heated steering wheel/
seat heaters/
seat ventilators................ 444

• Sun visors ..................... 461

6-2. Using the interior lights
Interior lights list ................ 447

• Armrest.......................... 469

• Interior lights ................. 448

• Assist grips .................... 470

• Personal lights .............. 448

• Side table ...................... 471
Garage door opener .......... 472
Safety Connect .................. 479
Compass ........................... 485

6-3. Using the storage
features
List of storage features...... 449
• Glove box...................... 450

• Vanity mirrors ................ 461
• Conversation mirror....... 462

• Clock ............................. 462
• Outside temperature
display ........................... 463

• Power outlets ................ 464
• USB charging ports ....... 466

• Rear sunshades ............ 468
• Coat hooks .................... 470

• Console box .................. 450
• Bottle holders ................ 451
• Cup holders .................. 452

• Auxiliary boxes.............. 454
• Open tray ...................... 455
Luggage compartment
features ........................... 456

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

7 Maintenance and care

8 When trouble arises

7-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior.......... 490
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior........... 494

8-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers........... 560
If your vehicle has to
be stopped in
an emergency.................. 561

7-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements ................... 497
General maintenance........ 500
Emission inspection and
maintenance (I/M)
programs......................... 503

8-2. Steps to take in
an emergency
If your vehicle needs to
be towed.......................... 562
If you think something is
wrong............................... 566
If a warning light turns on
or a warning buzzer
sounds............................. 567
If a warning message is
displayed ......................... 576
If you have a flat tire .......... 596
If the hybrid system will
not start ........................... 620
If the electronic key
does not operate
properly ........................... 622
If the 12-volt battery is
discharged....................... 625
If your vehicle
overheats......................... 630
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ................................634

7-3. Do-it-yourself
maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions ..................... 504
Hood.................................. 506
Positioning a floor jack ...... 508
Engine compartment ......... 509
12-volt battery ................... 517
Tires .................................. 522
Tire inflation pressure........ 532
Wheels .............................. 535
Air conditioning filter.......... 537
Electronic key battery........ 539
Checking and replacing
fuses ............................... 541
Light bulbs......................... 545

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

9 Vehicle specifications
9-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, oil level, etc.) .......... 638
Fuel information ................ 650
Tire information ................. 653
9-2. Customization
Customizable features ...... 666
9-3. Initialization
Items to initialize................ 677
10 For owners
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners........................ 680
Seat belt instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French) ............................... 681
SRS airbag instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French) ............................... 684

Index
8

What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) .................... 694
Alphabetical index...................... 699

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For your information
Main Owner’s Manual
Please note that this manual applies to all models and all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may find some explanations for equipment not
installed on your vehicle.
All specifications provided in this manual are current at the time of printing.
However, because of the Toyota policy of continual product improvement, we
reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Depending on specifications, the vehicle shown in the illustrations may differ
from your vehicle in terms of color and equipment.

Noise from under vehicle after turning off the hybrid system
Approximately five hours after the hybrid system is turned off, you may hear
sound coming from under the vehicle for several minutes. This is the sound of
a fuel evaporation leakage check and, it does not indicate a malfunction.

Accessories, spare parts and modification of your Toyota
A wide variety of non-genuine spare parts and accessories for Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market. You should know that Toyota does
not warrant these products and is not responsible for their performance,
repair, or replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or adverse
effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.
This vehicle should not be modified with non-genuine Toyota products. Modification with non-genuine Toyota products could affect its performance, safety
or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition,
damage or performance problems resulting from the modification may not be
covered under warranty.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

9
Installation of a mobile two-way radio system
The installation of a mobile two-way radio system in your vehicle could affect
electronic systems such as:
● Multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel injection system
● Toyota Safety Sense P
● Anti-lock brake system
● SRS airbag system
● Seat belt pretensioner system
Be sure to check with your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions regarding installation of a mobile two-way radio system.
High voltage parts and cables on the hybrid vehicles emit approximately the
same amount of electromagnetic waves as the conventional gasoline powered vehicles or home electronic appliances despite of their electromagnetic
shielding.
Unwanted noise may occur in the reception of the mobile two-way radio.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

10
Vehicle data recordings
Your Toyota is equipped with several sophisticated computers that will record
certain data, such as:
• Engine speed
• Electric motor speed (traction motor speed)
• Accelerator status
• Brake status
• Vehicle speed
• Shift position
• Hybrid battery (traction battery) status
The recorded data varies according to the vehicle grade level and options
with which it is equipped. These computers do not record conversations or
sounds, and only record images outside of the vehicle in certain situations.
● Data Transmission
Your vehicle may transmit the data recorded in these computers to Toyota
without notification to you.
● Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in these computers to diagnose malfunctions, conduct research and development, and improve quality.
Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except:
• With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee if
the vehicle is leased
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a government agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
• For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific vehicle or
vehicle owner
● Usage of data collected through Safety Connect (U.S. mainland only)
If your Toyota has Safety Connect and if you have subscribed to those services, please refer to the Safety Connect Telematics Subscription Service
Agreement for information on data collected and its usage.
● To learn more about the vehicle data collected, used and shared by
Toyota, please visit www.toyota.com/privacyvts/.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

11
Event data recorder
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations,
such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to
record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period
of time, typically 30 seconds or less.
The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake
pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in
which crashes and injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine
the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired
during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access
to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer,
other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can
read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR.
● Disclosure of the EDR data
Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a third party except
when:
• An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the lessee for a leased vehicle) is obtained
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a government agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
However, if necessary, Toyota may:
• Use the data for research on vehicle safety performance
• Disclose the data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing
information about the specific vehicle or vehicle owner

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

12
Scrapping of your Toyota
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your Toyota contain
explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is scrapped with the airbags and seat belt
pretensioners left as they are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be
sure to have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner
removed and disposed of by a qualified service shop or by your Toyota dealer
before you scrap your vehicle.

Perchlorate Material
Special handling may apply, See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate. These components may include airbag, seat belt pretensioners, and wireless remote control batteries.
WARNING
■ General precautions while driving
Driving under the influence: Never drive your vehicle when under the influence of alcohol or drugs that have impaired your ability to operate your vehicle. Alcohol and certain drugs delay reaction time, impair judgment and
reduce coordination, which could lead to an accident that could result in
death or serious injury.
Defensive driving: Always drive defensively. Anticipate mistakes that other
drivers or pedestrians might make and be ready to avoid accidents.
Driver distraction: Always give your full attention to driving. Anything that
distracts the driver, such as adjusting controls, talking on a cellular phone or
reading can result in a collision with resulting death or serious injury to you,
your occupants or others.
■ General precaution regarding children’s safety
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows, the moon roof, or other features of the vehicle. In addition,
heat build-up or extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal
to children.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Reading this manual
WARNING:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause death or
serious injury to people.
NOTICE:
Explains something that, if not obeyed, could cause damage to
or a malfunction in the vehicle or its equipment.
1 2 3

Indicates operating or working procedures. Follow the steps
in numerical order.

Indicates the action (pushing, turning, etc.) used to
operate switches and other
devices.
Indicates the outcome of an
operation (e.g. a lid opens).

Indicates the component or
position being explained.
Means “Do not”, “Do not do
this”, or “Do not let this happen”.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

How to search
■ Searching by name

• Alphabetical index .......P. 699

■ Searching

by installation
position
• Pictorial index................P. 16

■ Searching by symptom or

sound
• What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) ........P. 694

■ Searching by title

• Table of contents .............P. 2

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Pictorial index

Pictorial index
■ Exterior

1 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening/closing the side windows. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Locking/unlocking by using the mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . .
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

P. 124
P. 124
P. 177
P. 622
P. 578

2 Back door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 130
Locking/unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 124
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 578
3 Glass hatch*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 142
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 578
4 Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusting the mirror angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folding the mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving position memory* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defogging the mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

P. 175
P. 175
P. 175
P. 163
P. 436

5 Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 250
Precautions for winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 337
To prevent freezing (windshield wiper de-icer). . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 436

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Pictorial index

6 Fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 256
Refueling method. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 256
Fuel type/fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 641
7 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire size/inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Winter tires/tire chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checking/rotation/tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . . .
Coping with flat tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

P. 522
P. 646
P. 337
P. 522
P. 596

8 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coping with overheat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

P. 506
P. 506
P. 642
P. 630
P. 578

Light bulbs of the exterior lights for driving
(Replacing method: P. 545, Watts: P. 649)

9 Headlights/daytime running lights* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
10 Daytime running lights*/parking lights* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
11 Front fog lights*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 249
12 Front turn signal lights/parking lights* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 239
13 Stop/tail lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
Hill-start assist control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 329
14 License plate lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
15 Back-up lights
Shifting the shift lever to R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 233
16 Side marker lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 241
17 Turn signal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 239

*: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Pictorial index

■ Instrument panel

1 Power switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting the hybrid system/changing the modes . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency stop of the hybrid system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When the hybrid system will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

P. 225
P. 225
P. 561
P. 620
P. 591

2 Shift lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing the shift position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Precautions for towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When the shift lever does not move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

P. 233
P. 233
P. 562
P. 237

3 Meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 103
Reading the meters/adjusting the instrument panel lights . . . . P. 103
Warning lights/indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 98
When a warning light comes on. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 567
Multi-information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Energy monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When a warning message or indicator is displayed. . . . . . . . .

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

P. 107
P. 107
P. 113
P. 576

Pictorial index

4 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Applying/releasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Precautions for winter season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warning buzzer/message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

P. 240
P. 240
P. 338
P. 576

5 Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Headlights/tail lights/daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front fog lights*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

P. 239
P. 241
P. 241
P. 249

6 Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 250, 254
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 250, 254
Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 516
Warning messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 586
7 Emergency flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 560
8 Hood lock release lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 506
9 Tilt and telescopic steering lock release lever . . . . . . . . . . P. 171
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 171
10 Automatic air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 434
Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 434
Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 436
11 Entune Audio*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 349
Entune Audio Plus*1, 2
Entune Premium Audio*1, 2
12 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 462
13 Power back door main switch*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 133
14 Fuel filler door opener switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 258

*1: If equipped
*2: For vehicles with Entune Premium Audio or Entune Audio Plus, refer to
“NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Pictorial index

■ Switches

1 Automatic High Beam switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 245
2 Camera switch*1, 2
3 Power back door switch*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 130
4 Windshield wiper de-icer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 436
5 Heated steering wheel switch*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 445
6 Intuitive parking assist switch*1, 2

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Pictorial index

1 Inside lock buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 126
2 Driving position memory switches*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 163
3 Outside rear view mirror switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 175
4 Door lock switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 126
5 Power window switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 177
6 Window lock switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 178
7 Tire pressure warning reset switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 525

*1: If equipped

* : Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
2

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Pictorial index

1 Talk switch*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 427
2 Audio remote control switches*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 352
3 Meter control switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 108
4 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 292
5 LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 285
6 Dynamic radar cruise control switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 292
7 Telephone switches*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 408

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Pictorial index

 Type A

 Type B

1 VSC OFF switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 330
2 “ECO MODE” switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 234
3 EV drive mode switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 231
4 Seat heater/ventilator switches*2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 445
5 Seat heater switches*2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 445

*1: For vehicles with Entune Premium Audio or Entune Audio Plus, refer to
“NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
2
: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Pictorial index

■ Interior

1 SRS airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 41
2 Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 28
3 Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 154
4 Head restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 167
5 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 32
6 Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 450
7 Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 452
8 Rear seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 156
9 Rear automatic air conditioning switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 441
Second seat heater switches*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 446
10 Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 469
11 Side table*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 471
12 Rear seat entertainment system*1, 2

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Pictorial index

1 Inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 173
2 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 461
3 Vanity mirrors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 461
4 Interior lights/personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 447
5 Moon roof switches*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 181
Panoramic moon roof switches*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 185
6 Auxiliary boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 454
Conversation mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 462
7 “SOS” button*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 479
8 Garage door opener switches*1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 472
9 Assist grips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . P. 470

*1: If equipped

* : Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
2

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Pictorial index

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

1
1-1. For safe use
Before driving...................... 28
For safe driving ................... 30
Seat belts ............................ 32
SRS airbags........................ 41
Front passenger occupant
classification system ......... 54
Safety information for
children ............................. 61
Child restraint systems........ 62
Installing child restraints...... 66
Exhaust gas precautions..... 80
1-2. Hybrid system
Hybrid system features ....... 81
Hybrid system
precautions ....................... 85
1-3. Theft deterrent system
Immobilizer system ............. 91
Alarm................................... 93

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

Before driving
Floor mat
Use only floor mats designed specifically for vehicles of the same
model and model year as your vehicle. Fix them securely in place
onto the carpet.
1 Insert the retaining hooks (clips)

into the floor mat eyelets.

2 Turn the upper knob of each

retaining hook (clip) to secure
the floor mats in place.

*: Always align the

marks.

The shape of the retaining hooks (clips) may differ from that shown in the
illustration.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

WARNING

● Check that the floor mat is securely
fixed in the correct place with all the
provided retaining hooks (clips). Be
especially careful to perform this check
after cleaning the floor.
● With the hybrid system stopped and the
shift lever in P, fully depress each pedal
to the floor to make sure it does not
interfere with the floor mat.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause the driver’s floor mat to slip, possibly interfering
with the pedals while driving. An unexpectedly high speed may result or it may
become difficult to stop the vehicle. This could lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
■ When installing the driver’s floor mat
● Do not use floor mats designed for other models or different model year
vehicles, even if they are Toyota Genuine floor mats.
● Only use floor mats designed for the driver’s seat.
● Always install the floor mat securely using the retaining hooks (clips) provided.
● Do not use two or more floor mats on top of each other.
● Do not place the floor mat bottom-side up or upside-down.
■ Before driving

1-1. For safe use

For safe driving
For safe driving, adjust the seat and mirror to an appropriate
position before driving.
Correct driving posture
1 Adjust the angle of the seat-

back so that you are sitting
straight up and so that you do
not have to lean forward to
steer. (→P. 154)
2 Adjust the seat so that you can

depress the pedals fully and so
that your arms bend slightly at
the elbow when gripping the
steering wheel. (→P. 154)
3 Lock the head restraint in place with the center of the head restraint

closest to the top of your ears. (→P. 167)
4 Wear the seat belt correctly. (→P. 32)

Correct use of the seat belts
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before driving the vehicle. (→P. 32)
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
(→P. 62)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

Adjusting the mirrors
Make sure that you can see backward clearly by adjusting the inside
and outside rear view mirrors properly. (→P. 173, 175)
WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Do not adjust the position of the driver’s seat while driving.
Doing so could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Do not place a cushion between the driver or passenger and the seatback.
A cushion may prevent correct posture from being achieved, and reduce
the effectiveness of the seat belt and head restraint.
● Do not place anything under the front seats.
Objects placed under the front seats may become jammed in the seat
tracks and stop the seat from locking in place. This may lead to an accident and the adjustment mechanism may also be damaged.
● Always observe the legal speed limit when driving on public roads.
● When driving over long distances, take regular breaks before you start to
feel tired.
Also, if you feel tired or sleepy while driving, do not force yourself to continue driving and take a break immediately.

1-1. For safe use

Seat belts
Make sure that all occupants are wearing their seat belts before
driving the vehicle.
Correct use of the seat belts
● Extend the shoulder belt so that
it comes fully over the shoulder,
but does not come into contact
with the neck or slide off the
shoulder.
● Position the lap belt as low as
possible over the hips.
● Adjust the position of the seatback. Sit up straight and well
back in the seat.
● Do not twist the seat belt.
Fastening and releasing the seat belt (except for the third center
seat)
1 To fasten the seat belt, push the

plate into the buckle until a click
sound is heard.
2 To release the seat belt, press

the release button.

Release button

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

Fastening the seat belt (for the third center seat)
1 Take the plate out of the holder,

and then pull down the seat
belt.
1

until a click sound is heard.
Plate “A”

Buckle “A”

3 Push plate “B” into buckle “B”

Plate “B”

until a click sound is heard.

Buckle “B”

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

2 Push plate “A” into buckle “A”

1-1. For safe use

Releasing and stowing the seat belt (for the third center seat)
1 To release plate “B”, press the

release button on buckle “B”

Release
Plate “B” button

Buckle “B”
2 To release plate “A”, insert the

Plate “A”

key (→P. 120) or plate “B” into
the hole on buckle “A”.
Retract the belt slowly when
releasing and stowing the seat
belt.

Buckle “A”
Plate “A”

Plate “B”
3 Holding

plate “A” and “B”
together, insert both plates into
the holder on the roof.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Buckle “A”

1-1. For safe use

Adjusting the seat belt shoulder anchor height (front seats)
1 Push the seat belt shoulder

anchor down while pressing the
release button.
2 Push the seat belt shoulder

anchor up.

Seat belt comfort guide (for the third center seat)
If the shoulder belt sits close to a person's neck, use the seat belt
comfort guide.
1 Pull the comfort guide from the

pocket.

2 Slide the belt past the slot of the

guide.
The elastic cord must be behind
the seat belt.

3 Buckle the seat belt and posi-

tion it comfortably.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

Move the height adjuster up and
down as needed until you hear a
click.

1-1. For safe use

Seat belt pretensioners (front seats)
The pretensioners help the seat
belts to quickly restrain the occupants by retracting the seat belts
when the vehicle is subjected to
certain types of severe frontal collision or a vehicle rollover.
The pretensioners do not activate
in the event of a minor frontal
impact, a side impact or a rear
impact.
■ Emergency locking retractor (ELR)
The retractor will lock the belt during a sudden stop or on impact. It may also
lock if you lean forward too quickly. A slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
extend so that you can move around fully.
■ Automatic locking retractor (ALR)
When a passenger’s shoulder belt is completely extended and then retracted
even slightly, the belt is locked in that position and cannot be extended. This
feature is used to hold the child restraint system (CRS) firmly. To free the belt
again, fully retract the belt and then pull the belt out once more. (→P. 66)
■ When not using the rear seat belts
 Second seat belts
Pass the outer seat belts through the seat
belt hangers and secure the seat belt
plates to prevent the shoulder belts from
being damaged.

 Third seat belts

Pass the outer seat belts through the seat
belt hangers and secure the seat belt
plates to prevent the shoulder belts from
being damaged.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

If your seat belts cannot be fastened
securely because they are not long
enough, a personalized seat belt extender
is available from your Toyota dealer free
of charge.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

■ Child seat belt usage
The seat belts of your vehicle were principally designed for persons of adult
size.
● Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the child
becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt. (→P. 62)
● When the child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt, follow the instructions regarding seat belt usage. (→P. 32)
■ Replacing the belt after the pretensioner has been activated (front seats)
If the vehicle is involved in multiple collisions, the pretensioner will activate for
the first collision, but will not activate for the second or subsequent collisions.
■ Seat belt extender

1-1. For safe use

WARNING
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of injury in the event of
sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
■ Wearing a seat belt
● Ensure that all passengers wear a seat belt.
● Always wear a seat belt properly.
● Each seat belt should be used by one person only. Do not use a seat belt
for more than one person at once, including children.
● Toyota recommends that children be seated in the rear seat and always
use a seat belt and/or an appropriate child restraint system.
● To achieve a proper seating position, do not recline the seat more than
necessary. The seat belt is most effective when the occupants are sitting
up straight and well back in the seats.
● Do not wear the shoulder belt under your arm.
● Always wear your seat belt low and snug across your hips.
■ Pregnant women
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat
belt in the proper way. (→P. 32)
Women who are pregnant should position the lap belt as low as possible over
the hips in the same manner as other
occupants, extending the shoulder belt
completely over the shoulder and avoiding belt contact with the rounding of the
abdominal area.
If the seat belt is not worn properly, not
only the pregnant woman, but also the
fetus could suffer death or serious injury
as a result of sudden braking or a collision.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

■ People suffering illness
Obtain medical advice and wear the seat belt in the proper way. (→P. 32)
■ When children are in the vehicle
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.
■ Seat belt pretensioners (front seats)
If the pretensioner has activated, the SRS warning light will come on. In that
case, the seat belt cannot be used again and must be replaced at your
Toyota dealer.
■ Adjustable shoulder anchor (front seats)
Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of your
shoulder. The belt should be kept away from your neck, but not falling off
your shoulder. Failure to do so could reduce the amount of protection in an
accident and cause death or serious injuries in the event of a sudden stop,
sudden swerve or accident. (→P. 35)
■ Seat belt damage and wear
● Do not damage the seat belts by allowing the belt, plate, or buckle to be
jammed in the door.
● Inspect the seat belt system periodically. Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
parts. Do not use a damaged seat belt until it is replaced. Damaged seat
belts cannot protect an occupant from death or serious injury.
● Ensure that the belt and plate are locked and the belt is not twisted.
If the seat belt does not function correctly, immediately contact your Toyota
dealer.
● Replace the seat assembly, including the belts, if your vehicle has been
involved in a serious accident, even if there is no obvious damage.
● Do not attempt to install, remove, modify, disassemble or dispose of the
seat belts. Have any necessary repairs carried out by your Toyota dealer.
Inappropriate handling may lead to incorrect operation.

1-1. For safe use

WARNING
■ Using a seat belt comfort guide (third center seat)
Failure to observe the following precautions could reduce the effectiveness
of the seat belt in an accident, causing death or serious injury.
● Make sure the belt is not twisted and that it lies flat. The elastic cord must
be behind the belt and the guide must be on the front.
● To reduce the chance of injury in case of a sudden stop, sudden swerve or
accident while driving, remove and store the comfort guide in its pocket
when it is not in use.
● Always make sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the center of the
shoulder. The belt should be kept away from the neck, and should not fall
off the shoulder.
■ Using a seat belt extender
● Do not wear the seat belt extender if you can fasten the seat belt without
the extender.
● Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
because the belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of an accident.
● The personalized extender may not be safe on another vehicle, when
used by another person, or at a different seating position other than the
one originally intended.
■ When using the third center seat belt
Do not use the third center seat belt with
either buckle released. Fastening only
one of the buckles may result in death or
serious injury in case of sudden braking,
sudden swerving or a collision.

NOTICE
■ When using a seat belt extender
When releasing the seat belt, press on the buckle release button on the
extender, not on the seat belt.
This helps prevent damage to the vehicle interior and the extender itself.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

SRS airbags
The SRS airbags inflate when the vehicle is subjected to certain
types of severe impacts that may cause significant injury to the
occupants. They work together with the seat belts to help reduce
the risk of death or serious injury.

For safety and security

◆ SRS front airbags
1 SRS driver airbag/front passenger airbag

Can help protect the head and chest of the driver and front passenger from impact with interior components
2 SRS driver’s knee airbag

Can help provide driver protection
3 SRS seat cushion airbag

Can help restrain the front passenger

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

◆ SRS side and curtain shield airbags
4 SRS front side airbags

Can help protect the torso of the front seat occupants
5 SRS curtain shield airbags

● Can help protect primarily the head of occupants in the outer
seats
● Can prevent the occupants from being thrown from the vehicle
in the event of vehicle rollover

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

SRS airbag system components

For safety and security

1 Front passenger airbag

10 Side impact sensors (rear)

2 Curtain shield airbags

11 Front passenger’s seat belt

3 Side impact sensors (front

doors)
4 “AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG

OFF” indicator lights
5 Seat belt pretensioners and

force limiters
6 Side airbags
7 Seat cushion airbag

buckle switch
12 Driver’s seat position sensor
13 Driver’s

seat

belt

buckle

switch
14 Driver’s knee airbag
15 Front

passenger occupant
classification system (ECU
and sensors)

8 SRS warning light

16 Front impact sensors

9 Driver airbag

17 Airbag sensor assembly

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

Your vehicle is equipped with ADVANCED AIRBAGS designed based
on the US motor vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The airbag
sensor assembly (ECU) controls airbag deployment based on information obtained from the sensors etc. shown in the system components diagram above. This information includes crash severity and
occupant information. As the airbags deploy, a chemical reaction in
the inflators quickly fills the airbags with non-toxic gas to help restrain
the motion of the occupants.
WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the SRS airbags.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
● The driver and all passengers in the vehicle must wear their seat belts
properly.
The SRS airbags are supplemental devices to be used with the seat belts.
● The SRS driver airbag deploys with considerable force, and can cause
death or serious injury especially if the driver is very close to the airbag.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) advises:
Since the risk zone for the driver’s airbag is the first 2 - 3 in. (50 - 75 mm)
of inflation, placing yourself 10 in. (250 mm) from your driver airbag provides you with a clear margin of safety. This distance is measured from
the center of the steering wheel to your breastbone. If you sit less than 10
in. (250 mm) away now, you can change your driving position in several
ways:
• Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably.
• Slightly recline the back of the seat.
Although vehicle designs vary, many drivers can achieve the 10 in. (250
mm) distance, even with the driver seat all the way forward, simply by
reclining the back of the seat somewhat. If reclining the back of your
seat makes it hard to see the road, raise yourself by using a firm, nonslippery cushion, or raise the seat if your vehicle has that feature.
• If your steering wheel is adjustable, tilt it downward. This points the airbag toward your chest instead of your head and neck.
The seat should be adjusted as recommended by NHTSA above, while
still maintaining control of the foot pedals, steering wheel, and your view
of the instrument panel controls.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions

● The SRS front passenger airbag also deploys with considerable force, and
can cause death or serious injury especially if the front passenger is very
close to the airbag. The front passenger seat should be as far from the airbag as possible with the seatback adjusted, so the front passenger sits
upright.
● Improperly seated and/or restrained infants and children can be killed or
seriously injured by a deploying airbag. An infant or child who is too small
to use a seat belt should be properly secured using a child restraint system. Toyota strongly recommends that all infants and children be placed in
the rear seats of the vehicle and properly restrained. The rear seats are
safer for infants and children than the front passenger seat. (→P. 62)
● Do not sit on the edge of the seat or
lean against the dashboard.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

● If the seat belt extender has been connected to the front seat belt buckles but
the seat belt extender has not also been
fastened to the latch plate of the seat
belt, the SRS front airbags will judge
that the driver and front passenger are
wearing the seat belt even though the
seat belt has not been connected. In
this case, the SRS front airbags may
not activate correctly in a collision,
resulting in death or serious injury in the
event of a collision. Be sure to wear the
seat belt with the seat belt extender.

1-1. For safe use

WARNING
■ SRS airbag precautions
● Do not allow a child to stand in front of
the SRS front passenger airbag unit or
sit on the knees of a front passenger.
● Do not allow the front seat occupants to
hold items on their knees.

● Do not lean against the door, the roof
side rail or the front, side and rear pillars.

● Do not allow anyone to kneel on the
passenger seats toward the door or put
their head or hands outside the vehicle.

● Do not attach anything to or lean anything against areas such as the dashboard, steering wheel pad and lower
portion of the instrument panel.
These items can become projectiles
when the SRS driver, front passenger
and driver’s knee airbag deploy.
● Do not attach anything to areas such as
a door, windshield, side window, front or
rear pillar, roof side rail and assist grip.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

■ SRS airbag precautions
● Do not hang coat hangers or other hard objects on the coat hooks. All of
these items could become projectiles and may cause death or serious
injury, should the SRS curtain shield airbags deploy.
● If a vinyl cover is put on the area where the SRS driver’s knee airbag will
deploy, be sure to remove it.
● Do not use seat accessories which cover the parts where the SRS side
airbags and SRS seat cushion airbag inflate as they may interfere with
inflation of the airbags. Such accessories may prevent the side airbags
and seat cushion airbag from activating correctly, disable the system or
cause the side airbags and seat cushion airbag to inflate accidentally,
resulting in death or serious injury.
● Do not strike or apply significant levels of force to the area of the SRS airbag components.
Doing so can cause the SRS airbags to malfunction.
● Do not touch any of the component parts immediately after the SRS airbags have deployed (inflated) as they may be hot.
● If breathing becomes difficult after the SRS airbags have deployed, open a
door or window to allow fresh air in, or leave the vehicle if it is safe to do
so. Wash off any residue as soon as possible to prevent skin irritation.
● If the areas where the SRS airbags are stored, such as the steering wheel
pad and front and rear pillar garnishes are damaged or cracked, have
them replaced by your Toyota dealer.
● Do not place anything, such as a cushion, on the front passenger's seat.
Doing so will disperse the passenger's weight, which prevents the sensor
from detecting the passenger's weight properly. As a result, the SRS front
airbags for the front passenger may not deploy in the event of a collision.

1-1. For safe use

WARNING
■ Modification and disposal of SRS airbag system components
Do not dispose of your vehicle or perform any of the following modifications
without consulting your Toyota dealer. The SRS airbags may malfunction or
deploy (inflate) accidentally, causing death or serious injury.
● Installation, removal, disassembly and repair of the SRS airbags
● Repairs, modifications, removal or replacement of the steering wheel,
instrument panel, dashboard, seats or seat upholstery, front, side and rear
pillars or roof side rails
● Repairs or modifications of the front fender, front bumper, or side of the
occupant compartment
● Installation of a grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.), snow plows,
winches or roof luggage carrier
● Modifications to the vehicle’s suspension system
● Installation of electronic devices such as mobile two-way radios and CD
players
● Modifications to your vehicle for a person with a physical disability
■ If the SRS airbags deploy (inflate)
● Slight abrasions, burns, bruising etc., may be sustained from SRS airbags,
due to the extremely high speed deployment (inflation) by hot gases.
● A loud noise and white powder will be emitted.
● Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel hub, airbag cover and inflator) as
well as the front seats, parts of the front and rear pillars, and roof side rails
may be hot for several minutes. The airbag itself may also be hot.
● The windshield may crack.
● For U.S.A.: For Safety Connect subscribers, if the SRS airbags deploy or in
the event of a severe rear-end collision, the system is designed to send an
emergency call to the response center, notifying them of the vehicle’s location (without needing to push the “SOS” button) and an agent will attempt to
speak with the occupants to ascertain the level of emergency and assistance required. If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent automatically treats the call as an emergency and helps to dispatch the
necessary emergency services. (→P. 479)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

■ SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS front airbags)
● The SRS front airbags will deploy in the event of an impact that exceeds the
set threshold level (the level of force corresponding to an approximately 12 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h] frontal collision with a fixed wall that does not move or
deform).
However, this threshold velocity will be considerably higher in the following
situations:
• If the vehicle strikes an object, such as a parked vehicle or sign pole,
which can move or deform on impact
• If the vehicle is involved in an underride collision, such as a collision in
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”, or goes under, the bed of a
truck
● Depending on the type of collision, it is possible that only the seat belt pretensioners will activate.
● The SRS front airbags for the front passenger will not activate if there is no
passenger sitting in the front passenger seat. However, the SRS front airbags for the front passenger may deploy if luggage is put in the seat, even if
the seat is unoccupied. (→P. 54)
● The SRS seat cushion airbag on the front passenger’s seat will not operate
if the occupant is not wearing a seat belt.
■ SRS airbag deployment conditions (SRS side and curtain shield airbags)
● The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of an
impact that exceeds the set threshold level (the level of force corresponding
to the impact force produced by an approximately 3300 lb. [1500 kg] vehicle
colliding with the vehicle cabin from a direction perpendicular to the vehicle
orientation at an approximate speed of 12 - 18 mph [20 - 30 km/h]).
● The SRS curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of vehicle rollover.
● The SRS side and curtain shield airbags will deploy in the event of a severe
frontal collision.

1-1. For safe use

■ Conditions under which the SRS airbags may deploy (inflate), other than
a collision
The SRS front airbags and SRS side and curtain shield airbags may also
deploy if a serious impact occurs to the underside of your vehicle. Some
examples are shown in the illustration.
● Hitting a curb, edge of pavement or hard
surface
● Falling into or jumping over a deep hole
● Landing hard or falling

The SRS curtain shield airbags may also deploy under the situations shown
in the illustration.
● The angle of vehicle tip-up is marginal
● The vehicle skids and hits a curb stone

■ Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS front airbags)
The SRS front airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
side or rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed frontal
collision. But, whenever a collision of any type causes sufficient forward
deceleration of the vehicle, deployment of the SRS front airbags may occur.
● Collision from the side
● Collision from the rear
● Vehicle rollover

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

■ Types of collisions that may not deploy the SRS airbags (SRS side and
curtain shield airbags)
The SRS side and curtain shield airbags may not activate if the vehicle is
subjected to a collision from the side at certain angles, or a collision to the
side of the vehicle body other than the passenger compartment.
● Collision from the side to the vehicle
body other than the passenger compartment
● Collision from the side at an angle

● Collision from the rear
● Vehicle rollover

The SRS curtain shield airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is
involved in a rear collision, if it pitches end over end, or if it is involved in a
low-speed side or low-speed frontal collision.
● Collision from the rear
● Pitching end over end

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

The SRS side airbags do not generally inflate if the vehicle is involved in a
rear collision, if it rolls over, or if it is involved in a low-speed side or lowspeed frontal collision.

1-1. For safe use

■ When to contact your Toyota dealer
In the following cases, the vehicle will require inspection and/or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer.
● Any of the SRS airbags have been inflated.
● The front of the vehicle is damaged or
deformed, or was involved in an accident that was not severe enough to
cause the SRS front airbags to inflate.

● A portion of a door or its surrounding
area is damaged or deformed, or the
vehicle was involved in an accident that
was not severe enough to cause the
SRS side and curtain shield airbags to
inflate.

● The pad section of the steering wheel,
dashboard near the front passenger airbag or lower portion of the instrument
panel is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

● The front passenger’s seat cushion surface is scratched, cracked, or otherwise
damaged.

● The portion of the front pillars, rear pillars or roof side rail garnishes (padding)
containing the curtain shield airbags
inside is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

● The surface of the seats with the side
airbag is scratched, cracked, or otherwise damaged.

1-1. For safe use

Front passenger occupant classification
system
Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classification system. This system detects the conditions of the front
passenger seat and activates or deactivates the devices for the
front passenger.



For U.S.A.

1 SRS warning light
2 Seat belt reminder light
3 “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light
4 “AIR BAG ON” indicator light

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)



For Canada

1-1. For safe use

Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system
■ Adult*1
“AIR BAG ON”

SRS warning light

Off

Seat belt reminder light

Off*2 or
flashing*3

Indicator/
warning light

Front passenger airbag
Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Devices

Activated

Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side
Front passenger seat cushion airbag

Activated*2
or
deactivated*3

Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter

Activated

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights

1-1. For safe use

■ Child*4
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights

“AIR BAG OFF”
or
“AIR BAG ON”*4

SRS warning light

Off

Seat belt reminder light

Off*2 or
flashing*3

Front passenger airbag

Deactivated or
activated*4

Indicator/
warning light

Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Devices

Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side

Activated

Front passenger seat cushion airbag

Deactivated or
activated*4, 2

Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter

Activated

■ Child restraint system with infant*5
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights

“AIR BAG
OFF”*6

SRS warning light

Off

Seat belt reminder light

Off*2 or
flashing*3

Front passenger airbag

Deactivated

Indicator/
warning light

Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Devices

Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side

Activated

Front passenger seat cushion airbag

Deactivated

Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter

Activated

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

■ Unoccupied
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights
Indicator/
warning light

“AIR BAG OFF”

SRS warning light
Off
Seat belt reminder light
Front passenger airbag

Devices

Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side

Deactivated

Activated

Front passenger seat cushion airbag

Deactivated

Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter

Activated

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

Side airbag
on the front passenger seat

1-1. For safe use

■ There is a malfunction in the system
“AIR BAG ON” and “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator lights

“AIR BAG OFF”

SRS warning light

Seat belt reminder light

Off

Front passenger airbag

Deactivated

Indicator/
warning light

Side airbag
on the front passenger seat
Devices

Curtain shield airbag
in the front passenger side

Activated

Front passenger seat cushion airbag

Deactivated

Front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner
and force limiter

Activated

*1: The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller
adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may not recognize him/
her as an adult depending on his/her physique and posture.

*2: In the event the front passenger is wearing a seat belt.
*3: In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.
*4: For some children, child in seat, child in booster seat or child in convertible seat, the system may not recognize him/her as a child. Factors which
may affect this can be the physique or posture.

*5: Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger
seat. A forward-facing child restraint system should only be installed on
the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (→P. 62)

*6: In case the indicator light is not illuminated, consult this manual on how to
install the child restraint system properly. (→P. 66)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

■ Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the front passenger occupant
classification system.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
● Wear the seat belt properly.
● Make sure the front passenger’s seat belt plate has not been left inserted
into the buckle before someone sits in the front passenger seat.
● Make sure the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is not illuminated when using
the seat belt extender for the front passenger seat. If the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light is illuminated, disconnect the extender tongue from the seat
belt buckle, and reconnect the seat belt. Reconnect the seat belt extender
after making sure the “AIR BAG ON” indicator light is illuminated. If you
use the seat belt extender while the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated, the SRS airbags for the front passenger will not activate, which
could cause death or serious injury in the event of a collision.
● Do not apply a heavy load to the front passenger seat or equipment (e.g.
seatback pockets).
● Do not put weight on the front passenger seat by putting your hands or
feet on the front passenger seat seatback from the rear passenger seat.
● Do not let a rear passenger lift the front passenger seat with their feet or
press on the seatback with their legs.
● Do not put objects under the front passenger seat.

1-1. For safe use

WARNING
■ Front passenger occupant classification system precautions
● Do not recline the front passenger seatback so far that it touches a rear
seat. This may cause the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light to be illuminated,
which indicates that the SRS airbags for the front passenger will not activate in the event of a severe accident. If the seatback touches the rear
seat, return the seatback to a position where it does not touch the rear
seat. Keep the front passenger seatback as upright as possible when the
vehicle is moving. Reclining the seatback excessively may lessen the
effectiveness of the seat belt system.
● If an adult sits in the front passenger seat, the “AIR BAG ON” indicator
light is illuminated. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator is illuminated, ask the
passenger to sit up straight, well back in the seat, feet on the floor, and
with the seat belt worn correctly. If the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator still
remains illuminated, either ask the passenger to move to the rear seat, or
if that is not possible, move the front passenger seat fully rearward.
● When it is unavoidable to install a forward-facing child restraint system on
the front passenger seat, install the child restraint system on the front passenger seat in the proper order. (→P. 66)
● Do not modify or remove the front seats.
● Do not kick the front passenger seat or subject it to severe impact. Otherwise, the SRS warning light may come on to indicate a malfunction of the
front passenger occupant classification system. In this case, contact your
Toyota dealer immediately.
● Child restraint systems installed on the rear seat should not contact the
front seatbacks.
● Do not use a seat accessory, such as a cushion and seat cover, that covers the seat cushion surface.
● Do not modify or replace the upholstery of the front seat.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

Safety information for children
Observe the following precautions when children are in the vehicle.
Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child, until the
child becomes large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat
belt.

WARNING
Never leave children unattended in the vehicle, and never allow children to
have or use the key.
Children may be able to start the vehicle or shift the vehicle into neutral.
There is also a danger that children may injure themselves by playing with
the windows or other features of the vehicle. In addition, heat build-up or
extremely cold temperatures inside the vehicle can be fatal to children.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

● It is recommended that children sit in the rear seats to avoid accidental contact with the shift lever, wiper switch etc.
● Use the rear door child-protector lock or the window lock switch to
avoid children opening the door while driving or operating the
power window accidentally.
● Do not let small children operate equipment which may catch or
pinch body parts, such as the power window, hood, back door,
seats etc.

1-1. For safe use

Child restraint systems
A child restraint system for a small child or baby must itself be
properly restrained on the seat with the LATCH anchors or the
lap portion of the lap/shoulder belt.
The laws of all 50 states of the U.S.A. and Canada now require
the use of child restraint systems.
Points to remember
Studies have shown that installing a child restraint on a rear seat is
much safer than installing one on the front passenger seat.
● Choose a child restraint system that suits your vehicle and is appropriate to the age and size of the child.
● For installation details, follow the instructions provided with the child
restraint system.
General installation instructions are provided in this manual.
(→P. 66)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

Types of child restraints
Child restraint systems are classified into the following 3 types
according to the age and size of the child:


Rear facing ⎯ Infant seat/convertible seat



Forward facing ⎯ Convertible
seat
1

Booster seat

■ Selecting an appropriate child restraint system
● Use a child restraint system appropriate for the child until the child becomes
large enough to properly wear the vehicle’s seat belt.
● If the child is too large for a child restraint system, sit the child on a rear seat
and use the vehicle’s seat belt. (→P. 32)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security



1-1. For safe use

WARNING
■ Child restraint precautions
● For effective protection in automobile accidents and sudden stops, a child
must be properly restrained, using a seat belt or child restraint system
depending on the age and size of the child. Holding a child in your arms is
not a substitute for a child restraint system. In an accident, the child can be
crushed against the windshield, or between you and the vehicle’s interior.
● Toyota strongly urges the use of a proper child restraint system that conforms to the size of the child, installed on the rear seat. According to accident statistics, the child is safer when properly restrained in the rear seat
than in the front seat.
● Never install a rear-facing child restraint system on the front passenger
seat even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated.
In the event of an accident, the force of the rapid inflation of the front passenger airbag can cause death or serious injury to the child if the rear-facing child restraint system is installed on the front passenger seat.
● A forward-facing child restraint system may be installed on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable. A child restraint system that
requires a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat
since there is no top tether strap anchor for the front passenger seat.
Adjust the seatback as upright as possible and always move the seat as
far back as possible even if the “AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is illuminated, because the front passenger airbag could inflate with considerable
speed and force. Otherwise, the child may be killed or seriously injured.
● Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system
on the front or rear passenger seat. If installing a child restraint system
with the seat belt extender connected to the seat belt, the seat belt will not
securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of an accident.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

WARNING

■ When children are in the vehicle
Do not allow children to play with the seat belt. If the seat belt becomes
twisted around a child’s neck, it may lead to choking or other serious injuries
that could result in death.
If this occurs and the buckle cannot be unfastened, scissors should be used
to cut the belt.
■ When the child restraint system is not in use
● Keep the child restraint system properly secured on the seat even if it is
not in use. Do not store the child restraint system unsecured in the passenger compartment.
● If it is necessary to detach the child restraint system, remove it from the
vehicle or store it securely in the luggage compartment. If a head restraint
was removed when installing a child restraint system, always install the
head restraint before driving. This will prevent it from injuring passengers
in the event of a sudden stop or accident.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

■ Child restraint precautions
● Do not allow the child to lean his/her head or any part of his/her body
against the door or the area of the seat, front and rear pillars or roof side
rails from which the SRS side airbags or SRS curtain shield airbags deploy
even if the child is seated in the child restraint system. It is dangerous if
the SRS side airbags and curtain shield airbags inflate, and the impact
could cause death or serious injury to the child.
● Make sure you have complied with all installation instructions provided by
the child restraint manufacturer and that the system is properly secured. If
it is not secured properly, it may cause death or serious injury to the child
in the event of a sudden stop or accident.

1-1. For safe use

Installing child restraints
Follow the child restraint system manufacturer's instructions.
Firmly secure child restraints to the seats using the LATCH
anchors or a seat belt. Attach the top tether strap when installing
a child restraint.
The lap/shoulder belt can be used if your child restraint system
is not compatible with the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children) system.
Child restraint LATCH anchors
 8-seat models

LATCH anchors are provided for
the outboard second seats.

 7-seat models

LATCH anchors are provided for
both second seats.

Seat belts equipped with a child
restraint
locking
mechanism
(ALR/ELR belts except driver's
seat belt) (→P. 36)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

Anchor brackets (for top tether strap)
 Second seats (8-seat models)

An anchor bracket is provided for
each second seat.

An anchor bracket is provided for
both second seats.

 Third seats

An anchor bracket is provided for
the third center seat.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

 Second seats (7-seat models)

1-1. For safe use

Installation with LATCH system
1 Fold the seatback while pulling

the lever. Return the seatback
and secure it at the 1st lock
position (most upright position).
Move the seat as far back as
possible.
If your child restraint system interferes with a head restraint and cannot be installed properly, install the
child restraint system after removing the head restraint. (→P. 168)
2 Widen the gap between the seat cushion and seatback slightly.


Type A

3 Latch the hooks of the lower

straps
onto
anchors.

the

LATCH

If the child restraint has a top
tether strap, the top tether strap
should be latched onto the top
tether strap anchor.
For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence
of a lower connector system.

Canada only

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use


Type B

3 Latch

the buckles onto the
LATCH anchors.
If the child restraint has a top
tether strap, the top tether strap
should be latched onto the top
tether strap anchor.

For safety and security

For owners in Canada:
The symbol on a child restraint
system indicates the presence
of a lower connector system.

Canada only

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

Installing child restraints using a seat belt (child restraint lock
function belt)
■ Rear-facing ⎯ Infant seat/convertible seat
1 Adjusting the seat


Second seats

Fold the seatback while pulling the lever. Return the
seatback and secure it at the
1st lock position (most
upright position).
Move the seat as far back as
possible.


Third seats

Fold the seatback while pulling the strap. Return the
seatback and secure it at the
1st lock position (most
upright position).

2 Place the child restraint sys-

tem on the rear seat facing
the rear of the vehicle.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

3 Run the seat belt through the

child restraint system and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
1

and allow it to retract to put it
in lock mode. In lock mode,
the belt cannot be extended.

45 While

pushing the child
restraint system down into
the rear seat, allow the
shoulder belt to retract until
the child restraint system is
securely in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there
is no slack in the belt, pull the
belt to check that it cannot be
extended.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

4 Fully extend the shoulder belt

1-1. For safe use

■ Forward-facing ⎯ Convertible seat
1 Adjusting the seat


Second seats

Fold the seatback while pulling the lever. Return the
seatback and secure it at the
1st lock position (most
upright position).
Move the seat as far back as
possible.


Third seats

Fold the seatback while pulling the strap. Return the
seatback and secure it at the
1st lock position (most
upright position).

2 Place the child restraint sys-

tem on the seat facing the
front of the vehicle.
If your child restraint system
interferes with a head restraint
and cannot be installed properly,
install the child restraint system
after
removing
the
head
restraint. (→P. 168)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

3 Run the seat belt through the

child restraint system and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.
1

and allow it to retract to put it
in lock mode. In lock mode,
the belt cannot be extended.

35 While

pushing the child
restraint system into the rear
seat, allow the shoulder belt
to retract until the child
restraint system is securely
in place.
After the shoulder belt has
retracted to a point where there
is no slack in the belt, pull the
belt to check that it cannot be
extended.

6 If the child restraint has a top tether strap, the top tether strap

should be latched onto the top tether strap anchor. (→P. 76)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

34 Fully extend the shoulder belt

1-1. For safe use

■ Booster seat
1 Adjusting the seat


Second seats

Fold the seatback while pulling the lever. Return the
seatback and secure it at the
1st lock position (most
upright position).
Move the seat as far back as
possible.


Third seats

Fold the seatback while pulling the strap. Return the
seatback and secure it at the
1st lock position (most
upright position).

2 Place the child restraint system on the seat facing the front of the

vehicle.
If your child restraint system interferes with a head restraint and cannot
be installed properly, install the child restraint system after removing the
head restraint. (→P. 168)


High back type

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)



Booster type

1-1. For safe use

3 Sit the child in the child

restraint system. Fit the seat
belt to the child restraint system according to the manufacturer’s instructions and
insert the plate into the
buckle. Make sure that the
belt is not twisted.

Removing a child restraint installed with a seat belt
Push the buckle release button
and fully retract the seat belt.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

Check that the shoulder belt is correctly positioned over the child’s
shoulder and that the lap belt is as low as possible. (→P. 32)

1-1. For safe use

Child restraint systems with a top tether strap
1 Raise the head restraint so that

the top tether strap can easily
be passed between the head
restraint and seatback.
If your child restraint system interferes with a head restraint and cannot be installed properly, install the
child restraint system after removing the head restraint. (→P. 168)
2 Secure the child restraint sys-

tem using the seat belt or
LATCH anchors.

3 Open the anchor bracket cover,

latch the hook onto the anchor
bracket and tighten the top
tether strap.
Run the top tether strap under the
head restraint.
Make sure the top tether strap is
securely latched.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

■ Laws and regulations pertaining to anchorages
The LATCH system conforms to FMVSS225 or CMVSS210.2.
Child restraint systems conforming to FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specifications can be used.
This vehicle is designed to conform to the SAE J1819.
WARNING

● If the driver's seat interferes with the
child restraint system and prevents it
from being attached correctly, attach the
child restraint system to the right-hand
second seat.
● Adjust the front passenger seat so that
it does not interfere with the child
restraint system.
● Only put a forward-facing child restraint
system on the front seat when unavoidable. When installing a forward-facing
child restraint system on the front passenger seat, move the seat as far back
as possible even if the “AIR BAG OFF”
indicator light is illuminated. Failure to
do so may result in death or serious
injury if the airbags deploy (inflate).

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

■ When installing a booster seat
To prevent the belt from going into ALR lock mode, do not fully extend the
shoulder belt. ALR mode causes the belt to tighten only. This could cause
injury or discomfort to the child. (→P. 36)
■ When installing a child restraint system
Follow the directions given in the child restraint system installation manual
and fix the child restraint system securely in place.
If the child restraint system is not correctly fixed in place, the child or other
passengers may be seriously injured or even killed in the event of a sudden
braking, sudden swerving or an accident.

1-1. For safe use

WARNING
■ When installing a child restraint system
● When installing a child restraint system on the center second and third
seat, adjust both seat cushions to the same position (second seat only)
and align both seatbacks at the same angle. The seatbacks must be
adjusted to the same angle. Otherwise, the child restraint system cannot
be securely restrained and this may cause death or serious injury in the
event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
● When using the LATCH anchors for a child restraint system, move the seat
as far back as possible (second seat only), with the seatback close to the
child restraint system.
● When a booster seat is installed, always ensure that the shoulder belt is
positioned across the center of the child’s shoulder. The belt should be
kept away from the child’s neck, but not so that it could fall off the child’s
shoulder. Failing to do so may result in death or serious injury in the event
of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
● Ensure that the belt and plate are securely locked and the seat belt is not
twisted.
● Shake the child restraint system left and right, and forward and backward
to ensure that it has been securely installed.
● After securing a child restraint system, never adjust the seat.
● Follow all installation instructions provided by the child restraint system
manufacturer.
● When securing some types of child restraint systems in second or third
seats, it may not be possible to properly use the seat belts in positions
next to the child restraint without interfering with it or affecting seat belt
effectiveness. Be sure your seat belt fits snugly across your shoulder and
low on your hips. If it does not, or if it interferes with the child restraint,
move to a different position. Failure to do so may result in death or serious
injury.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-1. For safe use

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

■ Do not use a seat belt extender
If a seat belt extender is used when installing a child restraint system, the
seat belt will not securely hold the child restraint system, which could cause
death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.
■ To correctly attach a child restraint system to the anchors
When using the LATCH anchors, be sure that there are no foreign objects
around the anchors and that the seat belt is not caught behind the child
restraint system. Make sure the child restraint system is securely attached,
or it may cause death or serious injury to the child or other passengers in
the event of sudden braking, sudden swerving or an accident.

1-1. For safe use

Exhaust gas precautions
Harmful substance to the human body is included in exhaust
gases if inhaled.
WARNING
Exhaust gases include harmful carbon monoxide (CO), which is colorless and
odorless. Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause exhaust gases enter the vehicle and may lead to
an accident caused by light-headedness, or may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
■ Important points while driving
● Keep the back door and glass hatch closed.
● If you smell exhaust gases in the vehicle even when the back door and
glass hatch are closed, open the windows and have the vehicle inspected
at your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
■ When parking
● If the vehicle is in a poorly ventilated area or a closed area, such as a
garage, stop the hybrid system.
● Do not leave the vehicle with the hybrid system on for a long time.
If such a situation cannot be avoided, park the vehicle in an open space
and ensure that exhaust fumes do not enter the vehicle interior.
● Do not leave the hybrid system operating in an area with snow build-up, or
where it is snowing. If snowbanks build up around the vehicle while the
hybrid system is operating, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle.
■ Exhaust pipe
The exhaust system needs to be checked periodically. If there is a hole or
crack caused by corrosion, damage to a joint or abnormal exhaust noise, be
sure to have the vehicle inspected and repaired by your Toyota dealer.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-2. Hybrid system

Hybrid system features
Your vehicle is a hybrid vehicle. It has characteristics different
from conventional vehicles. Be sure you are closely familiar with
the characteristics of your vehicle, and operate it with care.

The illustration is an example for explanation and may differ from the
actual item.
1 Gasoline engine
2 Front electric motor (traction motor)
3 Rear electric motor (traction motor)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

The hybrid system combines the use of a gasoline engine and
an electric motor (traction motor) according to driving conditions, improving fuel efficiency and reducing exhaust emissions.

1-2. Hybrid system

◆ When stopped/during start off
The gasoline engine stops* when the vehicle is stopped. During
start off, the electric motor (traction motor) drives the vehicle. At
slow speeds or when traveling down a gentle slope, the engine is
stopped* and the electric motor (traction motor) is used.
When the shift lever is in N, the hybrid battery (traction battery) is
not being charged.

*: When

the hybrid battery (traction battery) requires charging or the
engine is warming up, etc., the gasoline engine will not automatically
stop. (→P. 83)

◆ During normal driving
The gasoline engine is predominantly used. The electric motor
(traction motor) charges the hybrid battery (traction battery) as necessary.

◆ When accelerating sharply
When the accelerator pedal is depressed heavily, the power of the
hybrid battery (traction battery) is added to that of the gasoline
engine via the electric motor (traction motor).

◆ When braking (regenerative braking)
The wheels operate the electric motor (traction motor) as a power
generator, and the hybrid battery (traction battery) is charged.
Vehicle Proximity Notification System
When the gasoline engine is off while driving, a sound is produced to
warn pedestrians, people riding bicycles or other people and vehicles
in the surrounding area that the vehicle is approaching. The pitch of
the sound adjusts according to vehicle speed. When vehicle speed is
approximately 16 mph (25 km/h) or more, the warning system turns
off.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-2. Hybrid system

■ Regenerative braking
In the following situations, kinetic energy is converted to electric energy and
deceleration force can be obtained in conjunction with the recharging of the
hybrid battery (traction battery).
● The accelerator pedal is released while driving with the shift lever in D or S.
● The brake pedal is depressed while driving with the shift lever in D or S.
■ EV indicator

■ Conditions in which the gasoline engine may not stop
The gasoline engine starts and stops automatically. However, it may not stop
automatically in the following conditions:
● During gasoline engine warm-up
● During hybrid battery (traction battery) charging
● When the temperature of the hybrid battery (traction battery) is high or low
● When the heater is switched on
■ Charging the hybrid battery (traction battery)
As the gasoline engine charges the hybrid battery (traction battery), the battery does not need to be charged from an outside source. However, if the
vehicle is left parked for a long time the hybrid battery (traction battery) will
slowly discharge. For this reason, be sure to drive the vehicle at least once
every few months for at least 30 minutes or 10 miles (16 km). If the hybrid
battery (traction battery) becomes fully discharged and you are unable to start
the hybrid system, contact your Toyota dealer.
● To help prevent the 12-volt battery from becoming discharged, drive the
vehicle at least once a month, and operate the accessories only when the
“READY” indicator is on. When parking the vehicle, make sure the doors are
closed and all lights are turned off.
■ Charging the 12-volt battery
→P. 627
■ After the 12-volt battery has discharged or when the terminal has been
removed and installed during exchange, etc.
The gasoline engine may not stop even if the vehicle is being driven by the
hybrid battery (traction battery). If this continues for a few days, contact your
Toyota dealer.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

The EV indicator comes on when the
vehicle is driven using only the electric
motor (traction motor) or the gasoline
engine is stopped.

1-2. Hybrid system

■ Sounds and vibrations specific to a hybrid vehicle
There may be no engine sound or vibration even though the vehicle is able to
move with the “READY” indicator is illuminated. Always shift the shift lever to
P when parked.
The following sounds or vibrations may occur when the hybrid system is
operating and are not a malfunction:
● Motor sounds may be heard from the engine compartment.
● Sounds may be heard from the hybrid battery (traction battery) under the
rear seats when the hybrid system starts or stops.
● Relay operating sounds such as a snap or soft clank will be emitted from the
hybrid battery (traction battery), behind the rear seats, when the hybrid system is started or stopped.
● Sounds from the hybrid system may be heard when the back door is open.
● Sounds may be heard from the transmission when the gasoline engine
starts or stops, when driving at low speeds, or during idling.
● Engine sounds may be heard when accelerating sharply.
● Sounds may be heard due to regenerative braking when the brake pedal is
depressed or as the accelerator pedal is released.
● Vibration may be felt when the gasoline engine starts or stops.
● Cooling fan sounds may be heard from the air intake vents under the rear
seat.
■ Vehicle Proximity Notification System
In the following cases, the Vehicle Proximity Notification System sound may
be difficult for pedestrians, people riding bicycles or other people and vehicles
in the surrounding area to hear:
● When there is a lot of noise in the vicinity
● When it is raining or during strong winds
● When in the area surrounding the rear of the vehicle, rather than in front of
the vehicle
■ Maintenance, repair, recycling, and disposal
Contact your Toyota dealer regarding maintenance, repair, recycling and disposal. Do not dispose of the vehicle yourself.
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. on/off operation of the EV indicator) can be changed.
(Customizable features →P. 666)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-2. Hybrid system

Hybrid system precautions
Take care when handling the hybrid system, as it is a high voltage system (about 650 V at maximum) as well as contains parts
that become extremely hot when the hybrid system is operating.
Obey the warning labels attached to the vehicle.

For safety and security

The illustration is an example for explanation and may differ from the
actual item.
1 Warning label
2 Service plug
3 High voltage cables (orange)
4 Power control unit with DC/DC

converter
5 Hybrid battery (traction bat-

tery)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6 Rear electric motor (traction

motor)
7 Front electric motor (traction

motor)
8 Air conditioning compressor

1-2. Hybrid system

Hybrid battery (traction battery) air intake vents
There are air intake vents under
the second seats for the purpose
of cooling the hybrid battery (traction battery). If the vents become
blocked, the hybrid battery may
overheat, leading to a reduction in
hybrid battery output.

Emergency shut off system
When a certain level of impact is detected by the impact sensor, the
emergency shut off system blocks the high voltage current and stops
the fuel pump to minimize the risk of electrocution and fuel leakage. If
the emergency shut off system activates, your vehicle will not restart.
To restart the hybrid system, contact your Toyota dealer.
Hybrid warning message
A message is automatically displayed when a malfunction occurs in
the hybrid system or an improper operation is attempted.
If a warning message is shown on
the multi-information display, read
the message and follow the
instructions. (→P. 576)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-2. Hybrid system

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

■ If a warning light comes on, a warning message is displayed, or the 12volt battery is disconnected
The hybrid system may not start. In this case, try to start the system again. If
the “READY” indicator does not come on, contact your Toyota dealer.
■ When refueling, the fuel filler door may take a few moments to open
As part of emission system operation, it may take up to 10 seconds for the
fuel filler door to automatically release after the opener switch is pressed.
Before refueling is possible, a message will be shown on the multi-information display. (→P. 256)
■ Running out of fuel
When the vehicle has run out of fuel and the hybrid system cannot be started,
refuel the vehicle with at least enough gasoline to make the low fuel level
warning light (→P. 568) go off. If there is only a small amount of fuel, the
hybrid system may not be able to start. (The standard amount of fuel is about
2.6 gal. [9.7 L, 2.1 Imp. gal.], when the vehicle is on a level surface. This
value may vary when the vehicle is on a slope. Add extra fuel when the vehicle is inclined.)
■ Electromagnetic waves
● High voltage parts and cables on hybrid vehicles incorporate electromagnetic shielding, and therefore emit approximately the same amount of electromagnetic waves as conventional gasoline powered vehicles or home
electronic appliances.
● Your vehicle may cause sound interference in some third party-produced
radio parts.
■ Hybrid battery (traction battery)
The hybrid battery (traction battery) has a limited service life. The lifespan of
the hybrid battery (traction battery) can change in accordance with driving
style and driving conditions.

1-2. Hybrid system

WARNING
■ High voltage precautions
This vehicle has high voltage DC and AC systems as well as a 12-volt system. DC and AC high voltage is very dangerous and can cause severe
burns and electric shock that may result in death or serious injury.
● Never touch, disassemble, remove or replace the high voltage parts,
cables or their connectors.
● The hybrid system will become hot after starting as the system uses high
voltage. Be careful of both the high voltage and the high temperature, and
always obey the warning labels attached to the vehicle.
● Never try to open the service plug
access hole located on the left-hand
side of the second seat base. The service plug is used only when the vehicle
is serviced and is subject to high voltage.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-2. Hybrid system

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

■ Road accident cautions
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of death or serious
injury:
● Pull your vehicle off the road, shift the shift lever to P, apply the parking
brake, and turn the hybrid system off.
● Do not touch the high voltage parts, cables or connectors.
● If electric wires are exposed inside or outside your vehicle, an electric
shock may occur. Never touch exposed electric wires.
● If a fluid leak occurs, do not touch the fluid as it may be strong alkaline
electrolyte from the hybrid battery (traction battery). If it comes into contact
with your skin or eyes, wash it off immediately with a large amount of water
or, if possible, boric acid solution. Seek immediate medical attention.
● If a fire occurs in the hybrid vehicle, leave the vehicle as soon as possible.
Never use a fire extinguisher that is not meant for electric fires. Using even
a small amount of water may be dangerous.
● If your vehicle needs to be towed, do so with all four wheels raised. If the
wheels connected to the electric motor (traction motor) are on the ground
when towing, the motor may continue to generate electricity. This may
cause a fire. (→P. 562)
● Carefully inspect the ground under the vehicle. If you find that liquid has
leaked onto the ground, the fuel system may have been damaged. Leave
the vehicle as soon as possible.

1-2. Hybrid system

WARNING
■ Hybrid battery (traction battery)
● Never resell, hand over or modify the hybrid battery. To prevent accidents,
hybrid batteries that have been removed from a disposed vehicle are collected through your Toyota dealer. Do not dispose of the battery yourself.
Unless the battery is properly collected, the following may occur, resulting
in death or serious injury:
• The hybrid battery may be illegally disposed of or dumped, and it is hazardous to the environment or someone may touch a high voltage part,
resulting in an electric shock.
• The hybrid battery is intended to be used exclusively with your hybrid
vehicle. If the hybrid battery is used outside of your vehicle or modified
in any way, accidents such as electric shock, heat generation, smoke
generation, an explosion and electrolyte leakage may occur.
When reselling or handing over your vehicle, the possibility of an accident
is extremely high because the person receiving the vehicle may not be
aware of these dangers.
● If your vehicle is disposed of without the hybrid battery having been
removed, there is a danger of serious electric shock if high voltage parts,
cables and their connectors are touched. In the event that your vehicle
must be disposed of, the hybrid battery must be disposed of by your
Toyota dealer or a qualified service shop. If the hybrid battery is not disposed of properly, it may cause electric shock that can result in death or
serious injury.
NOTICE
■ Hybrid battery (traction battery) air intake vents
● Do not place objects that will block the air intake vents. The hybrid battery
(traction battery) may overheat and be damaged.
● Clean the air intake vents regularly to prevent the hybrid battery (traction
battery) from overheating.
● Do not get water or foreign materials in the air intake vents as this may
cause a short circuit and damage the hybrid battery (traction battery).
● Do not carry large amounts of water such as water cooler bottles in the
vehicle. If water spills onto the hybrid battery (traction battery), the battery
may be damaged.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-3. Theft deterrent system

Immobilizer system
The vehicle’s keys have built-in transponder chips that prevent
the hybrid system from starting if a key has not been previously
registered in the vehicle’s on-board computer.
Never leave the keys inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.

This system is designed to help prevent vehicle theft but does
not guarantee absolute security against all vehicle thefts.

For safety and security

The indicator light flashes after
the power switch has been turned
off to indicate that the system is
operating.
The indicator light stops flashing
after the power switch has been
turned to ACCESSORY or ON
mode to indicate that the system
has been canceled.
■ System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type immobilizer system.
■ Conditions that may cause the system to malfunction
● If the grip portion of the key is in contact with a metallic object
● If the key is in close proximity to or touching a key to the security system
(key with a built-in transponder chip) of another vehicle

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-3. Theft deterrent system

■ Certification for the immobilizer system
 For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
FCC ID: NI4TMIMB-3
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
 For vehicles sold in Canada
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSSs. Operation
is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'lndustrie Canada applicables
aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux
conditions suivantes: (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage; (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même
si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
NOTICE
■ To ensure the system operates correctly
Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-3. Theft deterrent system

Alarm∗
The alarm
The alarm uses light and sound to give an alert when an intrusion is
detected.

Setting the alarm system
Close the doors, glass hatch (if
equipped) and hood, and lock all
the doors. The system will be set
automatically after 30 seconds.
The indicator light changes from
being on to flashing when the system is set.

∗: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

The alarm is triggered in the following situations when the alarm is
set:
● A locked door is unlocked or opened in any way other than using
the entry function, wireless remote control or mechanical key.
● The hood is opened.
● The locked glass hatch (if equipped) is opened in any way other
than using the entry function.
● The 12-volt battery is reconnected.

1-3. Theft deterrent system

Deactivating or stopping the alarm
Do one of the following to deactivate or stop the alarm:
● Unlock the doors.
● Turn the power switch to ACCESSORY or ON mode, or start the
hybrid system. (The alarm will be deactivated or stopped after a few
seconds.)
● Open the glass hatch (if equipped) using the entry function.
■ System maintenance
The vehicle has a maintenance-free type alarm system.
■ Items to check before locking the vehicle
To prevent unexpected triggering of the alarm and vehicle theft, make sure of
the following:
● Nobody is in the vehicle.
● The windows and following openings are closed before the alarm is set.
• The glass hatch (if equipped)
• The moon roof (if equipped)
• The panoramic moon roof (if equipped)
● No valuables or other personal items are left in the vehicle.
■ Triggering of the alarm
The alarm may be triggered in the following situations:
(Stopping the alarm deactivates the alarm system.)
● A person inside the vehicle opens a door
or the hood, or unlocks the vehicle using
a inside lock button.

● The 12-volt battery is recharged or
replaced when the vehicle is locked.
(→P. 627)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

1-3. Theft deterrent system

■ Alarm-operated door lock
In the following cases, depending on the situation, the door may automatically
lock to prevent improper entry into the vehicle:
● When a person remaining in the vehicle unlocks the door and the alarm is
activated.
● While the alarm is activated, a person remaining in the vehicle unlocks the
door.
● When recharging or replacing the 12-volt battery.

■ To ensure the system operates correctly
Do not modify or remove the system. If modified or removed, the proper
operation of the system cannot be guaranteed.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For safety and security

NOTICE

1-3. Theft deterrent system

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Instrument cluster

2
2.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Instrument cluster
Warning lights and
indicators .......................... 98
Gauge and meters ............ 103
Multi-information display ... 107
Energy monitor/
consumption screen........ 113

2. Instrument cluster

Warning lights and indicators
The warning lights and indicators on the instrument cluster and
center panel inform the driver of the status of the vehicle’s various systems.
For the purpose of explanation, the following illustration displays all warning lights and indicators illuminated.

The units used on the meters and some indicators may differ depending on
the target region.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

2. Instrument cluster

Warning lights
Warning lights inform the driver of malfunctions in the indicated vehicle’s systems.
*1

*1, 2
Brake system warning
light (→P. 567)

PCS (Pre-Collision System) warning light
(→P. 569)

Brake system warning
light (→P. 567)

LDA (Lane Departure
Alert with steering control) indicator (→P. 569)

(U.S.A.)

*1
(Amber)

*1
Brake system warning
light (→P. 567)

Slip indicator (→P. 568)

Malfunction
indicator
lamp (→P. 567)

Low fuel level warning
light (→P. 568)

Malfunction
indicator
lamp (→P. 567)

Driver’s and front passenger’s
seat
belt
reminder light (→P. 568)

(Yellow)

(U.S.A.)

(Canada)

SRS warning light
(→P. 567)

Rear seat seat
reminder lights
(→P. 569)

belt

*1
ABS warning light
(→P. 568)

Master warning light
(→P. 569)

(U.S.A.)

*1
ABS warning light
(→P. 568)

Tire pressure warning
light (→P. 569)

(Canada)

Electric power steering
system warning light
(→P. 568)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

*1, 3

Vehicle proximity notification system warning
light (→P. 570)

Instrument cluster

(Canada)

100

2. Instrument cluster

*1
Parking brake warning
light (→P. 568)

(U.S.A)

Parking brake warning
light (→P. 568)
(Canada)

*1: These lights turn on when the power switch is turned to ON mode to indicate that a system check is being performed. They will turn off after the
hybrid system is on, or after a few seconds. There may be a malfunction in
a system if a light does not come on, or if the lights do not turn off. Have
the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

*2: This light flashes to indicate a malfunction.
*3: This light illuminates on the center panel.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

2. Instrument cluster

101

Indicators
The indicators inform the driver of the operating state of the vehicle’s
various systems.
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert with steering control) indicator
(→P. 286)

Turn signal indicator
(→P. 239)

(U.S.A.)

Tail light indicator
(→P. 241)

Headlight high beam
indicator (→P. 242)
Automatic High Beam
indicator (→P. 245)

Front fog light indicator
(→P. 249)
Dynamic radar cruise
control (constant speed
control mode) indicator
(→P. 300)
Dynamic radar cruise
control (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode) indicator
(→P. 296)

*1, 4

*2, 3

Intuitive parking assist
indicator

“ECO MODE” indicator
(→P. 234)

*1, 8
Slip indicator (→P. 330)

*2, 5, 6

VSC OFF indicator
(→P. 330)

BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) indicator (→P. 313)
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) outside rear view
mirror indicators
(→P. 313)

*7
Security indicator
(→P. 91, 93)

Dynamic radar cruise
control “SET”
indicator (→P. 296, 300)

“READY” indicator
(→P. 225)

PCS (Pre-Collision System) warning light
(→P. 272)

EV indicator (→P. 83)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Instrument cluster

(Canada)

Headlight indicator
(→P. 241)

102

2. Instrument cluster

*1, 7
EV drive mode indicator
(→P. 231)

“AIR BAG ON/
OFF”
indicator
(→P. 54)

(Canada)

*1, 7

“AIR BAG ON/
OFF”
indicator
(→P. 54)

(U.S.A.)

*2: If equipped
*3: Refer to “NAVIGATION

AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MAN-

UAL”.

*4: This light comes on when the system is turned off.
*5: In order to confirm operation, the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators
illuminate in the following situations:
• When the BSM function is enabled on
of the multi-information display, the power switch is turned to ON mode.
• When the power switch is in ON mode, the BSM function is enabled on
of the multi-information display.
If the system is functioning correctly, the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators will turn off after a few seconds.
If the BSM outside rear view mirror indicators do not illuminate or do not
turn off, there may be a malfunction in the system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

*6: This light illuminates on the outside rear view mirrors.
*7: This light illuminates on the center panel.
*8: This light flashes to indicate that the system is operating.
WARNING
■ If a safety system warning light does not come on
Should a safety system light such as the ABS and SRS warning lights not
come on when you start the hybrid system, this could mean that these systems are not available to help protect you in an accident, which could result
in death or serious injury. Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately if this occurs.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

2. Instrument cluster

103

Gauge and meters
The displayed content may differ depending on the type of
meter.

Instrument cluster

1 Hybrid System Indicator
Displays hybrid system output or regeneration level.

2 Multi-information display
Presents the driver with a variety of driving-related data.

3 Speedometer
4 Fuel gauge
5 Trip meter reset knob
Switches the trip information.

6 Outside temperature
7 Odometer and trip meter display
8 Shift position and shift range
Displays the selected shift position or selected shift range. (→P. 233)

9 Instrument panel light control button
10 Engine coolant temperature gauge
Displays the engine coolant temperature.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

104

2. Instrument cluster

Changing the trip meter display
Switches between the trip meter
“A” and “B” displays. When the trip
meter is displayed, pressing and
holding the knob will reset the trip
meter.

Instrument panel light control
The brightness of the instrument panel lights can be adjusted.
Pressing the button will adjust the
brightness of the instrument panel
lights.
The brightness level of the meters
when the surroundings are bright
(day mode) and dark (night mode)
can be adjusted individually. However, when in day mode, adjusting
the brightness level will also
change the brightness level of
night mode.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

2. Instrument cluster

105

■ The meters and display illuminate when
The power switch is in ON mode.
■ Hybrid System Indicator
1 Charge area

Shows regenerative charging.
2 Hybrid Eco area

Shows that gasoline engine power is
not being used very often.
The gasoline engine will automatically
stop and restart under various conditions.
Shows that the vehicle is being driven in
an Eco-friendly manner.
4 Power area

Shows that an Eco-friendly driving
range is being exceeded (during full
power driving etc.)
● By keeping the indicator needle within Eco area, more Eco-friendly driving
can be achieved.
● Charge area indicates regeneration* status. Regenerated energy will be
used to charge the hybrid battery (traction battery).

*: When

used in this manual, “regeneration” refers to the conversion of
energy created by the movement of the vehicle into electrical energy.

■ Engine speed
On hybrid vehicles, engine speed is precisely controlled in order to help
improve fuel efficiency and reduce exhaust emissions etc.
There are times when the engine speed that is displayed may differ even
when vehicle operation and driving conditions are the same.
■ Outside temperature display
In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be displayed, or the display may take longer than normal to change:
● When stopped, or driving at low speeds (less than 12 mph [20 km/h])
● When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/exit
of a garage, tunnel, etc.)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Instrument cluster

3 Eco area

106

2. Instrument cluster

NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the engine and its components
The engine may be overheating if the engine coolant temperature gauge is
in the red zone (H). In this case, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe
place, and check the engine after it has cooled completely. (→P. 630)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

2. Instrument cluster

107

Multi-information display
Display contents
Drive information
Select to display various drive
data. (→P. 109)

Navigation

system-

Select to display the following navigation system-linked information.
• Route guidance
• Compass display (north-up display/heading-up display)

Audio system-linked display (if equipped)
Select to enable selection of an audio source or track on the meter
using the meter control switches.

Driving assist system information
Select to display the operational status of the following systems:
• Dynamic radar cruise control (→P. 292)
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (→P. 282)

Warning message display
Select to display warning messages and measures to be taken if a
malfunction is detected. (→P. 576)

Settings display
Select to change the meter display settings. (→P. 110)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

(if
Instrument cluster

linked
display
equipped)

108

2. Instrument cluster

■ Operating the meter control switches

1 Enter/Set/Reset
2 Select an item/change pages
3 Return

the

screen
4 Press: Displays the screen

registered as the top screen
When no screen has been registered, the drive information
screen will be displayed.

Press and hold: Registers the currently displayed screen as the
top screen
When the confirmation screen is displayed, select yes to register the
screen. If the selected screen cannot be registered, a registration failure
message will be shown.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

2. Instrument cluster

109

Drive information
● Current fuel consumption*1
Displays the current rate of fuel consumption
● Average fuel economy (after reset*2/after start/after refuel)*1
Displays the average fuel economy since the function was reset,
the hybrid system was started, and the vehicle was refueled,
respectively
Use the displayed average fuel economy as a reference.

● Average vehicle speed (after reset*2/after start)*1

Displays the elapsed time since the function was reset and the
hybrid system was started, respectively
● Distance (driving range/after start/after reset*2)*1
Displays the estimated maximum distance that can be driven with
the quantity of fuel remaining and the distance driven after the
hybrid system was started, respectively.
• This distance is computed based on your average fuel consumption. As
a result, the actual distance that can be driven may differ from that displayed.
• When only a small amount of fuel is added to the tank, the display may
not be updated.
When refueling, turn the power switch off. If the vehicle is refueled without turning the power switch off, the display may not be updated.

● Energy monitor
→P. 113
● Display off
A blank screen is displayed

* Can be registered to Drive information 1 through 3. (→P. 110)
*2: Resetting procedures
1:

• Select a function to be reset using the meter control switches and then
press and hold to reset.
• If there are two functions that can be reset, check boxes will be displayed next to those functions.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Instrument cluster

Displays the average vehicle speed since the function was reset
and the hybrid system was started, respectively
● Elapsed time (after reset*2/after start)*1

110

2. Instrument cluster

Settings display
1 Select

using the meter control switches.

2 Select an item and then set it with the center button.

■ LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) settings

→P. 669
■ PCS (Pre-Collision System) settings

→P. 669
■ BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) settings (if equipped)

Select to activate/deactivate the BSM (Blind Spot Monitor).
(→P. 669)
■ Meter settings

● Language
Select to change the language on the display.
● Units
Select to change the unit of measure for fuel consumption.
● Maintenance system (for U.S.A)
Select to reset the maintenance data after the required maintenance is performed. (→P. 498)
● EV Indicator Light
Select to activate/deactivate the EV Indicator Light.
●

switch settings
You can register 1 screen as the top screen. To register, press
and hold

while the desired screen is displayed.

● Drive information 1 through 3
Select to select up to 2 items that will be displayed on a Drive
information screen, up to 3 Drive information screens can be set.
● Pop-up display
Select to set the following pop-up displays, which may appear in
some situations, on/off.
• Route guidance display of the navigation system-linked system (if equipped)
• Incoming call display of the hands-free phone system
• Instrument panel brightness adjustment display

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

2. Instrument cluster

111

● Accent color
Select to change the accent colors on the screen, such as the
cursor color.
● Speed limit display* (if equipped)
Select to set the display of speed limit information stored in the
navigation system to on with the speed limit caution indicator
(yellow) enabled, on with the speed limit caution not enabled, or
off. If enabled, the speed limit caution indicator will come on if the
vehicle speed exceeds the displayed speed limit.
● Initialization

*: Speed limit display may not be available for some regions.
■ Settings can be changed
Customizable features: →P. 666
■ Pop-up display
In some situations, such as when a switch operation is performed, a pop-up
display, will be temporarily displayed on the multi-information display.
The pop-up display function can be set on/off.
■ Setting display automatic cancelation
In the following situations, setting display in which the settings can be
changed through the meter control switch will automatically be turned off.
● When a warning message appears while the setting display is displayed
● When the vehicle begins to move while the setting display is displayed
■ Liquid crystal display
Small spots or light spots may appear on the display. This phenomenon is
characteristic of liquid crystal displays, and there is no problem continuing to
use the display.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Instrument cluster

Registered or changed meter settings will be deleted or returned
to their default setting.

112

2. Instrument cluster

WARNING
■ The information display at low temperatures
Allow the interior of the vehicle to warm up before using the liquid crystal
information display. At extremely low temperatures, the display monitor may
respond slowly, and display changes may be delayed.
For example, there is a lag between the driver’s shifting and the new gear
number appearing on the display. This lag could cause the driver to downshift again, causing rapid and excessive engine braking and possibly an
accident resulting in death or injury.
■ Cautions during setting up the display
As the hybrid system needs to be running during setting up the display,
ensure that the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a
closed area such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon
monoxide (CO) may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or
a serious health hazard.
NOTICE
■ During setting up the display
To prevent 12-volt battery discharge, ensure that the hybrid system is operating while setting up the display features.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

2. Instrument cluster

113

Energy monitor/consumption screen
You can view the status of the hybrid system on the multi-information display or audio system screen.
1 Multi-information display
2 Audio system screen
2



Entune Audio
Press the “CAR” button.
If the “Trip Information” or “Past
Record” screen is displayed, touch
“Energy”.



Entune Audio Plus or Entune Premium Audio

1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Touch “ECO” on the “Apps”

screen.
If the “Trip Information” or “Past
Record” screen is displayed, touch
“Energy”.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Instrument cluster

Energy monitor

114


2. Instrument cluster

Multi-information display

To select the energy monitor display, push the meter control
switches several times

Audio system screen

Multi-information display

When the vehicle is powered by the electric motor (traction motor)

When the vehicle is powered by both the gasoline engine and the electric
motor (traction motor)

When the vehicle is powered by the gasoline engine

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

2. Instrument cluster

Audio system screen

115

Multi-information display

When the vehicle is charging the hybrid battery (traction battery)

Instrument cluster

When there is no energy flow

Hybrid battery (traction battery) status
Low

Full

These images are examples only.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Low

Full

116

2. Instrument cluster

Trip Information (audio system screen)
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Touch “ECO” on the “Apps”

screen.
If the “Energy Monitor” or “Past
Record” screen is displayed, touch
“Trip Information”.

1 Resetting the consumption

data
2 Fuel consumption in the past

15 minutes
3 Regenerated energy in the

past 15 minutes
One symbol indicates 50 Wh.
Up to 5 symbols are shown.
4 Average vehicle speed since the hybrid system was started.
5 Elapsed time since the hybrid system was started.
6 Cruising range
This image is an example only, and may vary slightly from actual conditions.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

2. Instrument cluster

117

Past Record screen (audio system screen)
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Touch “ECO” on the “Apps” screen.

If the “Energy Monitor” or “Trip Information” screen is displayed, touch
“Past Record”.

1 Resetting the past record

data
2 Best past fuel consumption
3 Average fuel consumption

4 Previous fuel consumption

record
5 Update
The average fuel consumption and graph are updated, and a new average fuel consumption record begins.
This image is an example only, and may vary slightly from actual conditions.
■ Resetting the consumption data
Selecting “Clear” on the “Trip Information” screen will reset the fuel consumption and regenerated energy for the last 15 minutes. Selecting “Clear” on the
“Past Record” screen will reset the past records and best past fuel consumption. Selecting “Yes” on the following screen will confirm resetting of all the
data.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Instrument cluster

Displays a maximum of five past
records of the average fuel consumption.

118

2. Instrument cluster

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

119

Operation of
each component

3
3-1. Key information
Keys .................................. 120
3-2. Opening, closing and
locking the doors
Side doors......................... 124
Back door.......................... 130
Glass hatch ....................... 142
Smart key system ............. 146
3-3. Adjusting the seats
Front seats ........................ 154
Rear seats......................... 156
Driving position
memory ........................... 163
Head restraints.................. 167
3-4. Adjusting the steering
wheel and mirrors
Steering wheel .................. 171
Inside rear view mirror ...... 173
Outside rear view
mirrors............................. 175
3-5. Opening and closing
the windows
Power windows ................. 177
Moon roof.......................... 181
Panoramic moon roof........ 185

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

120

3-1. Key information

Keys
The keys
The following keys are provided with the vehicle.
1 Electronic keys
• Operating the smart key system
(→P. 146)
• Operating the wireless remote
control function
2 Mechanical keys
3 Key number plate

Wireless remote control
1 Locks the doors (→P. 125)
2 Unlocks the doors (→P. 125)
3 Opens the windows and moon

roof* (→P. 125)

4 Opens and closes the power

back door (if equipped)
(→P. 131)
5 Sounds the alarm (→P. 121)

*: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-1. Key information

121

Using the mechanical key
To take out the mechanical key,
push the release button and take
the key out.
The mechanical key can only be
inserted in one direction, as the
key only has grooves on one side.
If the key cannot be inserted in a
lock cylinder, turn it over and reattempt to insert it.
After using the mechanical key, store it in the electronic key. Carry the
mechanical key together with the electronic key. If the electronic key battery is depleted or the entry function does not operate properly, you will
need the mechanical key. (→P. 622)

When
is pressed for longer than
about one second, an alarm will sound
intermittently and the vehicle lights will
flash to deter any person from trying to
break into or damage your vehicle.
To stop the alarm, press any button on the
electronic key.
■ When required to leave the vehicle’s key with a parking attendant
Lock the glove box as circumstances demand. (→P. 450)
Remove the mechanical key for your own use and provide the attendant with
the electronic key only.
■ If you lose your keys
New genuine keys can be made by your Toyota dealer using the mechanical
key and the key number stamped on your key number plate. Keep the plate in
a safe place such as your wallet, not in the vehicle.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

■ Panic mode

122

3-1. Key information

■ When riding in an aircraft
When bringing an electronic key onto an aircraft, make sure you do not press
any button on the electronic key while inside the aircraft cabin. If you are carrying an electronic key in your bag etc., ensure that the buttons are not likely
to be pressed accidentally. Pressing a button may cause the electronic key to
emit radio waves that could interfere with the operation of the aircraft.
■ Conditions affecting operation
→P. 149
■ Electronic key battery depletion
● The standard battery life is 1 to 2 years.
● If the battery becomes low, an alarm will sound in the cabin when the hybrid
system stops. (→P. 592)
● As the electronic key always receives radio waves, the battery will become
depleted even if the electronic key is not used. The following symptoms indicate that the electronic key battery may be depleted. Replace the battery
when necessary. (→P. 539)
• The smart key system or the wireless remote control does not operate.
• The detection area becomes smaller.
• The LED indicator on the key surface does not turn on.
● To avoid serious deterioration, do not leave the electronic key within 3 ft. (1
m) of the following electrical appliances that produce a magnetic field:
• TVs
• Personal computers
• Cellular phones, cordless phones and battery chargers
• Recharging cellular phones or cordless phones
• Table lamps
• Induction cookers
■ When the electronic key battery is fully depleted
→P. 539
■ Confirmation of the registered key number
The number of electronic keys already registered to the vehicle can be confirmed. Ask your Toyota dealer for details.
■ If a wrong key is used
The key cylinder rotates freely to isolate inside mechanism.
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. wireless remote control system) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 666)
■ Certification for the wireless remote control
→P. 152

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-1. Key information

123

NOTICE

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

■ To prevent key damage
● Do not drop the keys, subject them to strong shocks or bend them.
● Do not expose the keys to high temperatures for long periods of time.
● Do not get the keys wet or wash them in an ultrasonic washer etc.
● Do not attach metallic or magnetic materials to the keys or place the keys
close to such materials.
● Do not disassemble the keys.
● Do not attach a sticker or anything else to the surface of the electronic key.
● Do not place the keys near objects that produce magnetic fields, such as
TVs, audio systems and induction cookers, or medical electrical equipment, such as low-frequency therapy equipment.
■ Carrying the electronic key on your person
Carry the electronic key 3.9 in. (10 cm) or more away from electric appliances that are turned on. Radio waves emitted from electric appliances
within 3.9 in. (10 cm) of the electronic key may interfere with the key, causing the key to not function properly.
■ In case of a smart key system malfunction or other key-related problems
Take your vehicle with all the electronic keys provided with your vehicle to
your Toyota dealer.
■ When an electronic key is lost
If the electronic key remains lost, the risk of vehicle theft increases significantly. Visit your Toyota dealer immediately with all remaining electronic
keys that was provided with your vehicle.

124

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

Side doors
Unlocking and locking the doors from the outside

◆ Entry function
Carry the electronic key to enable this function.


Front doors

1 Grip the driver's door handle

to unlock the door. Grip the
passenger's door handle to
unlock all the doors.*
Make sure to touch the sensor
on the back of the handle.
The doors cannot be unlocked
for 3 seconds after the doors are
locked.

*: The door unlock settings can be changed. (→P. 128)
2 Touch the lock sensor (indentation on the upper part of the door

handle) to lock all the doors.
Check that the door is securely locked.


Back door

1 Press the unlock button to

unlock all the doors.
The doors cannot be unlocked
for 3 seconds after the doors are
locked.

2 Press the lock button to lock

all the doors.
Check that the door is securely
locked.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

125

◆ Wireless remote control
1 Locks all the doors
Check that the door is securely
locked.

2 Unlocks the door.
Pressing the button unlocks the
driver’s door. Pressing the button again within 5 seconds
unlocks the other doors.
Press and hold to open the windows and moon roof.*
(→P. 179, 182)

*: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.

If the door will not lock even when the topside sensor area is touched, try touching
both the topside and underside sensor
areas at the same time.

■ Door lock buzzer
If an attempt to lock the doors is made when a door is not fully closed, a
buzzer will sound continuously for 5 seconds. Fully close the door to stop the
buzzer, and lock the doors again.
■ Power back door reservation lock (vehicles with a power back door)
If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors while the power back
door is closing with all side doors fully closed, a buzzer will sound and the
emergency flashers will flash to indicate that the reservation lock is activated.
At this time the side doors are locked. The back door will be locked when it is
fully closed.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

■ Operation signals
● Doors: A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash to indicate that
the doors have been locked/unlocked. (Locked: once; Unlocked: twice)
● Windows and moon roof: A buzzer sounds to indicate that the windows and
moon roof are operating.
■ Security feature
If a door is not opened within approximately 60 seconds after the doors are
unlocked, the security feature automatically locks the doors again.
■ When the door cannot be locked by the lock sensor on the upper part of
the front door handle

126

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ Alarm (if equipped)
Locking the doors will set the alarm system. (→P. 93)
■ If the smart key system or the wireless remote control does not operate
properly
Use the mechanical key to lock and unlock the doors. (→P. 622)
Replace the key battery with a new one if it is depleted. (→P. 539)

Unlocking and locking the doors from the inside

◆ Door lock switch
1 Locks all the doors
2 Unlocks all the doors

◆ Inside lock buttons
1 Locks the doors
2 Unlocks the doors
The front doors can be opened
by pulling the inside handle
even if the lock buttons are in
the lock position.

Locking the front doors from the outside without a key
1 Move the inside lock button to the lock position.
2 Close the door.

The door cannot be locked if the power switch is in ACCESSORY or
ON mode, or the electronic key is left inside the vehicle.
The key may not be detected correctly and the door may be locked.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

127

Rear door child-protector lock
The door cannot be opened from
inside the vehicle when the lock is
set.
1 Unlock
2 Lock
These locks can be set to prevent
children from opening the rear
doors. Push down on each rear
door switch to lock both rear doors.
3

The following functions can be set or canceled:
For instructions on customizing, refer to P. 670.
Function
Speed linked door locking function

Operation
All doors are automatically locked
when vehicle speed is approximately 12 mph (20 km/h) or higher.

All doors are automatically locked
Shift position linked door locking
when shifting the shift lever to a
function
position other than P.
Shift position linked door unlocking All doors are automatically unlocked
function
when shifting the shift lever to P.
Driver’s door linked door unlocking All doors are automatically unlocked
function
when the driver’s door is opened.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

Automatic door locking and unlocking systems

128

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ Switching the door unlock function
It is possible to set which doors the entry function unlocks using the wireless
remote control.
1

Turn the power switch off.

When the indicator light on the key surface is not on, press and hold
or

for approximately 5 seconds while pressing and holding

.
The setting changes each time an operation is performed, as shown below.
(When changing the setting continuously, release the buttons, wait for at least
5 seconds, and repeat step 2 .)
Multi-information
display

Unlocking function

Beep

Holding the driver’s door handle Exterior:
unlocks only the driver's door.
Beeps 3 times
Holding a passenger’s door Interior:
Pings once
handle unlocks all the doors.
Exterior:
Holding a door handle unlocks Beeps twice
Interior:
all the doors.
Pings once
For vehicles with an alarm: To prevent unintended triggering of the alarm,
unlock the doors using the wireless remote control and open and close a door
once after the settings have been changed. (If a door is not opened within 60
seconds after
is pressed, the doors will be locked again and the alarm
will automatically be set.)
In case that the alarm is triggered, immediately stop the alarm. (→P. 94)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

129

■ Impact detection door lock release system
In the event that the vehicle is subject to a strong impact, all the doors are
unlocked. Depending on the force of the impact or the type of accident, however, the system may not operate.
■ Using the mechanical key
The doors can also be locked and unlocked with the mechanical key.
(→P. 622)
■ Conditions affecting the operation of the smart key system or wireless
remote control
→P. 149
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. unlocking function using a key) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 666)
3

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

■ To prevent an accident
Observe the following precautions while driving the vehicle.
Failure to do so may result in a door opening and an occupant falling out of
the vehicle, resulting in death or serious injury.
● Ensure that all doors are properly closed and locked.
● Do not pull the inside handle of the doors while driving.
Be especially careful for the front doors, as the doors may be opened even
if the inside lock buttons are in locked position.
● Set the rear door child-protector locks when children are seated in the rear
seats.

130

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

Back door
The back door can be locked/unlocked and opened/closed by
the following procedures.
Locking and unlocking the back door
■ Door lock switch

→P. 126
■ Entry function

→P. 124
■ Wireless remote control

→P. 125
Opening/closing the back door from inside the vehicle (vehicles
with a power back door)
Press and hold the switch to open
or close the back door, when the
back door is unlocked.
Pressing the switch while the back
door is opening/closing stops the
operation.
To operate the back door again,
press and hold the switch. The
back door will then move in the
opposite direction.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

131

Opening the back door from outside the vehicle

◆ Back door opener


Vehicles without a power
back door

Raise the back door while
pressing up the back door
opener switch.


Vehicles with a power back
door

When the back door is
unlocked: Press the back door
opener switch.

Pressing the switch while the back door is opening/closing stops the
operation.

◆ Wireless remote control (vehicles with a power back door)
Opens and closes the power
back door (press and hold)
Pressing the button while the
back door is opening/closing
stops the operation.
To operate the back door again,
press and hold the button. The
back door will then move in the
opposite direction.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

When the back door is locked: While carrying the electronic key on
your person, press and hold the back door opener switch.

132

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

Power back door switch (vehicles with a power back door)
Quickly press and release the
switch to close the back door.
Pressing the switch while the back
door is opening/closing stops the
operation.
To operate the back door again,
quickly press and release the
switch. The back door will then
move in the opposite direction. (If
the back door is stopped at a position close to the fully closed position, the back door will only open
when the switch is quickly pressed
and released.)

When closing the back door
Lower the back door using the
back door handle.


Vehicles without a power back
door

Make sure to push the back door
down from the outside to close it.


Vehicles with a power back
door

The back door closing assist will activate and the back door will fully
close automatically.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

133

Canceling the power back door system (vehicles with a power
back door)
Turn the main switch in the glove
box off to disable the power back
door system.
1 On (enabled)
2 Off (disabled)

The open position of the power back door can be adjusted.
1 Open the back door and adjust it to the desired position.
2 Press and hold the power back door switch on the back door

approximately 2 seconds until a buzzer sounds 4 times.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

Adjusting the open position of the back door (vehicles with a
power back door)

134

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ Luggage compartment light
The luggage compartment light turns on when the back door or glass hatch is
opened with the luggage compartment light switch on.
1 On
2 Off

When the power switch is turned off, the
light will go off automatically after 20 minutes.

■ After the back door has been opened and then closed
Lock the back door again as the back door will not lock automatically.
■ If the back door opener is inoperative
The back door can be unlocked from the inside.
1

Remove the cover on the back door
trim.
Use a cloth to prevent scratches.

Move the lever for the back door motor.

 Vehicles without a power back door

 Vehicles with a power back door

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

135

■ The power back door can be operated when (vehicles with a power back
door)
The power back door main switch is turned on and the glass hatch is closed.
■ The power back door can be opened when (vehicles with a power back
door)
● The power switch is in ON mode and the shift lever is in P.
● The power switch is in ACCESSORY mode or off.
■ Back door closer (vehicles with a power back door)
In the event that the back door is left slightly open, the back door closer will
automatically close it to the fully closed position.
● The back door closer will operate regardless of the power switch mode.
● The back door can be opened while the back door closer is operating by
pressing the back door opener button.

■ Power back door operation using the entry function or wireless remote
control (vehicles with a power back door)
The back door can be opened even if it is locked. All the doors are unlocked
when the power back door is operated. Make sure to lock all the doors again
when you leave the vehicle. The doors will not lock automatically after the
back door has been closed.
■ Back door closing assist (vehicles with a power back door)
If the back door is lowered manually when the back door is stopped at an
open position, the back door will fully close automatically.
■ Jam protection function (vehicles with a power back door)
● If anything obstructs the power back door while it is closing, the back door
will open slightly then stop.
● If anything obstructs the power back door while it is opening, the back door
will immediately stop.
■ Fall-down protection function (vehicles with a power back door)
While the power back door is opening automatically, applying excessive force
to it will stop the opening operation to prevent the power back door from suddenly shutting.
■ Canceling the adjusted open position of the back door (vehicles with a
power back door)
Press and hold the power back door switch on the back door until a buzzer
sounds 4 times, pauses momentarily, and then sounds 2 times. The open
position is initialized to the fully opened position.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

■ Power back door operation (vehicles with a power back door)
● A buzzer sounds and the emergency flashers flash twice to indicate that the
back door is opening/closing.
● The back door can be opened and closed manually even when the power
back door main switch is off.

136

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ When reconnecting the 12-volt battery or changing a fuse while the back
door is open (vehicles with a power back door)
To enable the power back door to operate properly, initialize the system by
completely closing the back door manually. If the 12-volt battery is reconnected or a fuse is changed while the back door is closed, initializing the system is not necessary.
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. power back door opening angle) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 671)
WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ Before driving
● Make sure that the back door is fully closed. If the back door is not fully
closed, it may open unexpectedly while driving and hit near-by objects or
luggage in the luggage compartment may be thrown out, causing an accident.
● Do not allow children to play in the luggage compartment.
If a child is accidentally locked in the luggage compartment, they could
have heat exhaustion or other injuries.
● Do not allow a child to open or close the back door.
Doing so may cause the back door to move unexpectedly, or cause the
child’s hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing back door.
■ Important points while driving
Never let anyone sit in the luggage compartment. In the event of sudden
braking, sudden swerving or a collision, they are susceptible to death or
serious injury.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

137

WARNING
■ Operating the back door
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in death
or serious injury.
● Remove any heavy loads, such as snow and ice, from the back door
before opening it. Failure to do so may cause the back door to suddenly
shut again after it is opened.
● When opening or closing the back door, thoroughly check to make sure
the surrounding area is safe.
● If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that
the back door is about to open or close.
● Use caution when opening or closing the back door in windy weather as it
may move abruptly in strong wind.

● When closing the back door, take extra
care to prevent your fingers etc. from
being caught.
● Vehicles without a power back door:
When closing the back door, make sure
to press it lightly on its outer surface. If
the back door handle is used to fully
close the back door, it may result in
hands or arms being caught.
● Do not pull on the back door damper stay (vehicles without a power back
door) or back door spindle (vehicles with a power back door) to close the
back door, and do not hang on the back door damper stay (vehicles without a power back door) or back door spindle (vehicles with a power back
door).
Doing so may cause hands to be caught or the back door damper stay
(vehicles without a power back door) or back door spindle (vehicles with a
power back door) to break, causing an accident.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

● Vehicles without a power back door:
The back door may suddenly shut if it is
not opened fully. It is more difficult to
open or close the back door on an
incline than on a level surface, so
beware of the back door unexpectedly
opening or closing by itself. Make sure
that the back door is fully open and
secure before using the luggage compartment.

138

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

WARNING
● Vehicles without a power back door: If a bicycle carrier or similar heavy
object is attached to the back door, it may suddenly shut again after being
opened, causing someone’s hands, head or neck to be caught and
injured. When installing an accessory part to the back door, using a genuine Toyota part is recommended.
■ Back door closer (vehicles with a power back door)
● In the event that the back door is left
slightly open, the back door closer will
automatically close it to the fully closed
position. It takes several seconds
before the back door closer begins to
operate. Be careful not to catch fingers
or anything else in the back door, as this
may cause bone fractures or other serious injuries.
● Use caution when using the back door closer as it still operates when the
power back door system is canceled.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

139

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

■ Power back door (if equipped)
Observe the following precautions when operating the power back door.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
● Check the safety of the surrounding area to make sure there are no obstacles or anything that could cause any of your belongings to get caught.
● If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that
the back door is about to open or close.
● If the power back door system is turned off with the main switch while the
back door is operating automatically, the automatic operation is stopped.
The back door then has to be operated manually. Take extra care when on
an incline, as the back door may open or close unexpectedly.
● If the operating conditions of the power back door are no longer met, a
buzzer may sound and the back door may stop opening or closing. The
back door then has to be operated manually. Take extra care when on an
incline, as the back door may open or close abruptly.
● On an incline, the back door may suddenly shut after it opens. Make sure
the back door is fully open and secure.
● In the following situations, the power back door may detect an abnormality
and automatic operation may be stopped. In this case, the back door has
to be operated manually. Take extra care when on an incline, as the back
door may open or close abruptly.
• When the back door contacts an obstacle
• When the 12-volt battery voltage suddenly drops, such as when the
power switch is turned to ON mode or the hybrid system is started
during automatic operation
● If a bicycle carrier or similar object is attached to the back door, the power
back door may not operate, causing itself to malfunction, or the back door
may move in the closing direction after being opened, causing someone’s
hands, head or neck to be caught and injured. When installing an accessory part to the back door, ask your Toyota dealer for details.

140

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

WARNING
■ Jam protection function (vehicles with a power back door)
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
● Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
● The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the back door fully closes. Be careful not to catch fingers or anything else.
● The jam protection function may not work depending on the shape of the
object that is caught. Be careful not to catch fingers or anything else.
NOTICE
■ Back door damper stays (vehicles without a power back door)
The back door is equipped with damper stays that hold the back door in
place.
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the back door damper stay, resulting
in malfunction.
● Do not attach any foreign objects, such
as stickers, plastic sheets, or adhesives
to the damper stay rod.
● Do not touch the damper stay rod with
gloves or other fabric items.
● Do not attach any accessories other
than genuine Toyota parts to the back
door.

Damper stays

● Do not place your hand on the damper stay or apply lateral forces to it.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

141

NOTICE
■ Back door spindles (vehicles with a power back door)
The back door is equipped with spindles that hold the back door in place.
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the back door spindle, resulting in
malfunction.
● Do not attach any foreign objects, such
as stickers, plastic sheets, or adhesives
to the spindle rod.
● Do not touch the spindle rod with gloves
or other fabric items.
● Do not attach any accessories to the
back door. When attaching, ask your
Toyota dealer for details.

Spindles

■ To prevent damage to the power back door (if equipped)
● Make sure that there is no ice between the back door and frame that
would prevent movement of the back door. Operating the power back door
when excessive load is present on the back door may cause a malfunction.
● Do not apply excessive force to the back door while the power back door
is operating.
● Take care not to damage the sensors (installed on the right and left edges
of the power back door) with a knife or other sharp object. If the sensor is
disconnected, the power back door will not close automatically.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

● Do not place your hand on the spindle or apply lateral forces to it.
■ To prevent back door closer malfunction (vehicles with a power back
door)
Do not apply excessive force to the back door while the back door closer is
operating.

142

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

Glass hatch∗
Opening the glass hatch
The glass hatch can be opened using the glass hatch opener.
1 When

the back door is
unlocked: Press the button to
pop up the glass hatch.
When the back door is locked:
While carrying the electronic
key on your person, press the
button to pop up the glass
hatch.

2 Raise the glass hatch using the

knob
■ Luggage compartment light
→P. 134
■ The glass hatch can be opened when
The back door is closed.
■ Opening and closing the glass hatch
● Open the glass hatch slowly and carefully.
● Make sure that the rear window wiper is switched off.
● Do not rotate the rear wiper arm when the glass hatch is open. (If the rear
wiper arm is rotated, turn the wiper switch on after closing the glass hatch.
The rear wiper arm will return to the correct position automatically after
operating once.)
● Make sure that the back door is closed before closing the glass hatch.
■ After closing the glass hatch
Check that the glass hatch is firmly closed. If it is not firmly closed, the rear
window wiper and washer will not operate correctly.

∗: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

143

■ Function to prevent the glass hatch being locked with the electronic key
● When all doors are locked, closing the glass hatch with the electronic key
left inside the luggage compartment will sound an alarm.
In this case, the glass hatch can be opened by pressing the glass hatch
opener.
● If the spare electronic key is put in the luggage compartment with all the
doors locked, the key confinement prevention function will activate and the
glass hatch can be opened. In order to prevent theft, take all electronic keys
with you when leaving the vehicle.
● If the electronic key is put in the luggage compartment with all the doors
locked, the key may not be detected depending on the location of the key
and the surrounding radio wave conditions. In this case, the key confinement prevention function cannot be activated, causing the doors to lock
when the glass hatch is closed. Make sure to check where the key is before
closing the glass hatch.

Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ Before driving
● Make sure that the glass hatch is fully closed. If the glass hatch is not fully
closed, it may open unexpectedly while driving and hit near-by objects or
luggage in the luggage compartment may be thrown out, causing an accident.
● Do not allow a child to open or close the glass hatch.
Doing so may cause the glass hatch to move unexpectedly, or cause the
child’s hands, head, or neck to be caught by the closing glass hatch.
■ Operating the glass hatch
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause parts of the body to be caught, resulting in death
or serious injury.
● Remove any heavy loads, such as snow and ice, from the glass hatch
before opening it. Failure to do so may cause the glass hatch to suddenly
shut again after it is opened.
● When opening or closing the glass hatch, thoroughly check to make sure
the surrounding area is safe.
● If anyone is in the vicinity, make sure they are safe and let them know that
the glass hatch is about to open or close.
● Use caution when opening or closing the glass hatch in windy weather as
it may move abruptly in strong wind.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

WARNING

144

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

WARNING
● The glass hatch may suddenly shut if it
is not opened fully. It is more difficult to
open or close the glass hatch on an
incline than on a level surface, so
beware of the glass hatch unexpectedly
open and close by itself. Make sure that
the glass hatch is fully open and secure
before using the luggage compartment.
Also pay attention to your personal
belongings such as bags and ties.
● When closing the glass hatch, take
extra care to prevent your fingers etc.
from being caught. Also pay attention to
your personal belongings such as bags
and ties.
● When closing the glass hatch, make
sure to press it lightly on its outer surface.
● Do not pull on the glass hatch damper stay to close the glass hatch, and
do not hang on the glass hatch damper stay.
Doing so may cause hands to be caught or the glass hatch damper stay to
break, causing an accident.
● Do not attach any accessories other than genuine Toyota parts to the
glass hatch. Such additional weight on the glass hatch may cause the
glass hatch to suddenly shut again after it is opened, resulting in death or
serious injury.
● Do not open the glass hatch while the rear wiper is switched on. (If the rear
wiper is switched on while the glass hatch is open, the wiper motor drive
disc will be rotating on the door panel.)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

145

WARNING
● Do not insert any object in the wiper
motor drive disc.

● Do not close the glass hatch while the rear wiper is switched on. The rear
wiper arm may be restarted suddenly after closing the glass hatch.
3

NOTICE

● Do not attach any foreign objects, such
as stickers, plastic sheets, or adhesives
to the damper stay rod.
● Do not touch the damper stay rod with
gloves or other fabric items.
● Do not attach any accessories other
than genuine Toyota parts to the glass
hatch.

Damper stays

● Do not place your hand or foot on the damper stay or apply lateral forces
to it.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

■ Glass hatch damper stays
The glass hatch is equipped with damper stays that hold the glass hatch in
place. Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the glass hatch damper stay, resulting in malfunction.

146

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

Smart key system
The following operations can be performed simply by carrying
the electronic key on your person, for example in your pocket.
The driver should always carry the electronic key.
● Locking and unlocking the doors (→P. 124)
● Opening the back door (vehicles with a power back door) (→P. 131)
● Opening the glass hatch (if equipped) (→P. 142)
● Starting the hybrid system (→P. 225)
■ Antenna location
1 Antennas outside the cabin
2 Antennas inside the cabin
3 Antenna outside the luggage compart-

ment

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

147

■ Effective range (areas within which the electronic key is detected)
When locking or unlocking the doors
The system can be operated when
the electronic key is within about 2.3
ft. (0.7 m) of an outside front door
handle. (Only the doors detecting the
key can be operated.)
When starting the hybrid system or
changing power switch modes
The system can be operated when the electronic key is inside the
vehicle.
When opening the glass hatch (if equipped) and locking or unlocking
the doors
This system can be operated when the electronic key is within about
2.3 ft. (0.7 m) of the back door opener switch.

Alarm

Situation

The glass hatch was
closed while the electronic key was still
inside the vehicle and
Exterior alarm sounds all the doors were
once for 5 seconds
locked.*

Correction procedure
Retrieve the electronic
key from the vehicle
and close the glass
hatch.*

An attempt was made Close all of the doors
to lock the vehicle while and lock the doors
a door was open.
again.
The power switch was
turned to ACCESSORY
mode while the driver’s
Turn the power switch
Interior alarm sounds door was open (or the
off and close the
driver’s
door
was
continuously
driver’s door.
opened
while
the
power switch was in
ACCESSORY mode).

*: Vehicles with a glass hatch

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

■ Alarms and warning indicators
An alarm sounds and warning messages are displayed on the multi-information display are used to protect against unexpected accidents or theft of the
vehicle resulting from erroneous operation. When a warning message is displayed, take appropriate measures based on the displayed message.
(→P. 576)
When only an alarm sounds, circumstances and correction procedures are as
follows:

148

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ Battery-saving function
The battery-saving function will be activated in order to prevent the electronic
key battery and the 12-volt battery from being discharged while the vehicle is
not in operation for a long time.
● In the following situations, the smart key system may take some time to
unlock the doors.
• The electronic key has been left in an area of approximately 6 ft. (2 m) of
the outside of the vehicle for 10 minutes or longer.
• The smart key system has not been used for 5 days or longer.
● If the smart key system has not been used for 14 days or longer, the doors
cannot be unlocked at any doors except the driver’s door. In this case, take
hold of the driver’s door handle, or use the wireless remote control or the
mechanical key, to unlock the doors.
■ Electronic key battery-saving function
When battery-saving mode is set, battery depletion is minimized by stopping the electronic key from receiving radio waves.
Press

twice while pressing and

holding
. Confirm that the electronic
key indicator flashes 4 times.
While the battery-saving mode is set, the
smart key system cannot be used. To
cancel the function, press any of the electronic key buttons.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

149

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

■ Conditions affecting operation
The smart key system uses weak radio waves. In the following situations, the
communication between the electronic key and the vehicle may be affected,
preventing the smart key system, wireless remote control and immobilizer
system from operating properly. (Ways of coping: →P. 622)
● When the electronic key battery is depleted
● Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large display, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or electrical
noise
● When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or other
wireless communication devices
● When the electronic key is in contact with, or is covered by the following
metallic objects
• Cards to which aluminum foil is attached
• Cigarette boxes that have aluminum foil inside
• Metallic wallets or bags
• Coins
• Hand warmers made of metal
• Media such as CDs and DVDs
● When other wireless keys (that emit radio waves) are being used nearby
● When carrying the electronic key together with the following devices that
emit radio waves
• Another vehicle’s electronic key or a wireless key that emits radio waves
• Personal computers or personal digital assistants (PDAs)
• Digital audio players
• Portable game systems
● If window tint with a metallic content or metallic objects are attached to the
rear window
● When the electronic key is placed near a battery charger or electronic
devices

150

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ Note for the entry function
● Even when the electronic key is within the effective range (detection areas),
the system may not operate properly in the following cases:
• The electronic key is too close to the window or outside door handle, near
the ground, or in a high place when the doors are locked or unlocked.
• The electronic key is near the ground or in a high place, or too close to
the rear bumper center when the back door is opened.
• The electronic key is on the instrument panel or floor, or in the auxiliary
box of the driver's side instrument panel, door pockets or glove box when
the hybrid system is started or power switch modes are changed.
● Do not leave the electronic key on top of the instrument panel or near the
door pockets when exiting the vehicle. Depending on the radio wave reception conditions, it may be detected by the antenna outside the cabin and the
door will become lockable from the outside, possibly trapping the electronic
key inside the vehicle.
● As long as the electronic key is within the effective range, the doors may be
locked or unlocked by anyone. However, only the doors detecting the electronic key can be used to unlock the vehicle.
● Even if the electronic key is not inside the vehicle, it may be possible to start
the hybrid system if the electronic key is near the window.
● The doors may unlock or lock if a large amount of water splashes on the
door handle, such as in the rain or in a car wash when the electronic key is
within the effective range. (The doors will automatically be locked after
approximately 60 seconds if the doors are not opened and closed.)
● If the wireless remote control is used to lock the doors when the electronic
key is near the vehicle, there is a possibility that the door may not be
unlocked by the entry function. (Use the wireless remote control to unlock
the doors.)
● Touching the door lock or unlock sensor while wearing gloves may prevent
lock or unlock operation. Remove the gloves and touch the lock or unlock
sensor again.
● When the lock operation is performed using the lock sensor, recognition signals will be shown up to two consecutive times. After this, no recognition
signals will be given.
● If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effective range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow the
following correction procedures to wash the vehicle:
• Place the electronic key in a location 6 ft. (2 m) or more away from the
vehicle. (Take care to ensure that the key is not stolen.)
• Set the electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart key
system. (→P. 148)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

151

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

● If the electronic key is inside the vehicle and a door handle becomes wet
during a car wash, a message may be shown on the multi-information display and a buzzer will sound outside the vehicle. To turn off the alarm, lock
all the doors.
● The lock sensor may not work properly if it comes into contact with ice,
snow, mud, etc. Clean the lock sensor and attempt to operate it again, or
use the lock sensor on the lower part of the door handle.
● A sudden handle operation or a handle operation immediately after entering
the effective range may prevent the doors from being unlocked. Touch the
door unlock sensor and check that the doors are unlocked before pulling the
door handle again.
● Unlocking the vehicle may take more time if another electronic key is within
the effective range.
■ When the vehicle is not driven for extended periods
● To prevent theft of the vehicle, do not leave the electronic key within 6 ft. (2
m) of the vehicle.
● The smart key system can be deactivated in advance. (→P. 671)
■ To operate the system properly
Make sure to carry the electronic key when operating the system. Do not get
the electronic key too close to the vehicle when operating the system from the
outside of the vehicle.
Depending on the position and holding condition of the electronic key, the key
may not be detected correctly and the system may not operate properly. (The
alarm may go off accidentally, or the door lock prevention function may not
operate.)
■ If the smart key system does not operate properly
● Locking and unlocking the doors: Use the mechanical key. (→P. 622)
● Starting the hybrid system: →P. 623
■ Customization
Settings (e. g. smart key system) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 666)
■ If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting
● Locking and unlocking the doors:
Use the wireless remote control or mechanical key. (→P. 125, 622)
● Starting the hybrid system and changing power switch modes: →P. 623
● Stopping the hybrid system: →P. 226

152

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

■ Certification for the smart key system
 For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
FCC ID: HYQ23AAB
FCC ID: HYQ14FBA
NOTE:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
 For vehicles sold in Canada
NOTE:
This device complies with Industry Canada's licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause interference; and
(2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of the device.
 For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
FCC ID: NI4TMLF12-6
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
 For vehicles sold in Canada
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSSs. Operation
is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference; and (2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
NOTE:
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'lndustrie Canada applicables
aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux
conditions suivantes: (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage; (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même
si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-2. Opening, closing and locking the doors

153

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

■ Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
● People with implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should keep
away from the smart key system antennas. (→P. 146)
The radio waves may affect the operation of such devices. If necessary,
the entry function can be disabled. Ask your Toyota dealer for details, such
as the frequency of radio waves and timing of the emitted radio waves.
Then, consult your doctor to see if you should disable the entry function.
● Users of any electrical medical device other than implantable cardiac
pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the
device for information about its operation under the influence of radio
waves.
Radio waves could have unexpected effects on the operation of such
medical devices.
Ask your Toyota dealer for details on disabling the entry function.

154

3-3. Adjusting the seats

Front seats
Adjustment procedure


Manual seat

1 Seat position adjustment lever
2 Seatback

angle adjustment

3 Vertical

height adjustment
lever (driver’s side only)

lever


Power seat

1 Seat

position

adjustment

switch
2 Seatback

angle adjustment

switch
3 Seat

cushion (front) angle
adjustment switch (driver’s
side only)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4 Vertical

height adjustment
switch (driver’s side only)

5 Seat cushion length adjust-

ment switch (if equipped, for
driver’s seat only)
6 Lumbar support adjustment

switch (driver’s side only)

3-3. Adjusting the seats

155

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

■ When adjusting the seat position
● Take care when adjusting the seat position to ensure that other passengers are not injured by the moving seat.
● Do not put your hands under the seat or near the moving parts to avoid
injury.
Fingers or hands may become jammed in the seat mechanism.
● Make sure to leave enough space around the feet so they do not get stuck.
■ Seat adjustment
● Be careful that the seat does not hit passengers or luggage.
● To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not
recline the seat more than necessary.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of
an accident.
Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpectedly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Manual seat only: After adjusting the seat, make sure that the seat is
locked in position.

156

3-3. Adjusting the seats

Rear seats
Adjustment procedure
■ Second seats


Without a side table



With a side table

1 Seat position adjustment lever
2 Seatback angle adjustment lever
Pull the lever until the lock is completely released.
■ Third seats

Seatback
strap

angle

adjustment

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-3. Adjusting the seats

157

Moving a second seat for third seat access
■ Getting in the vehicle

Pull the lever and tilt the seatback forward.
Move the seat to the front-most
position.

■ Getting out of the vehicle

Move the seat to the front-most
position.

■ After passengers have entered/exited the vehicle

Lift up the seatback and slide the seat backward until it locks.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

Pull the lever on the side of the
seatback and tilt the seatback
forward.

158

3-3. Adjusting the seats

Folding down the second seats
■ Before folding down the second seats
1 Stow the armrest. (→P. 469)
2 With a side table: Stow the side table. (→P. 471)
3 Stow the second seat belt buckles.


Without a side table



With a side table

4 Pass the outer seat belts

through the seat belt hangers
and secure the seat belt
plates.
This prevents the shoulder belts
from being damaged.
Make sure that the seat belts
are removed from the hangers
before using them.
5 Lower the head restraints to the lowest position. (→P. 167)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-3. Adjusting the seats

159

■ Folding down the second seats
1 Pull the lever and tilt the seatback forward.

Each seatback may be folded separately.


From inside



From outside

2 Pull the lever to unlock the

■ After folding down the second seats

Slide the folded second seats
backward until they lock.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

seatback. The seatback will
be folded down.

160

3-3. Adjusting the seats

■ Returning the second seats

Lift up the seatbacks until they
lock.

Folding down the third seats
■ Before folding down the third seats
1 Stow the third seat belt buck-

les.

2 Pass the outer seat belts

through the seat belt hangers
and secure the seat belt
plates.
This prevents the shoulder belts
from being damaged.
Make sure that the seat belts
are removed from the hangers
before using them.
3 Lower the head restraints to the lowest position. (→P. 167)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-3. Adjusting the seats

161

■ Folding down the third seats

While pulling the straps, fold
down the seatbacks.

■ Returning the third seats


From inside



From outside
3

Pull the straps and raise the
seatbacks until they lock.
After using either strap, use the
Velcro on the end of the strap to
attach it to the seatback.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

Lift up the seatbacks until they
lock.

162

3-3. Adjusting the seats

WARNING
■ When folding the rear seatbacks down
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
● Do not fold the seatbacks down while driving.
● Stop the vehicle on level ground, set the parking brake and shift the shift
lever to P.
● Do not allow anyone to sit on a folded seatback or in the luggage compartment while driving.
● Do not allow children to enter the luggage compartment.
● Do not fold down a rear seatback when there are passengers sitting in the
rear seats or when there is luggage placed on the rear seats.
● Be careful not to catch your hand when folding the rear seatbacks.
■ Seat adjustment
● To reduce the risk of sliding under the lap belt during a collision, do not
recline the seat more than necessary.
If the seat is too reclined, the lap belt may slide past the hips and apply
restraint forces directly to the abdomen, or your neck may contact the
shoulder belt, increasing the risk of death or serious injury in the event of
an accident.
Adjustments should not be made while driving as the seat may unexpectedly move and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Be careful that the seat does not hit passengers or luggage.
● Be careful not to get your hands or feet caught in the seat.
■ After adjusting or returning the seats
Observe the following precautions. Failure to do so may result in death or
serious injury.
● Make sure that the seat and seatback are securely locked in position by
lightly rocking them back and forth.
● Check that the seat belts are not twisted or caught in the seatback.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-3. Adjusting the seats

163

Driving position memory∗
This feature automatically adjusts the driver’s seat and outside
rear view mirrors to make entering and exiting the vehicle easier
or to suit your preferences.
Driving position memory
Your preferred driving position (the position of the driver’s seat and
outside rear view mirrors) can be recorded and recalled by pressing a
button.
Two different driving positions can be recorded into memory.

■ Recording procedure
2 Adjust the driver’s seat and outside rear view mirrors to the

desired positions.
3 While

pressing the “SET”
button, or within 3 seconds
after the “SET” button is
pressed, press button “1” or
“2” until the buzzer sounds.
If the selected button has
already been preset, the previously recorded position will be
overwritten.

∗: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

1 Turn the power switch to ON mode.

164

3-3. Adjusting the seats

■ Recall procedure
1 Check that the shift lever is in P.
2 Turn the power switch to ON mode.
3 Press one of the buttons for

the driving position you want
to recall until the buzzer
sounds.

■ To stop the position recall operation part-way through
Perform any of the following:
● Press the “SET” button.
● Press button “1” or “2”.
● Operate any of the seat adjustment switches (only cancels seat position
recall).
■ Seat positions that can be memorized (→P. 154)
The seat position, with the exception of the portions adjusted by the seat
cushion length switch and lumbar support switch, can be recorded.
■ Operating the driving position memory after turning the power switch off
Recorded seat positions can be activated up to 180 seconds after the driver’s
door is opened and another 60 seconds after it is closed again.
■ In order to correctly use the driving position memory function
If a seat position is already in the furthest possible position and the seat is
operated in the same direction, the recorded position may be slightly different
when it is recalled.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-3. Adjusting the seats

165

Memory recall function
Each electronic key can be registered to recall your preferred driving
position.
■ Registering procedure

Record your driving position to button “1” or “2” before performing
the following:
Carry only the key you want to register, and then close the driver’s
door.
If 2 or more keys are in the vehicle, the driving position cannot be
recorded properly.
1 Check that the shift lever is in P.

2 Turn the power switch to ON mode.
4 While pressing the recalled

button, press and hold the
door lock switch (either lock
or unlock) until the buzzer
sounds.
If the button could not be registered, the buzzer sounds continuously for approximately 3
seconds.
■ Recall procedure

Make sure that the doors are locked before recalling the driving
position. Carry the electronic key that has been registered to the
driving position, and then unlock and open the driver’s door using
the smart key system or wireless remote control.
The driving position will move to the recorded position.
If the driving position is in a position that has already been recorded, the
seat and outside rear view mirrors will not move.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

3 Recall the driving position that you want to record.

166

3-3. Adjusting the seats

■ Cancelation procedure

Carry only the key you want to cancel and then close the driver’s
door.
If 2 or more keys are in the vehicle, the driving position cannot be
canceled properly.
1 Check that the shift lever is in P.
2 Turn the power switch to ON mode.
3 While pressing the “SET” button, press and hold the door lock

switch (either lock or unlock) until the buzzer sounds twice.
If the button could not be canceled, the buzzer sounds continuously for
approximately 3 seconds.
■ Recalling the driving position using the memory recall function
● Different driving positions can be registered for each electronic key. Therefore, the driving position that is recalled may be different depending on the
key being carried.
● If a door other than the driver’s door is unlocked with the smart key system,
the driving position cannot be recalled. In this case, press the driving position button which has been set.
■ Customization
The unlock door settings of the memory recall function can be customized.
(Customizable features: →P. 671)
WARNING
■ Seat adjustment caution
Take care during seat adjustment so that the seat does not strike the rear
passenger or squeeze your body against the steering wheel.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-3. Adjusting the seats

167

Head restraints
Head restraints are provided for all seats.
Front seats and second seats (with a side table)
1 Up
Pull the head restraints up.

2 Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button.
3

Lock release button
Operation of each component

Second seats (without a side table)
1 Up
Pull the head restraints up.

2 Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button.

Lock release button

Third seats
1 Up
Pull the head restraints up.
2 Down
Push the head restraint down while
pressing the lock release button.

Lock release button

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

168

3-3. Adjusting the seats

■ Removing the head restraints
 Front seats and second seats (with a side table)
Pull the head restraint up while pressing
the lock release button.

Lock release button
 Second seats (without a side table)

Pull the head restraint up while pressing
the lock release button.

Lock release button
 Third seats

Pull the head restraint up while pressing
the lock release button.

Lock release button

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-3. Adjusting the seats

169

■ Installing the head restraints
 Front seats and second seats (with a side table)
Align the head restraint with the installation holes and push it down to the lock
position.
Press and hold the lock release button
when lowering the head restraint.
Lock release button
 Second seats (without a side table)

Align the head restraint with the installation holes and push it down to the lock
position.
Press and hold the lock release button
when lowering the head restraint.

 Third seats

Align the head restraint with the installation holes and push it down to the lock
position.
Press and hold the lock release button
when lowering the head restraint.
Lock release button

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

Lock release button

170

3-3. Adjusting the seats

■ Adjusting the height of the head restraints
Make sure that the head restraints are
adjusted so that the center of the head
restraint is closest to the top of your ears.

■ Adjusting the third seat head restraints
Always raise the head restraint one level from the stowed position when
using.
WARNING
■ Head restraint precautions
Observe the following precautions regarding the head restraints. Failure to
do so may result in death or serious injury.
● Use the head restraints designed for each respective seat.
● Adjust the head restraints to the correct position at all times.
● After adjusting the head restraints, push down on them and make sure
they are locked in position.
● Do not drive with the head restraints removed.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors

171

Steering wheel
Adjustment procedure
1 Hold the steering wheel and

push the lever down.

2 Adjust to the ideal position by

After adjustment, pull the lever up
to secure the steering wheel.

Horn
To sound the horn, press on or
close to the
mark.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

moving the steering wheel horizontally and vertically.

172

3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors

WARNING
■ Caution while driving
Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving.
Doing so may cause the driver to mishandle the vehicle and cause an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ After adjusting the steering wheel
Make sure that the steering wheel is securely locked.
Otherwise, the steering wheel may move suddenly, possibly causing an
accident, and resulting in death or serious injury. Also, the horn may not
sound if the steering wheel is not securely locked.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors

173

Inside rear view mirror
The rear view mirror’s position can be adjusted to enable sufficient confirmation of the rear view.
Adjusting the height of rear view mirror
The height of the rear view mirror can be adjusted to suit your driving
posture.
Adjust the height of the rear view
mirror by moving it up and down.
3



Manual anti-glare inside rear view mirror

Reflected light from the headlights of vehicles behind can be reduced
by operating the lever.
1 Normal position
2 Anti-glare position

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

Anti-glare function

174


3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors

Auto anti-glare inside rear view mirror

Responding to the level of brightness of the headlights of vehicles
behind, the reflected light is automatically reduced.
Changing automatic anti-glare function mode
ON/OFF
When the automatic anti-glare
function is in ON mode, the indicator illuminates.
The function will set to ON mode
each time the power switch is
turned to ON mode.
Pressing the button turns the function to OFF mode. (The indicator
also turns off.)

Indicator

■ To prevent sensor error (vehicles with an auto anti-glare inside rear view
mirror)
To ensure that the sensors operate properly, do not touch or cover them.

WARNING
Do not adjust the position of the mirror while driving.
Doing so may lead to mishandling of the vehicle and cause an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors

175

Outside rear view mirrors
Adjustment procedure
1 To select a mirror to adjust, turn

the switch.
1 Left
2 Right

2 To adjust the mirror, move the

1 Up
2 Right
3 Down
4 Left

Folding the mirrors
Push the mirror back in the direction of the vehicle’s rear.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

switch.

176

3-4. Adjusting the steering wheel and mirrors

■ Mirror angle can be adjusted when
The power switch is in ACCESSORY or ON mode.
■ When the mirrors are fogged up
The outside rear view mirrors can be cleared using the mirror defoggers. Turn
on the rear window defogger to turn on the outside rear view mirror defoggers. (→P. 436)
■ Automatic adjustment of the mirror angle (if equipped)
A desired mirror face angle can be entered to memory and recalled automatically by the driving position memory. (→P. 163)
WARNING
■ Important points while driving
Observe the following precautions while driving.
Failure to do so may result in loss of control of the vehicle and cause an
accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
● Do not adjust the mirrors while driving.
● Do not drive with the mirrors folded.
● Both the driver and passenger side mirrors must be extended and properly
adjusted before driving.
■ When the mirror defoggers are operating
Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces, as they can become very hot
and burn you.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-5. Opening and closing the windows

177

Power windows
Opening and closing procedures
The power windows can be opened and closed using the switches.
Operating the switch moves the windows as follows:


Models available with one touch opening/closing on the front side
windows

1 Closing
2 One-touch closing (front side

windows only)*

3 Opening

windows only)*

*: To stop the window partway, operate the switch in the opposite direction.


Models available with one touch opening/closing on all side windows

1 Closing
2 One-touch closing*
3 Opening
4 One-touch opening*

*: To stop the window partway, operate the switch in the opposite direction.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

4 One-touch opening (front side

178

3-5. Opening and closing the windows

Window lock switch
Press the switch to lock the passenger window switches.
Use this switch to prevent children
from accidentally opening or closing a passenger window.
Models available with one touch
opening/closing on the front side
windows: If the lock switch is on,
the passenger window switches on
the driver’s side are also locked.
Models available with one touch opening/closing on all side windows: If the
lock switch is on, the passenger windows can still be opened and closed
using the power window switches on the driver’s side.
■ The power windows can be operated when
The power switch is in ON mode.
■ Operating the power windows after turning the hybrid system off
The power windows can be operated for approximately 45 seconds even
after the power switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. They
cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened.
■ Jam protection function (windows with one-touch closing function only)
If an object becomes caught between the window and the window frame, window travel is stopped and the window is opened slightly.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-5. Opening and closing the windows

179

■ When the power window does not close normally (windows with onetouch closing function only)
If the jam protection function is operating abnormally and a window cannot be
closed, perform the following operations using the power window switch on
the relevant door.
● After stopping the vehicle, the window can be closed by holding the power
window switch in the one-touch closing position while the power switch is
turned to ON mode.
● If the window still cannot be closed even by carrying out the operation
explained above, initialize the function by performing the following procedure.
1

Hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position. Continue
holding the switch for a further 6 seconds after the window has closed.

Hold the power window switch in the one-touch opening position. Continue holding the switch for a further 2 seconds after the window has
opened completely.

Hold the power window switch in the one-touch closing position once
again. Continue holding the switch for a further 2 seconds after the window has closed.

Operation of each component

If you release the switch while the window is moving, start again from the
beginning.
If the window continues to close but then re-open slightly even after performing the above procedure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
■ Door lock linked window operation (windows with one-touch closing
function only)
● The power windows can be opened and closed using the mechanical key.*
(→P. 622)
● The power windows can be opened using the wireless remote control.*
(→P. 125)

*: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. linked door lock operation) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 666)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

180

3-5. Opening and closing the windows

WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ Closing the windows
● The driver is responsible for all the power window operations, including the
operation for the passengers. In order to prevent accidental operation,
especially by a child, do not let a child operate the power windows. It is
possible for children and other passengers to have body parts caught in
the power window. Also, when riding with a child, it is recommended to use
the window lock switch. (→P. 178)
● Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when a window is being operated.
● When using the wireless remote control or mechanical key and operating
the power windows, operate the power window after checking to make
sure that there is no possibility of any passenger having any of their body
parts caught in the window. Also do not let a child operate window by the
wireless remote control or mechanical key. It is possible for children and
other passengers to get caught in the power window.
● When exiting the vehicle, turn the power switch off, carry the key and exit
the vehicle along with the child. There may be accidental operation, due to
mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an accident.
■ Jam protection function (windows with one-touch closing function
only)
● Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
● The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the window fully closes.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-5. Opening and closing the windows

181

Moon roof∗
Use the overhead switches to open and close the moon roof and
tilt it up and down.
■ Opening and closing

1 Opens the moon roof*
The moon roof stops slightly
before the fully open position to
reduce wind noise.
Press the switch again to fully
open the moon roof.

2 Closes the moon roof*

*: Lightly

Operation of each component

press either side of the
moon roof switch to stop the
moon roof partway.

■ Tilting up and down

1 Tilts the moon roof up*
2 Tilts the moon roof down*

*: Lightly

press either side of the
moon roof switch to stop the
moon roof partway.

∗: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

182

3-5. Opening and closing the windows

■ The moon roof can be operated when
The power switch is in ON mode.
■ Operating the moon roof after turning the hybrid system off
The moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 seconds after the power
switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. It cannot, however, be
operated once either front door is opened.
■ Jam protection function
If an object is detected between the moon roof and the frame while the moon
roof is closing or tilting down, travel is stopped and the moon roof opens
slightly.
■ Sunshade
The sunshade can be opened and closed manually. However, the sunshade
will open automatically when the moon roof is opened.
■ Door lock linked moon roof operation
● The moon roof can be opened and closed using the mechanical key.*
(→P. 622)
● The moon roof can be opened using the wireless remote control.*
(→P. 125)

*: These settings must be customized at your Toyota dealer.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-5. Opening and closing the windows

183

■ When the moon roof does not close normally
Perform the following procedure:
● If the moon roof closes but then re-opens slightly
1

Stop the vehicle.

Press and hold the “CLOSE” switch.*1
The moon roof will close, reopen and pause for approximately 10 seconds.*2 Then it will close again, tilt up and pause for approximately 1 second. Finally, it will tilt down, open and close.

Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then
release the switch.

● If the moon roof tilts down but then tilts back up
Stop the vehicle.

Press and hold the “UP” switch*1 until the moon roof moves into the tilt
up position and stops.

Release the “UP” switch once and then press and hold the “UP” switch
again.*1
The moon roof will pause for approximately 10 seconds in the tilt up position.*2 Then it will adjust slightly and pause for approximately 1 second.
Finally, it will tilt down, open and close.
Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then
release the switch.

*1: If the switch is released at the incorrect time, the procedure will have to
be performed again from the beginning.

: If the switch is released after the above mentioned 10 second pause,
automatic operation will be disabled. In that case, press and hold the
open/close switch in the close position or press and hold the “UP” switch.
The moon roof will tilt up and pause for approximately 1 second. Then it
will tilt down, open and close. Check to make sure that the moon roof is
completely closed and then release the switch.

If the moon roof does not fully close even after performing the above procedure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
■ Moon roof open warning buzzer
A buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the multi-information display in
the instrument cluster when the power switch is turned off and the driver’s
door is opened with the moon roof open.
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. linked door lock operation) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 666)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

184

3-5. Opening and closing the windows

WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause death or serious injury.
■ Opening the moon roof
● Do not allow any passengers to put their hands or heads outside the vehicle while it is moving.
● Do not sit on top of the moon roof.
■ Closing the moon roof
● The driver is responsible for moon roof opening and closing operations.
In order to prevent accidental operation, especially by a child, do not let a
child operate the moon roof. It is possible for children and other passengers to have body parts caught in the moon roof.
● Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their bodies in a position where they could be caught when the moon roof is being
operated.
● When using the wireless remote control or mechanical key and operating
the moon roof, operate the moon roof after checking to make sure that
there is no possibility of any passenger having any of their body parts
caught in the moon roof. Also, do not let a child operate moon roof by the
wireless remote control or mechanical key. It is possible for children and
other passengers to get caught in the moon roof.
● When exiting the vehicle, turn the power switch off, carry the key and exit
the vehicle along with the child. There may be accidental operation, due to
mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an accident.
■ Jam protection function
● Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
● The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the moon roof fully closes.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-5. Opening and closing the windows

185

Panoramic moon roof∗
Use the overhead switches to operate the panoramic moon roof.
■ Opening and closing the shade

1 Open*
2 Close*

*: To

stop operation partway,
quickly slide and release the
switch again.
3

Operation of each component

■ Tilting up and down the moon roof

Tilt up (press)*
If the moon roof is open, pressing the switch closes it up to the
tilt-up position.
If the shade is closed past the
half-open position when the
switch is pressed, it will open up
to the half-open position.

Tilt down (press and hold)
The moon roof can be tilted down only when it is in the tilt-up position.

*: To stop operation partway, lightly press the switch again.

∗: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

186

3-5. Opening and closing the windows

■ Opening and closing the moon roof

Open (slide backward)*
The moon roof stops slightly
before the fully open position to
reduce wind noise and the
shade opens fully.
Slide the switch again to fully
open the moon roof.
The moon roof can also be
opened from the tilt-up position.

Close (slide forward)*
The moon roof stops at the tiltup position.
Slide and hold the switch again
to fully close the moon roof.

*: To

stop operation partway, quickly
slide and release the switch again.

■ The shade and moon roof can be operated when
The power switch is in ON mode.
■ Operating the shade and moon roof after turning the hybrid system off
The shade and moon roof can be operated for approximately 45 seconds
after the power switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off. It cannot, however, be operated once either front door is opened.
■ Closing the shade when the moon roof is open
1

Slide the shade switch forward.
The shade closes up to its half-closed position and then the moon roof
closes up to the tilt-up position.

Slide and hold the shade switch again.
The moon roof closes as long as the switch is being held. After the moon
roof is fully closed, the shade will fully close automatically.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-5. Opening and closing the windows

187

■ Jam protection function
 Shade
If an object is detected between the shade and the roof frame while the shade
is closing, the shade stops and then opens slightly.
 Moon roof
If an object is detected between the moon roof and the roof frame while the
moon roof is closing or tilting down, the moon roof stops and then opens
slightly. At this time, if the shade is closed past the half-open position, it may
also open slightly.
■ When the moon roof does not close normally
Perform the following procedure:
● If the moon roof closes but then re-opens slightly
1

Stop the vehicle.

Slide the moon roof switch forward and hold it.*

Release the switch and then slide it forward and hold it again.
The moon roof will close as long as the switch is being held.

Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then
release the switch.

● If the moon roof tilts down but then tilts back up
1

Stop the vehicle.

Slide the moon roof switch forward and hold it.*
The moon roof will tilt down then tilt up and pause for approximately 10
seconds. Then it will close.

Check to make sure that the moon roof is completely closed and then
release the switch.

*: If the switch is released at the incorrect time, the procedure will have to
be performed again from the beginning.
If the moon roof does not fully close even after performing the above procedure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

The moon roof will close then reopen and pause for approximately 10
seconds. Then it will close up to the tilt-up position.

188

3-5. Opening and closing the windows

■ When the shade does not close normally
Perform the following procedure:
1

Stop the vehicle.

Close the moon roof.

Slide the shade switch forward and hold it.*
The shade will close then reopen and pause for approximately 10 seconds.
Then it will close.

Check to make sure that the shade is completely closed and then release
the switch.

*: If the switch is released at the incorrect time, the procedure will have to be
performed again from the beginning.
If the shade continues to close but then reopens slightly even after performing the above procedure correctly, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
■ Moon roof open warning buzzer
A buzzer sounds and a message is shown on the multi-information display in
the instrument cluster when the power switch is turned off and the driver’s
door is opened with the moon roof open.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3-5. Opening and closing the windows

189

WARNING

NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the moon roof
● Before opening, make sure that there are no foreign objects such as
stones or ice around the opening.
● Do not hit the face or edge of the moon roof with hard objects.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Operation of each component

Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ Closing the shade
● Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when the shade is being operated.
● Do not allow children to operate the shade.
Closing a shade on someone can cause death or serious injury. The driver
is responsible for instructing children not to operate the shade.
■ Opening the moon roof
● Do not allow any passengers to put their hands or heads outside the vehicle while it is moving.
● Do not sit on top of the moon roof.
■ Closing the moon roof
● The driver is responsible for moon roof opening and closing operations.
In order to prevent accidental operation, especially by a child, do not let a
child operate the moon roof. It is possible for children and other passengers to have body parts caught in the moon roof.
● Check to make sure that all passengers do not have any part of their body
in a position where it could be caught when the moon roof is being operated.
● When exiting the vehicle, turn the power switch off, carry the key and exit
the vehicle along with the child. There may be accidental operation, due to
mischief, etc., that may possibly lead to an accident.
■ Jam protection function
● Never use any part of your body to intentionally activate the jam protection
function.
● The jam protection function may not work if something gets caught just
before the shade or moon roof is fully closed.

190

3-5. Opening and closing the windows

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

191

Driving

4-1. Before driving
Driving the vehicle............. 192
Cargo and luggage ........... 202
Vehicle load limits ............. 207
Trailer towing..................... 208
Dinghy towing ................... 224
4-2. Driving procedures
Power (ignition) switch ...... 225
EV drive mode .................. 231
Hybrid transmission........... 233
Turn signal lever................ 239
Parking brake .................... 240
4-3. Operating the lights
and wipers
Headlight switch ................ 241
Automatic High Beam ....... 245
Fog light switch ................. 249
Windshield wipers and
washer ............................ 250
Rear window wiper and
washer ............................ 254

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4
4-4. Refueling
Opening the fuel tank
cap .................................. 256
4-5. Using the driving
support systems
Toyota Safety Sense P ..... 261
PCS
(Pre-Collision System) .... 268
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert
with steering control)....... 282
Dynamic radar cruise
control ............................. 292
Rear view monitor
system ............................ 304
BSM
(Blind Spot Monitor) ........ 313
• BSM function ................ 318
• RCTA function .............. 322
Driving assist systems ...... 328
4-6. Driving tips
Hybrid vehicle driving
tips .................................. 334
Winter driving tips ............. 337
Utility vehicle
precautions ..................... 341

192

4-1. Before driving

Driving the vehicle
The following procedures should be observed to ensure safe
driving:
Starting the hybrid system
→P. 225
Driving
1 With the brake pedal depressed, shift the shift lever to D.

(→P. 233)
2 Release the parking brake. (→P. 240)
3 Gradually release the brake pedal and gently depress the accelera-

tor pedal to accelerate the vehicle.
Stopping
1 With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
2 If necessary, set the parking brake.

If the vehicle is to be stopped for an extended period of time, shift the shift
lever to P. (→P. 233)

Parking the vehicle
1 With the shift lever in D, depress the brake pedal.
2 Set the parking brake (→P. 240), and shift the shift lever to P.

(→P. 233)
3 Press the power switch off to stop the hybrid system.
4 Lock the door, making sure that you have the key on your person.

If parking on a hill, block the wheels as needed.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-1. Before driving

193

Starting off on a steep uphill
1 Make sure that the parking brake is set and shift the shift lever to D.
2 Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
3 Release the parking brake.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ When starting off on an uphill
The hill-start assist control will activate. (→P. 329)
■ For fuel-efficient driving
Keep in mind that hybrid vehicles are similar to conventional vehicles, and it
is necessary to refrain from activities such as sudden acceleration. (→P. 334)
■ Driving in the rain
● Drive carefully when it is raining, because visibility will be reduced, the windows may become fogged-up, and the road will be slippery.
● Drive carefully when it starts to rain, because the road surface will be especially slippery.
● Refrain from high speeds when driving on an expressway in the rain,
because there may be a layer of water between the tires and the road surface, preventing the steering and brakes from operating properly.
■ Engine speed while driving
In the following conditions, the engine speed may become high while driving.
This is due to automatic up-shifting control or down-shifting implementation to
meet driving conditions. It does not indicate sudden acceleration.
● The vehicle is judged to be driving uphill or downhill
● When the accelerator pedal is released
■ Breaking in your new Toyota
To extend the life of the vehicle, observing the following precautions is recommended:
● For the first 186 miles (300 km):
Avoid sudden stops.
● For the first 500 miles (800 km):
Do not tow a trailer.
● For the first 621 miles (1000 km):
• Do not drive at extremely high speeds.
• Avoid sudden acceleration.
• Do not drive continuously in low gears.
• Do not drive at a constant speed for extended periods.

194

4-1. Before driving

■ Drum-in-disc type parking brake system
Your vehicle has a drum-in-disc type parking brake system. This type of brake
system needs bedding-down of the brake shoes periodically or whenever the
parking brake shoes and/or drum are replaced. Have your Toyota dealer perform the bedding down operation.
■ Operating your vehicle in a foreign country
Comply with the relevant vehicle registration laws and confirm the availability
of the correct fuel. (→P. 641)
■ Brake actuator
The brake actuator uses brake fluid pressurized by the pump to power-assist
the brakes. If the brake actuator fails during driving, the brake system warning light comes on and the buzzer sounds intermittently. In this case, the
brakes may not work properly. If they do not work well, depress the brake
pedal firmly. If the brake system warning light comes on, immediately stop
your vehicle and contact your Toyota dealer.
In the following conditions, you may hear a sound in the engine compartment.
This is not a malfunction.
● The driver’s door is opened with the hybrid system turned off.
● The brake pedal is depressed with the hybrid system turned off.
● After the hybrid system is turned on.
● The brake pedal is depressed repeatedly with the hybrid system turned on.
● After the hybrid system is turned off.
The brake pedal may be hard to depress or the brake pedal stroke may be
short before turning the hybrid system on. This is not a malfunction.
■ When braking the vehicle
When applying brakes, you may hear a sound coming from the motor generator.
However, this does not indicate any trouble.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-1. Before driving

195

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When starting the vehicle
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal while stopped with the “READY”
indicator is illuminated. This prevents the vehicle from creeping.
■ When driving the vehicle
● Do not drive if you are unfamiliar with the location of the brake and accelerator pedals to avoid depressing the wrong pedal.
• Accidentally depressing the accelerator pedal instead of the brake
pedal will result in sudden acceleration that may lead to an accident.
• When backing up, you may twist your body around, leading to a difficulty in operating the pedals. Make sure to operate the pedals properly.
• Make sure to keep a correct driving posture even when moving the
vehicle only slightly. This allows you to depress the brake and accelerator pedals properly.
• Depress the brake pedal using your right foot. Depressing the brake
pedal using your left foot may delay response in an emergency, resulting in an accident.
● The driver should pay extra attention to pedestrians when the vehicle is
powered only by the electric motor (traction motor). As there is no engine
noise, the pedestrians may misjudge the vehicle’s movement. Even
though the vehicle is equipped with the vehicle proximity notification system, drive with care as pedestrians in the vicinity may still not notice the
vehicle if the surrounding area is noisy.
● Do not drive the vehicle over or stop the vehicle near flammable materials.
The exhaust system and exhaust gases can be extremely hot. These hot
parts may cause a fire if there is any flammable material nearby.
● During normal driving, do not turn off the hybrid system. Turning the hybrid
system off while driving will not cause loss of steering or braking control,
however, power assist to the steering will be lost. This will make it more
difficult to steer smoothly, so you should pull over and stop the vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so.
In the event of an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop the
vehicle in the normal way: →P. 561

196

4-1. Before driving

WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When driving the vehicle
● Use engine braking (downshift) to maintain a safe speed when driving
down a steep hill.
Using the brakes continuously may cause the brakes to overheat and lose
effectiveness. (→P. 233)
● Do not adjust the positions of the steering wheel, the seat, or the inside or
outside rear view mirrors while driving.
Doing so may result in a loss of vehicle control.
● Always check that all passengers’ arms, heads or other parts of their body
are not outside the vehicle.
● Do not drive in excess of the speed limit. Even if the legal speed limit permits it, do not drive over 85 mph (140 km/h) unless your vehicle has highspeed capability tires. Driving over 85 mph (140 km/h) may result in tire
failure, loss of control and possible injury. Be sure to consult a tire dealer
to determine whether the tires on your vehicle are high-speed capability
tires or not before driving at such speeds.
■ When driving on slippery road surfaces
● Sudden braking, acceleration and steering may cause tire slippage and
reduce your ability to control the vehicle.
● Sudden acceleration, engine braking due to shifting, or changes in engine
speed could cause the vehicle to skid.
● After driving through a puddle, lightly depress the brake pedal to make
sure that the brakes are functioning properly. Wet brake pads may prevent
the brakes from functioning properly. If the brakes on only one side are wet
and not functioning properly, steering control may be affected.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-1. Before driving

197

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When shifting the shift lever
● Do not let the vehicle roll backward while the shift lever is in a driving position, or roll forward while the shift lever is in R.
Doing so result in an accident or damage to the vehicle.
● Do not shift the shift lever to P while the vehicle is moving.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
● Do not shift the shift lever to R while the vehicle is moving forward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
● Do not shift the shift lever to a driving position while the vehicle is moving
backward.
Doing so can damage the transmission and may result in a loss of vehicle
control.
● Shifting the shift lever to N while the vehicle is moving will disengage the
hybrid system. Engine braking is not available with the hybrid system disengaged.
● Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
Shifting the shift lever to any position other than P or N may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may cause an accident and
result in death or serious injury.

198

4-1. Before driving

WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ If you hear a squealing or scraping noise (brake pad wear limit indicators)
Have the brake pads checked and replaced by your Toyota dealer as soon
as possible.
Rotor damage may result if the pads are not replaced when needed.
It is dangerous to drive the vehicle when the wear limits of the brake pads
and/or those of the brake discs are exceeded.
■ When the vehicle is stopped
● Do not depress the accelerator pedal unnecessarily.
If the shift lever is in any position other than P or N, the vehicle may accelerate suddenly and unexpectedly, causing an accident.
● In order to prevent accidents due to the vehicle rolling away, always keep
depressing the brake pedal while stopped with the “READY” indicator is
illuminated, and apply the parking brake as necessary.
● If the vehicle is stopped on an incline, in order to prevent accidents caused
by the vehicle rolling forward or backward, always depress the brake pedal
and securely apply the parking brake as needed.
● Avoid revving or racing the engine.
Running the engine at high speed while the vehicle is stopped may cause
the exhaust system to overheat, which could result in a fire if combustible
material is nearby.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-1. Before driving

199

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When the vehicle is parked
● Do not leave glasses, cigarette lighters, spray cans, or soft drink cans in
the vehicle when it is in the sun.
Doing so may result in the following:
• Gas may leak from a cigarette lighter or spray can, and may lead to a
fire.
• The temperature inside the vehicle may cause the plastic lenses and
plastic material of glasses to deform or crack.
• Soft drink cans may fracture, causing the contents to spray over the
interior of the vehicle, and may also cause a short circuit in the vehicle’s
electrical components.
● Do not leave cigarette lighters in the vehicle. If a cigarette lighter is in a
place such as the glove box or on the floor, it may be lit accidentally when
luggage is loaded or the seat is adjusted, causing a fire.
● Do not attach adhesive discs to the windshield or windows. Do not place
containers such as air fresheners on the instrument panel or dashboard.
Adhesive discs or containers may act as lenses, causing a fire in the vehicle.
● Do not leave a door or window open if the curved glass is coated with a
metallized film such as a silver-colored one. Reflected sunlight may cause
the glass to act as a lens, causing a fire.
● Always apply the parking brake, shift the shift lever to P, stop the hybrid
system and lock the vehicle.
Do not leave the vehicle unattended while the “READY” indicator is illuminated.
If the vehicle is parked with the shift lever in P but the parking brake is not
set, the vehicle may start to move, possibly leading to an accident.
● Do not touch the exhaust pipe while the “READY” indicator is illuminated
or immediately after turning the hybrid system off.
Doing so may cause burns.
■ When taking a nap in the vehicle
Always turn the hybrid system off. Otherwise, if you accidentally move the
shift lever or depress the accelerator pedal, this could cause an accident or
fire due to hybrid system overheating. Additionally, if the vehicle is parked in
a poorly ventilated area, exhaust gases may collect and enter the vehicle,
leading to death or a serious health hazard.

200

4-1. Before driving

WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When braking
● When the brakes are wet, drive more cautiously.
Braking distance increases when the brakes are wet, and this may cause
one side of the vehicle to brake differently than the other side. Also, the
parking brake may not securely hold the vehicle.
● If the electronically controlled brake system does not operate, do not follow other vehicles closely and avoid hills or sharp turns that require braking.
In this case, braking is still possible, but the brake pedal should be
depressed more firmly than usual. Also, the braking distance will increase.
Have your brakes fixed immediately.
● The brake system consists of 2 or more individual hydraulic systems; if
one of the systems fails, the other(s) will still operate. In this case, the
brake pedal should be depressed more firmly than usual and the braking
distance will increase. Have your brakes fixed immediately.
■ If the vehicle becomes stuck
Do not spin the wheels excessively when any of the tires is up in the air, or
the vehicle is stuck in sand, mud, etc. This may damage the driveline components or propel the vehicle forward or backward, causing an accident.
NOTICE
■ When driving the vehicle
● Do not depress the accelerator and brake pedals at the same time during
driving, as this may restrain driving torque.
● Do not use the accelerator pedal or depress the accelerator and brake
pedals at the same time to hold the vehicle on a hill.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-1. Before driving

201

NOTICE

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ When parking the vehicle
Always set the parking brake and shift the shift lever to P. Failure to do so
may cause the vehicle to move or the vehicle may accelerate suddenly if
the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed.
■ Avoiding damage to vehicle parts
● Do not turn the steering wheel fully in either direction and hold it there for
an extended period of time.
Doing so may damage the power steering motor.
● When driving over bumps on the road, drive as slowly as possible to avoid
damaging the wheels, underside of the vehicle, etc.
■ If you get a flat tire while driving
A flat or damaged tire may cause the following situations. Hold the steering
wheel firmly and gradually depress the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle.
● It may be difficult to control your vehicle.
● The vehicle will make abnormal sounds or vibrations.
● The vehicle will lean abnormally.
Information on what to do in case of a flat tire (→P. 596)
■ When encountering flooded roads
Do not drive on a road that has flooded after heavy rain etc. Doing so may
cause the following serious damage to the vehicle:
● Engine stalling
● Short in electrical components
● Engine damage caused by water immersion
In the event that you drive on a flooded road and the vehicle is flooded, be
sure to have your Toyota dealer check the following:
● Brake function
● Changes in quantity and quality of oil and fluid used for the engine, hybrid
transmission, rear electric motor (traction motor), etc.
● Lubricant condition for the bearings and suspension joints (where possible), and the function of all joints, bearings, etc.

202

4-1. Before driving

Cargo and luggage
Take notice of the following information about storage precautions, cargo capacity and load:
Capacity and distribution
Cargo capacity depends on the total weight of the occupants.
(Cargo capacity) = (Total load capacity) — (Total weight of occupants)
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit —
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s
placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that
will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity.
For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available
cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 × 150) =
650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how
this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your
vehicle.
(→P. 207)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-1. Before driving

203

Calculation formula for your vehicle
1 Cargo capacity
2 Total

load capacity (vehicle
capacity weight) (→P. 638)

When 2 people with the combined weight of A lb. (kg) are riding in
your vehicle, which has a total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight)
of B lb. (kg), the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity
will be C lb. (kg) as follows:
B*2 lb. (kg) - A*1 lb. (kg) = C*3 lb. (kg)

In this condition, if 3 more passengers with the combined weight of D
lb. (kg) get on, the available cargo and luggage load will be reduced E
lb. (kg) as follows:

C lb. (kg) - D*4 lb. (kg) = E*5 lb. (kg)

*4: D =Additional weight of people
*5: E =Available cargo and luggage load
As shown in the example above, if the number of occupants
increases, the cargo and luggage load will be reduced by an amount
that equals the increased weight due to the additional occupants. In
other words, if an increase in the number of occupants causes an
excess of the total load capacity (combined weight of occupants plus
cargo and luggage load), you must reduce the cargo and luggage on
your vehicle.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

*1: A =Weight of people
*2: B =Total load capacity
*3: C =Available cargo and luggage load

204

4-1. Before driving

WARNING
■ Things that must not be carried in the luggage compartment

The following things may cause a fire if loaded in the luggage compartment:
● Receptacles containing gasoline
● Aerosol cans
■ Storage precautions

Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may prevent the pedals from being depressed properly,
may block the driver’s vision, or may result in items hitting the driver or
passengers, possibly causing an accident.
● Stow cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment whenever possible.
● Do not stack cargo and luggage in the luggage compartment higher

than the seatbacks.
● Do not place cargo or luggage in or on the following locations.

• At the feet of the driver
• On the front passenger or rear seats (when stacking items)
• On the instrument panel
• On the dashboard
● Secure all items in the occupant compartment.
● When you fold down the rear seats, long items should not be placed

directly behind the front seats.
● Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment. It is not

designed for passengers. They should ride in their seats with their seat
belts properly fastened.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-1. Before driving

205

WARNING
■ Capacity and distribution
● Do not exceed the maximum axle weight rating or the total vehicle

weight rating.
● Even if the total load of occupant’s weight and the cargo load is less

than the total load capacity, do not apply the load unevenly. Improper
loading may cause deterioration of steering or braking control which
may cause death or serious injury.
■ Roof luggage carrier precautions (vehicles with roof rails)

To use the roof rails as a roof luggage carrier, you must fit the roof rails
with two or more genuine Toyota cross rails or their equivalent.
When you load cargo on the roof luggage carrier, observe the following:
● Place the cargo so that its weight is

Cross rails

distributed evenly between the front
and rear axles.

● If loading long or wide cargo, never

● Before driving, make sure the cargo is

Roof rails

securely fastened on the roof luggage
carrier.
● Loading cargo on the roof luggage carrier will make the center of the

vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns,
sudden braking or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss of
control or vehicle rollover due to failure to operate this vehicle correctly
and result in death or serious injury.
● If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, stop

the vehicle now and then during the trip to make sure the cargo
remains in its place.
● Do not exceed 165 lb. (75 kg) cargo weight on the roof luggage carrier.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

exceed the vehicle overall length or
width. (→P. 638)

206

4-1. Before driving

WARNING
■ When installing cross rails (vehicles with roof rails)
Make sure the cross bars are installed securely by pushing them forward
and rearward.
Failure to do so may cause an unexpected accident.
NOTICE
■ When loading cargo
Be careful not to scratch the surface of the moon roof or panoramic moon
roof.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-1. Before driving

207

Vehicle load limits
Vehicle load limits include total load capacity, seating capacity,
TWR (Trailer Weight Rating) and cargo capacity.

◆ Total load capacity (vehicle capacity weight): →P. 638
Total load capacity means the combined weight of occupants, cargo
and luggage.

◆ Seating capacity: 7 or 8 occupants (Front 2, Rear 5 or 6)
Seating capacity means the maximum number of occupants whose
estimated average weight is 150 lb. (68 kg) per person.

◆ TWR (Trailer Weight Rating): →P. 212, 638
TWR means the maximum gross trailer weight (trailer weight plus
its cargo weight) that your vehicle is able to tow.

Cargo capacity may increase or decrease depending on the weight
and the number of occupants.
■ Total load capacity and seating capacity

These details are also described on the tire and loading information label.
(→P. 532)
WARNING
■ Overloading the vehicle

Do not overload the vehicle.
It may not only cause damage to the tires, but also degrade steering
and braking ability, resulting in an accident.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

◆ Cargo capacity

208

4-1. Before driving

Trailer towing
Your vehicle is designed primarily as a passenger-and-load-carrying vehicle. Towing a trailer can have an adverse impact on
handling, performance, braking, durability, and fuel consumption. For your safety and the safety of others, you must not overload your vehicle or trailer. You must also ensure that you are
using appropriate towing equipment, that the towing equipment
has been installed correctly and used properly, and that you
employ the requisite driving habits.
Vehicle-trailer stability and braking performance are affected by
trailer stability, brake performance and setting, trailer brakes,
the hitch and hitch systems (if equipped).
To tow a trailer safely, use extreme care and drive the vehicle in
accordance with your trailer’s characteristics and operating
conditions.
Toyota warranties do not apply to damage or malfunction
caused by towing a trailer for commercial purposes.
Contact your Toyota dealer for further information about additional
requirements such as a towing kit, etc.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-1. Before driving

209

Towing related terms
■ GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating)

The maximum allowable gross
combination weight. The gross
combination weight is the sum
of the total vehicle weight
(including the occupants, cargo
and any optional equipment
installed on the vehicle) and the
weight of the trailer being towed
(including the cargo in the
trailer).
■ GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

The maximum allowable gross
vehicle weight. The gross vehicle weight is the total weight of
the vehicle. When towing a
trailer, it is the sum of the vehicle weight (including the occupants, cargo and any optional
equipment installed on the vehicle) and the tongue weight.

210

4-1. Before driving

■ GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)

The maximum allowable gross
axle weight. The gross axle
weight is the load placed on
each axle (front and rear).

Front GAWR

Rear GAWR

■ TWR (Trailer Weight Rating)

The maximum allowable gross
trailer weight. The gross trailer
weight is the sum of the trailer
weight and the weight of the
cargo in the trailer.

(With brakes)

TWR is calculated assuming
base vehicle with one driver,
one front passenger, towing
package (if available), hitch and
hitch systems (if required).
Additional optional equipment, passengers and cargo in the vehicle will
reduce the trailer weight rating so as not to exceed GCWR, GVWR and
GAWR.
If the gross trailer weight exceeds 3000 lb. (1360 kg), it is recommended
to use a trailer with 2 or more axles.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-1. Before driving

211

■ Unbraked TWR (Unbraked Trailer Weight Rating)

The trailer weight rating for towing a trailer without a trailer service brake system.

(Without brakes)

■ Tongue Weight

The load placed on the trailer
hitch ball. (→P. 213)

Driving

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

212

4-1. Before driving

Weight limits
● The gross trailer weight must never exceed 3500 lb. (1590 kg).
● The gross combination weight must never exceed 9760 lb.
(4430 kg).
● The gross vehicle weight must
never exceed the GVWR indicated on the Certification Label.
● The gross axle weight on each
axle must never exceed the
GAWR indicated on the Certification Label.
● If the gross trailer weight is over
the unbraked TWR, trailer service brakes are required.
● If the gross trailer weight is over 2000 lb. (900 kg), a sway control
device with sufficient capacity is required.
GCWR, TWR and Unbraked TWR
Confirm that the gross trailer weight, gross combination weight, gross
vehicle weight, gross axle weight and tongue weight are all within the
limits.
■ GCWR*

9760 lb. (4430 kg)
■ TWR*

3500 lb. (1590 kg)
■ Unbraked TWR*

1000 lb. (450 kg)

*: This

model meets the tow-vehicle trailering requirement of SAE International per SAE J2807.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-1. Before driving

213

Trailer Tongue Weight
● A recommended tongue weight varies in accordance with the types
of trailers or towing as described below.
● To ensure the recommended values shown below, the trailer must
be loaded by referring to the following instructions.
• Tongue Weight
The gross trailer weight should be distributed so that the tongue
weight is 9% to 11%.
(Tongue weight /Gross trailer weight x 100 = 9% to 11%)
1 Gross trailer weight
2 Tongue weight

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

The gross trailer weight, gross axle weight and tongue weight
can be measured with platform scales found at a highway weighing station, building supply company, trucking company, junk
yard, etc.

214

4-1. Before driving

Hitch
Trailer hitch assemblies have different weight capacities. Toyota recommends the use of Toyota hitch/bracket for your vehicle. For details,
contact your Toyota dealer.
● If you wish to install a trailer hitch, contact your Toyota dealer.
● Use only a hitch that conforms to the gross trailer weight requirement of your vehicle.
● Follow the directions supplied by the hitch manufacturer.
● Lubricate the hitch ball with a light coating of grease.
● Remove the trailer hitch whenever you are not towing a trailer. After
removing the hitch, seal any mounting hole in the vehicle body to
prevent entry of any substances into the vehicle.
Hitch cover
When removing the hitch cover,
contact your Toyota dealer.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-1. Before driving

215

Selecting trailer ball
Use the correct trailer ball for your application.
1 Trailer ball load rating
Matches or exceeds the gross
trailer weight rating of the trailer.

2 Ball diameter
Matches the size of the trailer coupler. Most couplers are stamped
with the required trailer ball size.

Trailer class

Typical trailer ball size

2 5/16 in.

II and III

2 in.

1 7/8 in.

Protrudes beyond the bottom of the lock washer and nut by at least 2
threads.

4 Shank diameter
Matches the ball mount hole diameter size.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

3 Shank length

216

4-1. Before driving

Positions for towing hitch ball
1 Weight carrying ball position:

49.73 in. (1263.1 mm)

Connecting trailer lights
Use the wire harness stored in the
rear end under body.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-1. Before driving

217

Trailer towing tips

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

Your vehicle will handle differently when towing a trailer. Help to avoid
an accident, death or serious injury, keep the following in mind when
towing:
● Speed limits for towing a trailer vary by state or province. Do not
exceed the posted towing speed limit.
● Toyota recommends that the vehicle-trailer speed limit is 65 mph
(104 km/h) on a flat, straight, dry road. Do not exceed this limit, the
posted towing speed limit or the speed limit for your trailer as set
forth in your trailer owner’s manual, whichever is lowest. Instability
of the towing vehicle-trailer combination (trailer sway) increases as
speed increases. Exceeding speed limits may cause loss of control.
● Before starting out, check the trailer lights, tires and the vehicletrailer connections. Recheck after driving a short distance.
● Practice turning, stopping and reversing with the trailer attached in
an area away from traffic until you become accustomed to the feel
of the vehicle-trailer combination.
● Reversing with a trailer attached is difficult and requires practice.
Grip the bottom of the steering wheel and move your hand to the
left to move the trailer to the left. Move your hand to the right to
move the trailer to right. (This is generally opposite to reversing
without a trailer attached.) Avoid sharp or prolonged turning. Have
someone guide you when reversing to reduce the risk of an accident.
● As stopping distance is increased when towing a trailer, vehicle-to
vehicle distance should be increased. For each 10 mph (16 km/h)
of speed, allow at least one vehicle and trailer length.
● Avoid sudden braking as you may skid, resulting in the trailer jackknifing and a loss of vehicle control. This is especially true on wet or
slippery surfaces.
● Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration.
● Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns, and slow down before making
turn.

218

4-1. Before driving

● Note that when making a turn, the trailer wheels will be closer than
the vehicle wheels to the inside of the turn. Compensate by making
a wider than normal turning radius.
● Slow down before making a turn, in cross winds, on wet or slippery
surfaces, etc.
Increasing vehicle speed can destabilize the trailer.
● Take care when passing other vehicles. Passing requires considerable distance. After passing a vehicle, do not forget the length of
your trailer, and be sure you have plenty of room before changing
lanes.
● To maintain engine braking efficiency and charging system performance when using engine braking, do not put the transmission in
D. If in the S mode, the transmission shift range position must be in
4 or lower.
● Instability happens more frequently when descending steep or long
downhill grades. Before descending, slow down and downshift. Do
not make sudden downshifts while descending steep or long downhill grades.
● Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or applying the brakes
too frequently. This could cause the brakes to overheat and result in
reduced braking efficiency.
● Due to the added load of the trailer, your vehicle’s engine may overheat on hot days (at temperatures over 85°F [30°C]) when driving
up a long or steep grade. If the engine coolant temperature gauge
indicates overheating, immediately turn off the air conditioning (if in
use), pull your vehicle off the road and stop in a safe spot.
(→P. 630)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-1. Before driving

219

● Always place wheel blocks under both the vehicle’s and the trailer’s
wheels when parking. Apply the parking brake firmly, and put the
transmission in P. Avoid parking on a slope, but if unavoidable, do
so only after performing the following:
1 Apply the brakes and keep them applied.
2 Have someone place wheel blocks under both the vehicle’s and

trailer’s wheels.
3 When the wheel blocks are in place, release the brakes slowly

until the blocks absorb the load.
4 Apply the parking brake firmly.
5 Shift into P and turn off the hybrid system.

● When restarting after parking on a slope:
1 With the transmission in P, start the hybrid system. Be sure to

keep the brake pedal depressed.

2 Shift into a forward gear. If reversing, shift into R.

back away from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply the brakes.
4 Have someone retrieve the blocks.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

3 Release the parking brake and brake pedal, and slowly pull or

220

4-1. Before driving

■ Matching trailer ball height to trailer coupler height
No matter which class of tow hitch
applies, for a more safe trailer hookup,
the trailer ball setup must be the proper
height for the coupler on the trailer.

1 Coupler
2 Trailer ball

■ Before towing
Check that the following conditions are met:
● Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are properly inflated. (→P. 646)
● Trailer tires are inflated according to the trailer manufacturer’s recommendation.
● All trailer lights work as required by law.
● All lights work each time you connect them.
● The trailer ball is set at the proper height for the coupler on the trailer.
● The trailer is level when it is hitched.
Do not drive if the trailer is not level, and check for improper tongue weight,
overloading, worn suspension, or other possible causes.
● The trailer cargo is securely loaded.
● The rear view mirrors conform to all applicable federal, state/provincial or
local regulations. If they do not, install rear view mirrors appropriate for towing purposes.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-1. Before driving

221

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ Break-in schedule
If your vehicle is new or equipped with any new power train components
(such as an engine, transmission, differential or wheel bearing), Toyota recommends that you do not tow a trailer until the vehicle has been driven for
over 500 miles (800 km).
After the vehicle has been driven for over 500 miles (800 km), you can start
towing. However, for the next 500 miles (800 km), drive the vehicle at a speed
of less than 50 mph (80 km/h) when towing a trailer, and avoid full throttle
acceleration.
■ Maintenance
● If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will require more frequent maintenance due
to the additional load. (See “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s
Manual Supplement”.)
● Retighten the fixing bolts of the towing ball and bracket after approximately
600 miles (1000 km) of trailer towing.
■ If trailer sway occurs
One or more factors (crosswinds, passing vehicles, rough roads, etc.) can
adversely affect handling of your vehicle and trailer, causing instability.
● If trailer swaying occurs:
• Firmly grip the steering wheel. Steer straight ahead.
Do not try to control trailer swaying by turning the steering wheel.
• Begin releasing the accelerator pedal immediately but very gradually to
reduce speed.
Do not increase speed. Do not apply vehicle brakes.
If you make no extreme correction with the steering or brakes, your vehicle
and trailer should stabilize. (if enabled, Trailer Sway Control can also help to
stabilize the vehicle and trailer.)
● After the trailer swaying has stopped:
• Stop in a safe place. Get all occupants out of the vehicle.
• Check the tires of the vehicle and the trailer.
• Check the load in the trailer.
Make sure the load has not shifted.
Make sure the tongue weight is appropriate, if possible.
• Check the load in the vehicle.
Make sure the vehicle is not overloaded after occupants get in.
If you cannot find any problems, the speed at which trailer swaying occurred
is beyond the limit of your particular vehicle-trailer combination. Drive at a
lower speed to prevent instability. Remember that swaying of the towing vehicle-trailer increases as speed increases.

222

4-1. Before driving

WARNING
■ Trailer towing precautions
To tow a trailer safely, use extreme care and drive the vehicle in accordance
with the trailer’s characteristics and operating conditions. Failure to do so
could cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury. Vehicle stability
and braking performance are affected by trailer stability, brake setting and
performance, and the hitch. Your vehicle will handle differently when towing
a trailer.
■ To avoid accident or injury
● Do not exceed the TWR, unbraked TWR, GCWR, GVWR or GAWR.
● If the gross trailer weight is over 2000 lb. (900 kg), a sway control device
with sufficient capacity is required.
● Adjust the tongue weight within the appropriate range. Place heavier loads
as close to the trailer axle as possible.
● Do not exceed 65 mph (104 km/h), the posted towing speed limit or the
speed limit for your trailer as set forth in your trailer owner’s manual,
whichever is lowest. Slow down sufficiently before making a turn, in cross
winds, on wet or slippery surface, etc. to help avoid an accident. If you
experience a vehicle-trailer instability from reducing a certain speed, slow
down and make sure you keep your vehicle speed under the speed of
which you experience the instability.
● Do not make jerky, abrupt or sharp turns.
● Do not apply the brakes suddenly as you may skid, resulting in jackknifing
and loss of vehicle control. This is especially true on wet or slippery surfaces.
● Do not exceed the trailer hitch assembly weight, gross vehicle weight,
gross axle weight and trailer tongue weight capacities.
● Do not use dynamic radar cruise control when towing.
● Slow down and downshift before descending steep or long downhill
grades. Do not make sudden downshifts while descending steep or long
downhill grades.
● Vehicle-trailer instability is more likely on steep long downhills. Before
descending steep or long downhill grades, slow down and downshift. Do
not make sudden downshifts when descending steep or long downhill
grades. Avoid holding the brake pedal down too long or applying the
brakes too frequently. This could cause the brakes to overheat and result
in reduced braking efficiency.
● Do not tow a trailer when the compact spare tire is installed on your vehicle.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-1. Before driving

223

WARNING

NOTICE
■ When installing a trailer hitch
Use only the position recommended by your Toyota dealer. Do not install
the trailer hitch on the bumper; this may cause body damage.
■ Do not directly splice trailer lights
Do not directly splice trailer lights. Directly splicing trailer lights may damage
your vehicle’s electrical system and cause a malfunction.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ Hitch
Trailer hitch assemblies have different weight capacities established by the
hitch manufacturer. Even though the vehicle may be physically capable of
towing a higher weight, the operator must determine the maximum weight
rating of the particular hitch assembly and never exceed the maximum
weight rating specified for the trailer-hitch. Exceeding the maximum weight
rating set by the trailer-hitch manufacturer can cause an accident resulting
in death or serious personal injuries.
■ When towing a trailer
Toyota recommends trailers with brakes that conform to any applicable federal and state/provincial regulations.
● If the gross trailer weight exceeds unbraked TWR, trailer brakes are
required. Toyota recommends trailers with brakes that conform to all applicable federal and state/provincial regulations.
● Never tap into your vehicle’s hydraulic system, as this will lower the vehicle’s braking effectiveness.
● Never tow a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both
the trailer and the vehicle. If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch
ball, there is danger of the trailer wandering into another lane.

224

4-1. Before driving

Dinghy towing
Your vehicle is not designed to be dinghy towed (with 4 wheels
on the ground) behind a motor home.

NOTICE
■ To avoid serious damage to your vehicle
Do not tow your vehicle with 4 wheels on the ground.
■ To prevent causing serious damage to the hybrid transmission and
AWD system
Never tow this vehicle with any of the
wheels on the ground. This may cause
serious damage to the hybrid transmission and AWD system.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-2. Driving procedures

225

Power (ignition) switch
Performing the following operations when carrying the electronic key on your person starts the hybrid system or changes
power switch modes.
Starting the hybrid system
1 Check that the parking brake is set.
2 Check that the shift lever is in P.
3 Firmly depress the brake pedal.

and a message will be displayed on the multi-information display.
If it is not displayed, the hybrid system cannot be started.
4 Press the power switch shortly

and firmly.

5 Check that the “READY” indicator is illuminated.

The vehicle will not move when the “READY” indicator is off.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

When operating the power switch,
one short, firm press is enough. It
is not necessary to press and hold
the switch.
If the “READY” indicator turns on,
the hybrid system will operate normally.
Continue depressing the brake
pedal until the “READY” indicator
is illuminated.
The hybrid system can be started
from any power switch mode.

226

4-2. Driving procedures

Stopping the hybrid system
1 Stop the vehicle completely.
2 Set the parking brake (→P. 240), and shift the shift lever to P.
3 Press the power switch.
4 Release the brake pedal and check that “ACCESSORY” or

“IGNITION ON” on the multi-information display is off.
Changing power switch modes
Modes can be changed by pressing the power switch with brake pedal
released. (The mode changes each time the switch is pressed.)
1 Off*
The emergency flashers can be
used.

2 ACCESSORY mode
Some electrical components such
as the power outlet can be used.
“ACCESSORY” will be displayed
on the multi-information display.

3 ON mode
All electrical components can be
used.
“IGNITION ON” will be displayed on the multi-information display.

*: If the shift lever is in a position other than P when turning off the hybrid system, the power switch will be turned to ACCESSORY mode, not to off.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-2. Driving procedures

227

When stopping the hybrid system with the shift lever in a position other than P
If the hybrid system is stopped with the shift lever in a position other
than P, the power switch will not be turned off but instead be turned to
ACCESSORY mode. Perform the following procedure to turn the
switch off:
1 Check that the parking brake is set.
2 Shift the shift lever to P.
3 Check that “Turn Power OFF” is displayed on the multi-information

display and then press the power switch once.
4 Check that “Turn Power OFF” on the multi-information display is off.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ Message displays
Message illustrations used in this section are intended as examples, and may
differ from the image that is actually displayed on the multi-information display.
■ Auto power off function
If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY mode for more than 20 minutes or ON
mode (the hybrid system is not operating) for more than an hour with the shift
lever in P, the power switch will automatically turn off. However, this function
cannot entirely prevent 12-volt battery discharge. Do not leave the vehicle
with the power switch in ACCESSORY or ON mode for long periods of time
when the hybrid system is not operating.
■ Sounds and vibrations specific to a hybrid vehicle
→P. 84
■ Electronic key battery depletion
→P. 122
■ When the ambient temperature is low, such as during winter driving conditions
When starting the hybrid system, the flashing time of the “READY” indicator
may be long. Leave the vehicle as it is until the “READY” indicator is steady
on, as steady means the vehicle is able to move.
■ Conditions affecting operation
→P. 149
■ Note for the entry function
→P. 150

228

4-2. Driving procedures

■ If the hybrid system does not start
● The immobilizer system may not have been deactivated. (→P. 91)
Contact your Toyota dealer.
● Check that the shift lever is securely set in P. The hybrid system may not
start if the shift lever is displaced out of P.
■ Steering lock
After turning the power switch off and opening and closing the doors, the
steering wheel will be locked due to the steering lock function. Operating the
power switch again automatically cancels the steering lock.
■ When the steering lock cannot be released
“Steering Lock active” will be displayed on
the multi-information display.
Check that the shift lever is set in P. Press
the power switch while turning the steering wheel left and right.

■ Steering lock motor overheating prevention
To prevent the steering lock motor from overheating, operation of the motor
may be suspended if the hybrid system is turned on and off repeatedly in a
short period of time. In this case, refrain from operating the hybrid system.
After about 10 seconds, the steering lock motor will resume functioning.
■ When “Check SMART Key System” will be displayed on the multi-information display
The system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer immediately.
■ If the “READY” indicator does not come on
In the event that the “READY” indicator does not come on even after performing the proper procedures for starting the vehicle, contact your Toyota dealer
immediately.
■ If the hybrid system is malfunctioning
→P. 580
■ If the electronic key battery is depleted
→P. 539

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-2. Driving procedures

229

■ Operation of the power switch
● If the switch is not pressed shortly and firmly, the power switch mode may
not change or the hybrid system may not start.
● If attempting to restart the hybrid system immediately after turning the power
switch off, the hybrid system may not start in some cases. After turning the
power switch off, please wait a few seconds before restarting the hybrid system.
■ If the smart key system has been deactivated in a customized setting
→P. 622
WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ When starting the hybrid system
Always start the hybrid system while sitting in the driver’s seat. Do not
depress the accelerator pedal while starting the hybrid system under any
circumstances.
Doing so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Caution while driving
If hybrid system failure occurs while the vehicle is moving, do not lock or
open the doors until the vehicle reaches a safe and complete stop. Activation of the steering lock in this circumstance may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Stopping the hybrid system in an emergency
If you want to stop the hybrid system in an emergency while driving the
vehicle, press and hold the power switch for more than 2 seconds, or press
it briefly 3 times or more in succession. (→P. 561)
However, do not touch the power switch while driving except in an emergency. Turning the hybrid system off while driving will not cause loss of
steering or braking control, however, power assist to the steering will be
lost. This will make it more difficult to steer smoothly, so you should pull over
and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.

230

4-2. Driving procedures

NOTICE
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
● Do not leave the power switch in ACCESSORY or ON mode for long periods if the hybrid system is not operating.
● If “ACCESSORY” or “IGNITION ON” is displayed on the multi-information
display while the hybrid system is not operating, the power switch is not
off. Exit the vehicle after turning the power switch off.
● Do not stop the hybrid system when the shift lever is in a position other
than P. If the hybrid system is stopped in another shift lever position, the
power switch will not be turned off but instead be turned to ACCESSORY
mode. If the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY mode, 12-volt battery discharge may occur.
■ When starting the hybrid system
If the hybrid system becomes difficult to start, have your vehicle checked by
your Toyota dealer immediately.
■ Symptoms indicating a malfunction with the power switch
If the power switch seems to be operating somewhat differently than usual,
such as the switch sticking slightly, there may be a malfunction. Contact
your Toyota dealer immediately.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-2. Driving procedures

231

EV drive mode
In EV drive mode, electric power is supplied by the hybrid battery (traction battery), and only the electric motor (traction
motor) is used to drive the vehicle.
This mode allows you to drive in residential areas early in the
morning and late at night, or in indoor parking lots etc. without
concern for noises and gas emissions.
However, when the vehicle proximity notification system is
active, the vehicle may produce sound.
Turns EV drive mode on/off

■ Situations in which EV drive mode cannot be turned on
It may not be possible to turn EV drive mode on in the following situations. If it
cannot be turned on, a buzzer will sound and a message will be shown on the
multi-information display.
● The temperature of the hybrid system is high.
The vehicle has been left in the sun, driven on a hill, driven at high speeds,
etc.
● The temperature of the hybrid system is low.
The vehicle has been left in temperatures lower than about 32°F (0°C) for a
long period of time etc.
● The gasoline engine is warming up.
● The hybrid battery (traction battery) is low.
The remaining battery level indicated in the “Energy Monitor” display is low.
(→P. 113)
● Vehicle speed is high.
● The accelerator pedal is depressed firmly or the vehicle is on a hill etc.
● The windshield defogger is in use.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

When EV drive mode is turned on,
the EV drive mode indicator will
come on. Pressing the switch
when in EV drive mode will return
the vehicle to normal driving (using
the gasoline engine and electric
motor [traction motor]).

232

4-2. Driving procedures

■ Switching to EV drive mode when the gasoline engine is cold
If the hybrid system is started while the gasoline engine is cold, the gasoline
engine will start automatically after a short period of time in order to warm up.
In this case, you will become unable to switch to EV drive mode.
After the hybrid system has started and the “READY” indicator has illuminated, press the EV drive mode switch before the gasoline engine starts to
switch to EV drive mode.
■ Automatic cancelation of EV drive mode
When driving in EV drive mode, the gasoline engine may automatically restart
in the following situations. When EV drive mode is canceled, a buzzer will
sound and the EV drive mode indicator will flash and go off.
● The hybrid battery (traction battery) becomes low.
The remaining battery level indicated in the “Energy Monitor” display is low.
(→P. 113)
● Vehicle speed is high.
● The accelerator pedal is depressed firmly or the vehicle is on a hill etc.
■ Possible driving distance when driving in EV drive mode
EV drive mode’s possible driving distance ranges from a few hundred meters
to approximately 0.6 mile (1 km). However, depending on vehicle conditions,
there are situations when EV drive mode cannot be used. (The distance that
is possible depends on the hybrid battery [traction battery] level and driving
conditions.)
■ Fuel economy
The hybrid system is designed to achieve the best possible fuel economy
during normal driving (using the gasoline engine and electric motor [traction
motor]). Driving in EV drive mode more than necessary may lower fuel economy.
WARNING
■ Caution while driving
When driving in EV drive mode, pay special attention to the area around the
vehicle. Because there is no engine noise, pedestrians, people riding bicycles or other people and vehicles in the area may not be aware of the vehicle starting off or approaching them, so take extra care while driving.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-2. Driving procedures

233

Hybrid transmission
Shifting the shift lever

When shifting the shift lever between P and D, make sure that the
vehicle is completely stopped.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

While the power switch is in ON mode, depress the brake
pedal and move the shift lever.

234

4-2. Driving procedures

Shift position purpose
Shift position

Function

Parking the vehicle/starting the hybrid system

Reversing

Neutral

Normal driving*1

S mode driving*2 (→P. 235)

*1: Shifting to the D position allows the system to select a gear suitable for the
driving conditions. Setting the shift lever to the D position is recommended
for normal driving.

*2: Selecting shift ranges using S mode controls engine braking forces.
Selecting Eco drive mode
Use Eco drive mode to help achieve low fuel consumption during trips
that involve frequent accelerating.
Press the “ECO MODE” switch to
select Eco drive mode.
The “ECO MODE” indicator will be
displayed on the multi-information
display.
Press the button again to cancel
Eco drive mode.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-2. Driving procedures

235

Changing shift ranges in S mode
When the shift lever is in the S position, the shift lever can be operated as follows:
1 For upshifting
2 For downshifting

■ Shift ranges and their functions

● You can choose from 6 levels of engine braking force.
● A lower shift range will provide greater engine braking force than
a higher shift range, and the engine speed will also increase.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

The initial shift range in S mode is set automatically to 5 or 4 according to vehicle speed.

236

4-2. Driving procedures

■ Operation of the air conditioning system in Eco drive mode
Eco drive mode controls the heating/cooling operations and fan speed of the
air conditioning system to enhance fuel efficiency. (→P. 434) To improve air
conditioning performance, adjust the fan speed or turn off Eco drive mode.
■ Automatic return to normal driving mode
If EV drive mode is selected, the driving mode will automatically return to normal mode when the hybrid system is turned off.
■ S mode
● When the shift range is 5 or lower, holding the shift lever toward “+” sets the
shift range to 6.
● To prevent the engine from over-revving, upshifting may automatically
occur.
■ When driving with dynamic radar cruise control activated
Even when performing the following actions with the intent of enabling engine
braking, engine braking will not activate while driving in S mode and downshifting to 5 or 4 because dynamic radar cruise control will not be canceled.
(→P. 292)
■ Shift lock system
The shift lock system is a system to prevent accidental operation of the shift
lever in starting.
The shift lever can be shifted from P only when the power switch is in ON
mode and the brake pedal is being depressed.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-2. Driving procedures

237

■ If the shift lever cannot be shifted from P
First, check whether the brake pedal is being depressed.
If the shift lever cannot be shifted with your foot on the brake pedal, there may
be a problem with the shift lock system. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer immediately.
The following steps may be used as an emergency measure to ensure that
the shift lever can be shifted.
Releasing the shift lock:
1

Set the parking brake.

Turn the power switch off.

Depress the brake pedal.

Pry the cover up with a flathead screwdriver or equivalent tool.
To prevent damage to the cover, cover
the tip of the screwdriver with a rag.
4

Press the shift lock override button.
The shift lever can be shifted while the
button is pressed.

■ If S does not come on even after shifting the shift lever to S
This may indicate a malfunction in the hybrid transmission system. Have the
vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
(In this situation, the hybrid transmission will operate in the same as manner
as when the shift lever is in D.)
■ Downshift restriction warning buzzer
To help ensure safety and driving performance, downshifting operation may
sometimes be restricted. In some circumstances, downshifting may not be
possible even when the shift lever is operated. (The buzzer will sound twice.)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

238

4-2. Driving procedures

WARNING
■ When driving on slippery road surfaces
Do not accelerate or shift gears suddenly.
Sudden changes in engine braking may cause the vehicle to spin or skid,
resulting in an accident.
■ To prevent an accident when releasing the shift lock
Before pressing the shift lock override button, make sure to set the parking
brake and depress the brake pedal.
If the accelerator pedal is accidentally depressed instead of the brake pedal
when the shift lock override button is pressed and the shift lever is shifted
out of P, the vehicle may suddenly start, possibly leading to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
■ Hybrid battery (traction battery) charge precaution
If the shift lever is in N, the hybrid battery (traction battery) will not be
charged even when the engine is running. Therefore, if the vehicle is left
with the shift lever in N for a long period of time, the hybrid battery (traction
battery) will discharge, and this may result in the vehicle not being able to
start.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-2. Driving procedures

239

Turn signal lever
Operating instructions
1 Right turn
2 Lane change to the right (move

the lever partway and release
it)
The right hand signals will flash 3
times.

3 Lane change to the left (move

the lever partway and release
it)
The left hand signals will flash 3
times.

4 Left turn

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ Turn signals can be operated when
The power switch is in ON mode.
■ If the indicator flashes faster than usual
Check that a light bulb in the front or rear turn signal lights has not burned
out.
■ Customization
The number of times the turn signals flash during a lane change can be
changed. (Customizable feature →P. 673)

240

4-2. Driving procedures

Parking brake
Operating instructions
To set the parking brake, fully
depress the parking brake pedal
with your left foot while depressing the brake pedal with your right
foot.
(Depressing the pedal again
releases the parking brake.)

*1: For U.S.A.
*2: For Canada
■ Parking the vehicle
→P. 192
■ Parking brake engaged warning buzzer
→P. 580
■ Usage in winter time
→P. 337
NOTICE
■ Before driving
Fully release the parking brake.
Driving the vehicle with the parking brake set will lead to brake components
overheating, which may affect braking performance and increase brake
wear.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

241

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

Headlight switch
The headlights can be operated manually or automatically.
Operating instructions
Turning the end of the lever turns on the lights as follows:
1

The headlights, daytime running lights (→P.
242) and all the lights
listed below turn on and
off automatically.
(When
the
power
switch is in ON mode)

The side marker, parking, tail, license plate,
instrument panel lights,
and daytime running
lights (→P. 242) turn
on.

The headlights and all the lights listed above (except daytime running lights) turn on.

Off
(U.S.A.)

The daytime running lights turn on. (→P. 242)
(Canada)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

242

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

Turning on the high beam headlights
1 With the headlights on, push

the lever away from you to turn
on the high beams.
Pull the lever toward you to the
center position to turn the high
beams off.

2 Pull the lever toward you and

release it to flash the high
beams once.
You can flash the high beams with the headlights on or off.
■ Daytime running light system
● Type A:
The daytime running lights illuminate using the same lights as the headlights
and illuminate darker than the headlights.
Type B:
The daytime running lights illuminate using the same lights as the parking
lights and illuminate brighter than the parking lights.
● To make your vehicle more visible to other drivers during daytime driving,
the daytime running lights turn on automatically when all of the following
conditions are met. (The daytime running lights are not designed for use at
night.)
• The hybrid system is operating
• The parking brake is released
• The headlight switch is in the
(Canada only),
or “AUTO”*
position

*: When the surroundings are bright
The daytime running lights remain on after they illuminate, even if the parking
brake is set again.
● For the U.S.A.: Daytime running lights can be turned off by operating the
switch.
● Compared to turning on the headlights, the daytime running light system
offers greater durability and consumes less electricity, so it can help improve
fuel economy.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

243

■ Headlight control sensor
The sensor may not function properly if an
object is placed on the sensor, or anything
that blocks the sensor is affixed to the
windshield.
Doing so interferes with the sensor
detecting the level of ambient light and
may cause the automatic headlight system to malfunction.
■ Automatic light off system
● When the headlights are on: The headlights and tail lights turn off 30 seconds after the power switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off
and any of the doors is opened and closed. (The lights turn off immediately if
on the key is pressed after all the doors are locked.)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

● When only the tail lights are on: The tail lights turn off automatically if the
power switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off and the driver’s
door is opened.
To turn the lights on again, turn the power switch to ON mode, or turn the light
switch off once and then back to
or
.
If any of the doors is kept open, the lights automatically turn off after 20 minutes.
■ Light reminder buzzer
A buzzer sounds when the power switch is turned off or turned to ACCESSORY mode and the driver’s door is opened while the lights are turned on.

244

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

■ Battery-saving function
In the following conditions, the remaining lights will go off automatically after
20 minutes in order to prevent the vehicle battery from being discharged:
● The headlights and/or tail lights are on.
● The power switch is turned to ACCESSORY mode or turned off.
This function will be canceled in any of the following situations:
● When the power switch is turned to ON mode.
● When the light switch is operated.
● When any of the doors is opened or closed.
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. light sensor sensitivity) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 673)
NOTICE
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the lights on longer than necessary when the hybrid system is
off.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

245

Automatic High Beam
The Automatic High Beam uses a camera sensor located behind
the upper portion of the windshield to assess the brightness of
the lights of vehicles ahead, streetlights, etc., and automatically
turns the high beams on or off as necessary.
WARNING
■ Limitations of the Automatic High Beam
Do not overly rely on the Automatic High Beam. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings and turning the high beams on or off
manually if necessary.
■ To prevent incorrect operation of the Automatic High Beam system
Do not overload the vehicle.

1 Push the lever away from you

with the headlight switch in the
or
position.

2 Press

the Automatic
Beam switch.

High

The Automatic High Beam indicator will come on when the system
is operating.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

Activating the Automatic High Beam system

246

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

Turning the high beam on/off manually
■ Switching to low beam

Pull the lever to original position.
The Automatic High Beam indicator will turn off.
Push the lever away from you to
activate the Automatic High
Beam system again.

■ Switching to high beam

Press the Automatic
Beam switch.

High

The Automatic High Beam indicator will turn off and the high
beam indicator will turn on.
Press the switch to activate the
Automatic High Beam system
again.
■ Conditions to turn the high beams on/off automatically
● When all of the following conditions are met, the high beams will be turned
on automatically (after approximately 1 second):
• The vehicle speed is approximately 21 mph (34 km/h) or more.
• The area ahead of the vehicle is dark.
• There are no vehicles ahead with headlights or tail lights turned on.
• There are few streetlights on the road ahead.
● If any of the following conditions is met, the high beams will turn off automatically:
• The vehicle speed is below approximately 17 mph (27 km/h).
• The area ahead of the vehicle is not dark.
• Vehicles ahead have their headlights or tail lights turned on.
• There are many streetlights on the road ahead.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

247

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ Camera sensor detection information
● The high beams may not be automatically turned off in the following situations:
• When a vehicle suddenly appears from around a curve
• When the vehicle is cut in front of by another vehicle
• When vehicles ahead cannot be detected due to repeated curves, road
dividers or roadside trees
• When vehicles ahead appear in a faraway lane on a wide road
• When the lights of vehicles ahead are not on
● The high beams may be turned off if a vehicle ahead that is using fog lights
without its headlights turned on is detected.
● House lights, street lights, traffic signals, and illuminated billboards or signs
and other reflective objects may cause the high beams to change to the low
beams, or the low beams to remain on.
● The following factors may affect the amount of time taken for the high
beams to turn on or off:
• The brightness of the headlights, fog lights, and tail lights of vehicles
ahead
• The movement and direction of vehicles ahead
• When a vehicle ahead only has operational lights on one side
• When a vehicle ahead is a two-wheeled vehicle
• The condition of the road (gradient, curve, condition of the road surface,
etc.)
• The number of passengers and amount of luggage in the vehicle
● The high beams may turn on or off unexpectedly.
● Bicycles or similar vehicles may not be detected.
● In the following situations the system may not be able to correctly detect the
surrounding brightness level. This may cause the low beams to remain on
or the high beams to flash or dazzle pedestrians or vehicles ahead. In such
a case, it is necessary to manually switch between the high and low beams.
• When driving in inclement weather (heavy rain, snow, fog, sandstorms,
etc.)
• When the windshield is obscured by fog, mist, ice, dirt, etc.
• When the windshield is cracked or damaged
• When the camera sensor is deformed or dirty
• When the temperature of the camera sensor is extremely high
• When the surrounding brightness level is equal to that of headlights, tail
lights or fog lights
• When headlights or tail lights of vehicles ahead are turned off, dirty,
changing color, or not aimed properly
• When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc. from a preceding vehicle
• When driving through an area of intermittently changing brightness and
darkness
• When frequently and repeatedly driving ascending/descending roads, or
roads with rough, bumpy or uneven surfaces (such as stone-paved
roads, gravel roads, etc.)

248

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

• When frequently and repeatedly taking curves or driving on a winding
road
• When there is a highly reflective object ahead of the vehicle, such as a
sign or mirror
• When the back of a preceding vehicle is highly reflective, such as a container on a truck
• When the vehicle's headlights are damaged or dirty, or are not aimed
properly
• When the vehicle is listing or titling due to a flat tire, a trailer being towed,
etc.
• When the headlights are changed between the high beams and low
beams repeatedly in an abnormal manner
• When the driver believes that the high beams may be flashing or dazzling
pedestrians or other drivers
■ Temporarily lowering sensor sensitivity
The sensitivity of the sensor can be temporarily lowered.
1

Turn the power switch off while the following conditions are met.
• The headlight switch is in
or
.
• The headlight switch lever is in the high beam position.
• Automatic High Beam switch is on.

Turn the power switch to ON mode.

Within 30 seconds after 2 , repeat pulling the headlight switch lever to the
original position then pushing it to the high beam position quickly 10 times,
then leave the lever in the high beam position.

If the sensitivity is changed, the Automatic High Beam indicator will turn on
and off 3 times.

Automatic High Beam (headlights) may turn on even when the vehicle is
stopped.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

249

Fog light switch∗
The fog lights secure excellent visibility in difficult driving conditions, such as in rain and fog.
1

*1 or

Turns the front fog lights
off
2

Turns the front fog lights
on

*1: For U.S.A.
*2: For Canada
4

Driving

■ Fog lights can be used when
The headlights are on in low beam.

∗: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

250

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

Windshield wipers and washer
Operating the wiper lever
The wiper operation is selected by moving the lever as follows.


Intermittent windshield wiper with interval adjuster

*1 or

Intermittent windshield
wiper operation
2

*1 or

Low speed windshield
wiper operation
3

*1 or

High speed windshield
wiper operation
4

*1 or

Temporary operation

* : For U.S.A.
*2: For Canada
1

Wiper intervals can be adjusted when intermittent operation is
selected.
5 Increases the intermittent wind-

shield wiper frequency
6 Decreases

the intermittent
windshield wiper frequency

7 Washer/wiper dual operation
Wipers will automatically operate a
couple of times after the washer
squirts.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers


251

Rain-sensing windshield wipers

With “AUTO” selected, the wipers will operate automatically when the
sensor detects falling rain. The system automatically adjusts wiper
timing in accordance with rain volume and vehicle speed.
1

Rain-sensing windshield
wiper operation

*1 or

Low speed windshield
wiper operation
3

*1 or

High speed windshield
wiper operation
4

*1 or

Temporary operation

When AUTO mode is selected, the sensor sensitivity can be adjusted
by turning the switch ring.
5 Increases the sensitivity
6 Decreases the sensitivity

7 Washer/wiper dual operation
Wipers will automatically operate a
couple of times after the washer
squirts.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

* : For U.S.A.
*2: For Canada
1

252

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

■ The windshield wiper and washer can be operated when
The power switch is in ON mode.
■ Dripping prevention wiper sweep (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield
wipers)
After performing a washing and wiping operation several times, the wipers
operate one more time after a short delay to prevent dripping.
However, this final wiper operation will not be performed while driving.
■ Effects of vehicle speed on wiper operation (vehicles with rain-sensing
windshield wipers)
Even when the wipers are not in “AUTO” mode, wiper operation varies
depending on vehicle speed when the washer is being used (delay until drip
prevention wiper sweep occurs).
■ Raindrop sensor (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield wipers)
● The raindrop sensor judges the amount
of raindrops.
An optical sensor is adopted. It may not
operate properly when sunlight from the
rising or setting of the sun intermittently
strikes the windshield, or if bugs etc. are
present on the windshield.
● If the wiper switch is turned to the “AUTO” position while the power switch is
in ON mode, the wiper will operate once to show that “AUTO” mode is activated.
● When the sensor sensitivity ring is turned toward high while in “AUTO”
mode, the wipers will operate once to indicate that the sensor sensitivity is
enhanced.
● If the temperature of the raindrop sensor is 194°F (90°C) or higher, or 5°F
(-15°C) or lower, automatic operation may not occur. In this case, operate
the wipers in any mode other than “AUTO”.
■ If no windshield washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzles are not blocked if there is washer fluid in the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

253

WARNING
■ Caution regarding the use of windshield wipers in “AUTO” mode (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield wipers)
The windshield wipers may operate unexpectedly if the sensor is touched or
the windshield is subject to vibration in “AUTO” mode. Take care that your
fingers etc. do not become caught in the windshield wipers.
■ Caution regarding the use of washer fluid
When it is cold, do not use the washer fluid until the windshield becomes
warm. The fluid may freeze on the windshield and cause low visibility. This
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ When the windshield is dry
Do not use the wipers, as they may damage the windshield.
■ When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may overheat.
■ When a nozzle becomes blocked
In this case, contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.

254

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

Rear window wiper and washer
Operating the wiper lever
The wiper operation is selected by moving the lever as follows:
1

*1 or

Intermittent
window
wiper operation
2

*1 or

Normal window
operation

wiper

*1: For U.S.A.
*2: For Canada

3 Washer/wiper dual operation
The wiper will automatically operate a couple of times after the
washer squirts.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-3. Operating the lights and wipers

255

■ The rear window wiper and washer can be operated when
● The power switch is in ON mode.
● The glass hatch is closed.
■ If no washer fluid sprays
Check that the washer nozzle is not blocked if there is washer fluid in the
washer fluid reservoir.
NOTICE
■ When the rear window is dry
Do not use the wiper, as it may damage the rear window.
■ When the washer fluid tank is empty
Do not operate the switch continually as the washer fluid pump may overheat.
■ When a nozzle becomes blocked
In this case, contact your Toyota dealer.
Do not try to clear it with a pin or other object. The nozzle will be damaged.

Driving

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

256

4-4. Refueling

Opening the fuel tank cap
The fuel tank of your vehicle has a special structure, which
requires a reduction in fuel tank pressure before refueling. After
the opener switch has been pressed, it will take several seconds
until the vehicle is ready for refueling.
Before refueling the vehicle
● Turn the power switch off and ensure that all the doors and windows are closed.
● Confirm the type of fuel.
■ Fuel types
→P. 650
■ Fuel tank opening for unleaded gasoline
To help prevent incorrect fueling, your vehicle has a fuel tank opening that
only accommodates the special nozzle on unleaded fuel pumps.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-4. Refueling

257

WARNING

NOTICE
■ Refueling
● Finish refueling within 30 minutes. If more than 30 minutes passes, the
internal valve closes. In this condition, fuel may spill out if you continue to
refuel the vehicle. About 5 minutes after the valve is closed, a message
“Close Fuel Lid” will appear on the multi-information display. To refuel the
vehicle again, tighten the fuel tank cap and close the fuel filler door, and
then press the opener switch again.
● Do not spill fuel during refueling.
Doing so may damage the vehicle, such as causing the emission control
system to operate abnormally or damaging fuel system components or the
vehicle’s painted surface.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ When refueling the vehicle
Observe the following precautions while refueling the vehicle. Failure to do
so may result in death or serious injury.
● After exiting the vehicle and before opening the fuel door, touch an
unpainted metal surface to discharge any static electricity. It is important to
discharge static electricity before refueling because sparks resulting from
static electricity can cause fuel vapors to ignite while refueling.
● Always hold the grips on the fuel tank cap and turn it slowly to remove it.
A whooshing sound may be heard when the fuel tank cap is loosened.
Wait until the sound cannot be heard before fully removing the cap. In hot
weather, pressurized fuel may spray out the filler neck and cause injury.
● Do not allow anyone that has not discharged static electricity from their
body to come close to an open fuel tank.
● Do not inhale vaporized fuel.
Fuel contains substances that are harmful if inhaled.
● Do not smoke while refueling the vehicle.
Doing so may cause the fuel to ignite and cause a fire.
● Do not return to the vehicle or touch any person or object that is statically
charged.
This may cause static electricity to build up, resulting in a possible ignition
hazard.
■ When refueling
Observe the following precautions to prevent fuel overflowing from the fuel
tank:
● Securely insert the fuel nozzle into the fuel filler neck.
● Stop filling the tank after the fuel nozzle automatically clicks off.
● Do not top off the fuel tank.

258

4-4. Refueling

Opening the fuel tank cap
1 Press the opener switch.

When the message “Refuel Ready”
appears, the fuel filler door will
open.

2 Turn the fuel tank cap slowly to

remove it and hang it on the
back of the fuel filler door.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-4. Refueling

259

■ Message displays
Message illustrations used in this section are intended as examples, and may
differ from the image that is actually displayed on the multi-information display.
■ If the fuel filler door does not open and a “Please Wait Now Opening”
message appears on the multi-information display
Fuel tank pressure is being reduced. The fuel filler door will open within about
10 seconds of the switch being pressed.
■ When the fuel filler door cannot be opened by pressing the inside switch
If the fuel filler door opener switch cannot be operated, contact your Toyota
dealer. In the event that urgent refueling is required, follow the procedure
below.
1

Open the fuel filler door using the lever
in the luggage compartment.

Driving

Remove the cap slowly. Take care to prevent fuel from spilling out, as fuel
tank pressure may not have been adequately reduced.

Fill the fuel tank carefully and slowly. Use caution, as air being discharged
from inside the fuel tank may cause fuel to spray out from the filler opening
during refueling.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

260

4-4. Refueling

Closing the fuel tank cap
After refueling, turn the fuel tank
cap until you hear a click. Once
the cap is released, it will turn
slightly in the opposite direction.

WARNING
■ When replacing the fuel tank cap
Do not use anything but a genuine Toyota fuel tank cap designed for your
vehicle. Doing so may cause a fire or other incident which may result in
death or serious injury.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

261

Toyota Safety Sense P
The Toyota Safety Sense P consists of the following drive assist
systems and contributes to a safe and comfortable driving experience:

◆ PCS (Pre-Collision System)
→P. 268

◆ LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control)
→P. 282

◆ Automatic High Beam
→P. 245

◆ Dynamic radar cruise control
WARNING
■ Toyota Safety Sense P
The Toyota Safety Sense P is designed to operate under the assumption
that the driver will drive safely, and is designed to help reduce the impact to
the occupants and the vehicle in the case of a collision or assist the driver in
normal driving conditions.
As there is a limit to the degree of recognition accuracy and control performance that this system can provide, do not overly rely on this system. The
driver is always responsible for paying attention to the vehicle's surroundings and driving safely.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

→P. 292

262

4-5. Using the driving support systems

Vehicle data recording
The pre-collision system is equipped with a sophisticated computer
that will record certain data, such as:
• Accelerator status
• Brake status
• Vehicle speed
• Operation status of the pre-collision system functions
• Information (such as the distance and relative speed between your
vehicle and the vehicle ahead or other objects)
• Images from the camera sensor (available only when the pre-collision braking function or the pre-collision brake assist function was
operating)
The pre-collision system does not record conversations, sounds or
images of the inside of the vehicle.
● Data usage
Toyota may use the data recorded in this computer to diagnose
malfunctions, conduct research and development, and improve
quality.
Toyota will not disclose the recorded data to a third party except:
• With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the
lessee if the vehicle is leased
• In response to an official request by the police, a court of law or a
government agency
• For use by Toyota in a lawsuit
• For research purposes where the data is not tied to a specific
vehicle or vehicle owner
● Recorded images can be erased using a specialized device.
The image recording function can be disabled. However, if the function is disabled, data from when the pre-collision system operates
will not be available.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

263

Sensors
Two types of sensors, located behind the front grille and windshield,
detect information necessary to operate the drive assist systems.
1 Radar sensor
2 Camera sensor

WARNING

1 Radar sensor
21 Front grille emblem

If the front of the radar sensor or the
front or back of the front grille emblem
is dirty or covered with water droplets,
snow, etc., clean it.
Clean the radar sensor and front grille
emblem with a soft cloth so you do not
mark or damage them.
● Do not attach accessories, stickers (including transparent stickers) or
other items to the radar sensor, front grille emblem or surrounding area.
● Do not subject the radar sensor or surrounding area to a strong impact.
If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper has been subjected to a
strong impact, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
● Do not disassemble the radar sensor.
● Do not modify or paint the radar sensor, front grille emblem or surrounding
area.
● If the radar sensor, front grille, or front bumper needs to be removed and
installed, or replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ To avoid malfunction of the radar sensor
Observe the following precautions.
Otherwise, the radar sensor may not operate properly, possibly leading to
an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
● Keep the radar sensor and front grille emblem clean at all times.

264

4-5. Using the driving support systems

WARNING
■ To avoid malfunction of the camera sensor
Observe the following precautions.
Otherwise, the camera sensor may not operate properly, possibly leading to
an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
● Keep the windshield clean at all times.
• If the windshield is dirty or covered with an oily film, water droplets,
snow, etc., clear the windshield.
• If a glass coating agent is applied to the windshield, it will still be necessary to use the windshield wipers to remove water droplets, etc. from
the area of the windshield in front of the camera sensor.
• If the inner side of the windshield where the camera sensor is installed
is dirty, contact your Toyota dealer.
● Do not attach objects, such as stickers,
transparent stickers, etc., and so forth,
to the outer side of the windshield in
front of the camera sensor (shaded
area in the illustration).
A: From the top of the windshield to
approximately 0.4 in. (1 cm) below
the bottom of the camera sensor
B: Approximately 7.9 in. (20 cm)
(Approximately 4.0 in. (10 cm) to the
right and left from the center of the
camera sensor)
● If the part of the windshield in front of the camera sensor is fogged up or
covered with condensation or ice, use the windshield defogger to remove
the fog, condensation or ice. (→P. 436)
● If water droplets cannot be properly removed from the area of the windshield in front of the camera sensor by the windshield wipers, replace the
wiper insert or wiper blade.
If the wiper inserts or wiper blades need to be replaced, contact your
Toyota dealer.
● Do not attach window tinting to the windshield.
● Replace the windshield if it is damaged or cracked.
If the windshield needs to be replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
● Do not get the camera sensor wet.
● Do not allow bright lights to shine into the camera sensor.
● Do not dirty or damage the camera sensor.
When cleaning the inside of the windshield, do not allow glass cleaner to
contact the lens. Also, do not touch the lens.
If the lens is dirty or damaged, contact your Toyota dealer.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

265

WARNING
● Do not subject the camera sensor to a strong impact.
● Do not change the installation position or direction of the camera sensor or
remove it.
● Do not disassemble the camera sensor.
● Do not modify any components of the vehicle around the camera sensor
(inside rear view mirror, etc.) or ceiling.
● Do not attach any accessories that may obstruct the camera sensor to the
hood, front grille or front bumper. Contact your Toyota dealer for details.
● If a surfboard or other long object is to be mounted on the roof, make sure
that it will not obstruct the camera sensor.
● Do not modify the headlights or other lights.

Driving

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

266

4-5. Using the driving support systems

■ Certification

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

267

Driving

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

268

4-5. Using the driving support systems

PCS (Pre-Collision System)
The pre-collision system uses a radar sensor and camera sensor to detect vehicles and pedestrians*1 in front of your vehicle.
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision with a vehicle or pedestrian is high, a warning operates to
urge the driver to take evasive action and the potential brake
pressure is increased to help the driver avoid the collision. If the
system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision with
a vehicle or pedestrian is extremely high, the brakes are automatically applied to help avoid the collision or help reduce the
impact of the collision.
The pre-collision system can be disabled/enabled and the warning
timing can be changed. (→P. 272)

*1: Depending on the region in which the vehicle was sold, the pedestrian
detection function may not be available. See the following table for
details.
Countries/areas
U.S. mainland,
Hawaii

Function availability

Regions

Canada, The pedestrian detection
function is available

Region A

The pedestrian detection
function is not available

Region B

Guam, Saipan, Puerto Rico

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

269

◆ Pre-collision warning
When the system determines
that the possibility of a frontal
collision is high, a buzzer will
sound and a warning message
will be displayed on the multiinformation display to urge the
driver to take evasive action.

◆ Pre-collision brake assist
When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision is high, the system applies greater braking force in relation to
how strongly the brake pedal is depressed.

◆ Pre-collision braking

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

When the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision is high, the system warns the driver. If the system determines
that the possibility of a frontal collision is extremely high, the brakes
are automatically applied to help avoid the collision or reduce the
collision speed.

270

4-5. Using the driving support systems

WARNING
■ Limitations of the pre-collision system
● The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
Do not use the pre-collision system instead of normal braking operations
under any circumstances. This system will not prevent collisions or lessen
collision damage or injury in every situation. Do not overly rely on this system. Failure to do so may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious
injury.
● Although this system is designed to help avoid a collision or help reduce
the impact of the collision, its effectiveness may change according to various conditions, therefore the system may not always be able to achieve
the same level of performance.
Read the following conditions carefully. Do not overly rely on this system
and always drive carefully.
• Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no possibility of a collision: →P. 275
• Conditions under which the system may not operate properly: →P. 278
● Do not attempt to test the operation of the pre-collision system yourself, as
the system may not operate properly, possibly leading to an accident.
■ Pre-collision braking
● When the pre-collision braking function is operating, a large amount of
braking force will be applied.
● If the vehicle is stopped by the operation of the pre-collision braking function, the pre-collision braking function operation will be canceled after
approximately 2 seconds. Depress the brake pedal as necessary.
● The pre-collision braking function may not operate if certain operations are
performed by the driver. If the accelerator pedal is being depressed
strongly or the steering wheel is being turned, the system may determine
that the driver is taking evasive action and possibly prevent the pre-collision braking function from operating.
● In some situations, while the pre-collision braking function is operating,
operation of the function may be canceled if the accelerator pedal is
depressed strongly or the steering wheel is turned and the system determines that the driver is taking evasive action.
● If the brake pedal is being depressed, the system may determine that the
driver is taking evasive action and possibly delay the operation timing of
the pre-collision braking function.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

271

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ When to disable the pre-collision system
In the following situations, disable the system, as it may not operate properly, possibly leading to an accident resulting in death or serious injury:
● When the vehicle is being towed
● When your vehicle is towing another vehicle
● When transporting the vehicle via truck, boat, train or similar means of
transportation
● When the vehicle is raised on a lift with the hybrid system on and the tires
are allowed to rotate freely
● When inspecting the vehicle using a drum tester such as a chassis dynamometer or speedometer tester, or when using an on vehicle wheel balancer
● When a strong impact is applied to the front bumper or front grille, due to
an accident or other reasons
● If the vehicle cannot be driven in a stable manner, such as when the vehicle has been in an accident or is malfunctioning
● When the vehicle is driven in a sporty manner or off-road
● When the tires are not properly inflated
● When the tires are very worn
● When tires of a size other than specified are installed
● When tire chains are installed
● When a compact spare tire or an emergency tire puncture repair kit is used
● If equipment (snow plow, etc.) that may obstruct the radar sensor or camera sensor is temporarily installed to the vehicle

272

4-5. Using the driving support systems

Changing settings of the pre-collision system
■ Enabling/disabling the pre-collision system

The pre-collision system can be enabled/disabled on
of the multi-information display.

(→P. 110)

The system is automatically enabled each time the power switch is
turned to ON mode.

If the system is disabled, the
PCS warning light will turn on
and a message will be displayed on the multi-information
display.

■ Changing the pre-collision warning timing

The pre-collision warning timing can be changed on
of the multi-information display.

(→P. 110)

The operation timing setting is retained when the power switch is turned
off.

1 Far
The warning will begin to operate earlier than with the default
timing.

2 Middle
This is the default setting.

3 Near
The warning will begin to operate later than with the default
timing.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

273

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ Operational conditions
Availability of the pedestrian detection function depends on the region in
which the vehicle was sold. (For specific countries/areas: →P. 268)
Read the following for details:
 Region A
(The pedestrian detection function is available)
The pre-collision system is enabled and the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision with a vehicle or pedestrian is high.
Each function is operational at the following speeds:
● Pre-collision warning:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and 110 mph (10 and 180 km/h).
(For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and
50 mph [10 and 80 km/h].)
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead is approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more.
● Pre-collision brake assist:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 20 and 110 mph (30 and 180 km/h).
(For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approximately 19 and
50 mph [30 and 80 km/h].)
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead is approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) or more.
● Pre-collision braking:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and 110 mph (10 and 180
km/h). (For detecting a pedestrian, vehicle speed is between approximately 7 and 50 mph [10 and 80 km/h].)
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian
ahead is approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more.
The system may not operate in the following situations:
● If a 12-volt battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected and
then the vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time
● If the shift lever is in R
● If VSC is disabled (only the pre-collision warning function will be operational)

274

4-5. Using the driving support systems

 Region B

(The pedestrian detection function is not available)
The pre-collision system is enabled and the system determines that the possibility of a frontal collision with a vehicle is high.
Each function is operational at the following speeds:
● Pre-collision warning:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 10 and 110 mph (15 and 180
km/h).
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead is
approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more.
● Pre-collision brake assist:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 20 and 110 mph (30 and 180
km/h).
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead is
approximately 20 mph (30 km/h) or more.
● Pre-collision braking:
• Vehicle speed is between approximately 10 and 110 mph (15 and 180
km/h).
• The relative speed between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead is
approximately 7 mph (10 km/h) or more.
The system may not operate in the following situations:
● If a 12-volt battery terminal has been disconnected and reconnected and
then the vehicle has not been driven for a certain amount of time
● If the shift lever is in R
● If VSC is disabled (only the pre-collision warning function will be operational)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

275

■ Pedestrian detection function*2
The pre-collision system detects pedestrians based on the size, profile, and motion
of a detected object. However, a pedestrian may not be detected depending on
the surrounding brightness and the
motion, posture, and angle of the
detected object, preventing the system
from operating properly. (→P. 278)

*2: For countries/areas specified as Region B (→P. 268), the pedestrian detection function may not be available.

• When overtaking a preceding vehicle
that is making a left/right turn

• When passing a vehicle in an oncoming lane that is stopped to make a
right/left turn

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ Cancelation of the pre-collision braking
If either of the following occurs while the pre-collision braking function is operating, it will be canceled:
● The accelerator pedal is depressed strongly.
● The steering wheel is turned sharply or abruptly.
■ Conditions under which the system may operate even if there is no possibility of a collision
● In some situations such as the following, the system may determine that
there is a possibility of a frontal collision and operate.
• When passing a vehicle or pedestrian*2
• When changing lanes while overtaking a preceding vehicle
• When overtaking a preceding vehicle that is changing lanes

276

4-5. Using the driving support systems

• When driving on a road where relative
location to vehicle ahead in an adjacent lane may change, such as on a
winding road

• When rapidly closing on a vehicle ahead
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or lowered, such as when the road surface is uneven or undulating
• When approaching objects on the roadside, such as guardrails, utility
poles, trees, or walls
• When there is a vehicle, pedestrian*2, or object by the roadside at
the entrance of a curve

• When driving on a narrow path surrounded by a structure, such as in a
tunnel or on an iron bridge
• When there is a metal object (manhole cover, steel plate, etc.), steps, or a
protrusion on the road surface or roadside
• When
a
crossing
pedestrian
approaches very close to the vehicle*2

• When passing through a place with a
low structure above the road (low ceiling, traffic sign, etc.)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

277

• When passing under an object (billboard, etc.) at the top of an uphill road

• When rapidly closing on an electric toll gate barrier, parking area barrier,
or other barrier that opens and closes
• When using an automatic car wash
• When driving through or under
objects that may contact the vehicle,
such as thick grass, tree branches, or
a banner

*2: For

countries/areas specified as Region B (→P. 268), the pedestrian
detection function may not be available.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

• When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc. from a vehicle ahead
• When driving through steam or smoke
• When there are patterns or paint on the road or a wall that may be mistaken for a vehicle or pedestrian*2
• When driving near an object that reflects radio waves, such as a large
truck or guardrail
• When driving near a TV tower, broadcasting station, electric power plant,
or other location where strong radio waves or electrical noise may be
present

278

4-5. Using the driving support systems

■ Situations in which the system may not operate properly
● In some situations such as the following, a vehicle may not be detected by
the radar sensor and camera sensor, preventing the system from operating
properly:
• If an oncoming vehicle is approaching your vehicle
• If a vehicle ahead is a motorcycle or bicycle
• When approaching the side or front of a vehicle
• If a preceding vehicle has a small rear end, such as an unloaded truck
• If a preceding vehicle has a low rear
end, such as a low bed trailer

• If a vehicle ahead is carrying a load which protrudes past its rear bumper
• If a vehicle ahead has extremely high
ground clearance

•
•
•
•

If a vehicle ahead is irregularly shaped, such as a tractor or side car
If the sun or other light is shining directly on a vehicle ahead
If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehicle or emerges from beside a vehicle
If a vehicle ahead makes an abrupt maneuver (such as sudden swerving,
acceleration or deceleration)
• When suddenly cutting behind a preceding vehicle
• When a vehicle ahead is not directly
in front of your vehicle

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

279

• When driving in inclement weather such as heavy rain, fog, snow or a
sandstorm
• When the vehicle is hit by water, snow, dust, etc. from a vehicle ahead
• When driving through steam or smoke
• When driving in a place where the surrounding brightness changes suddenly, such as at the entrance or exit of a tunnel
• When a very bright light, such as the sun or the headlights of oncoming
traffic, shines directly into the camera sensor
• When the surrounding area is dim, such as at dawn or dusk, or while at
night or in a tunnel
• After the hybrid system has started the vehicle has not been driven for a
certain amount of time
• While making a left/right turn and for a few seconds after making a left/
right turn
• While driving on a curve and for a few seconds after driving on a curve
• If your vehicle is skidding
• If the front of the vehicle is raised or
lowered
4

Driving

• If the wheels are misaligned
• If a wiper blade is blocking the camera sensor
• The vehicle is wobbling.
• The vehicle is being driven at extremely high speeds.
• When driving on a hill
• If the radar sensor or camera sensor is misaligned
● In some situations such as the following, sufficient braking force may not be
obtained, preventing the system from performing properly:
• If the braking functions cannot operate to their full extent, such as when
the brake parts are extremely cold, extremely hot, or wet
• If the vehicle is not properly maintained (brakes or tires are excessively
worn, improper tire inflation pressure, etc.)
• When the vehicle is being driven on a gravel road or other slippery surface

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

280

4-5. Using the driving support systems

● Some pedestrians such as the following may not be detected by the radar
sensor and camera sensor, preventing the system from operating properly*2:
• Pedestrians shorter than approximately 3.2 ft. (1 m) or taller than approximately 6.5 ft. (2 m)
• Pedestrians wearing oversized clothing (a rain coat, long skirt, etc.), making their silhouette obscure
• Pedestrians who are carrying large baggage, holding an umbrella, etc.,
hiding part of their body
• Pedestrians who are bending forward or squatting
• Pedestrians who are pushing a stroller, wheelchair, bicycle or other vehicle
• Groups of pedestrians which are close together
• Pedestrians who are wearing white and look extremely bright
• Pedestrians in the dark, such as at night or while in a tunnel
• Pedestrians whose clothing appears to be nearly the same color or
brightness as their surroundings
• Pedestrians near walls, fences, guardrails, or large objects
• Pedestrians who are on a metal object (manhole cover, steel plate, etc.)
on the road
• Pedestrians who are walking fast
• Pedestrians who are changing speed abruptly
• Pedestrians running out from behind a vehicle or a large object
• Pedestrians who are extremely close to the side of the vehicle (outside
rear view mirror, etc.)

*2: For

countries/areas specified as Region B (→P. 268), the pedestrian
detection function may not be available.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

281

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ If the PCS warning light flashes or illuminates and a warning message is
displayed on the multi-information display
The pre-collision system may be temporarily unavailable or there may be a
malfunction in the system.
● In the following situations, the warning light will turn off, the message will
disappear and the system will become operational when normal operating
conditions return:
• When the radar sensor or camera sensor or the area around either sensor is hot, such as in the sun
• When the radar sensor or camera sensor or the area around either sensor is cold, such as in an extremely cold environment
• When a front sensor is dirty or covered with snow, etc.
• When the part of the windshield in front of the camera sensor is fogged
up or covered with condensation or ice
(Defogging the windshield: →P. 436)
• If the camera sensor is obstructed, such as when the hood is open or a
sticker is attached to the windshield near the camera sensor
● If the PCS warning light continues to flash or remains illuminated or the
warning message does not disappear even though the vehicle has returned
to normal, the system may be malfunctioning.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
■ If VSC is disabled
● If VSC is disabled (→P. 331), the pre-collision brake assist and pre-collision
braking functions are also disabled.
● The PCS warning light will turn on and “VSC Turned Off Pre-Collision Brake
System Unavailable” will be displayed on the multi-information display.

282

4-5. Using the driving support systems

LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering
control)
Summary of functions
When driving on highways and freeways with white (yellow) lines, this
function alerts the driver when the vehicle might depart from its lane
and provides assistance by operating the steering wheel to keep the
vehicle in its lane.
The LDA system recognizes visible white (yellow) lines with the
camera sensor on the upper portion of the windshield.

Functions included in LDA system

◆ Lane departure alert function
When the system determines
that the vehicle might depart
from its lane, a warning is displayed on the multi-information
display and the warning buzzer
sounds to alert the driver.
When the warning buzzer
sounds, check the surrounding
road situation and carefully
operate the steering wheel to
move the vehicle back to the
center of the lane.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

283

◆ Steering control function
When the system determines
that the vehicle might depart
from its lane, the system provides assistance as necessary
by operating the steering wheel
in small amounts for a short
period of time to keep the vehicle in its lane.
If the system detects that the
steering wheel has not been
operated for a fixed amount of
time or the steering wheel is not
being firmly gripped, a warning
is displayed on the multi-information display and the warning
buzzer sounds.

When the vehicle is swaying or
appears as if it may depart from
its lane multiple times, the
warning buzzer sounds and a
message is displayed on the
multi-information display to alert
the driver.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

◆ Vehicle sway warning function

284

4-5. Using the driving support systems

WARNING
■ Before using LDA system
Do not rely solely upon the LDA system. The LDA system does not automatically drive the vehicle or reduce the amount of attention that must be
paid to the area in front of the vehicle. The driver must always assume full
responsibility for driving safely by paying careful attention to the surrounding conditions and operating the steering wheel to correct the path of the
vehicle. Also, the driver must take adequate breaks when fatigued, such as
from driving for a long period of time.
Failure to perform appropriate driving operations and pay careful attention
may lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ To avoid operating LDA system by mistake
When not using the LDA system, use the LDA switch to turn the system off.
■ Situations unsuitable for LDA system
Do not use the LDA system in the following situations.
The system may not operate properly and lead to an accident, resulting in
death or serious injury.
● A spare tire, tire chains, etc., are equipped.
● When the tires have been excessively worn, or when the tire inflation pressure is low.
● Tires which differ by structure, manufacturer, brand or tread pattern are
used.
● Objects or patterns that could be mistaken for white (yellow) lines are
present on the side of the road (guardrails, curbs, reflective poles, etc.).
● Vehicle is driven on a snow-covered road.
● White (yellow) lines are difficult to see due to rain, snow, fog, dust, etc.
● Asphalt repair marks, white (yellow) line marks, etc. are present due to
road repair.
● Vehicle is driven in a temporary lane or restricted lane due to construction
work.
● Vehicle is driven on a road surface which is slippery due to rainy weather,
fallen snow, freezing, etc.
● Vehicle is driven in traffic lanes other than on highways and freeways.
● Vehicle is driven in a construction zone.
● Vehicle is towing a trailer or another vehicle.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

285

WARNING
■ Preventing LDA system malfunctions and operations performed by
mistake
● Do not modify the headlights or place stickers, etc. on the surface of the
lights.
● Do not modify the suspension etc. If the suspension etc. needs to be
replaced, contact your Toyota dealer.
● Do not install or place anything on the hood or grille. Also, do not install a
grille guard (bull bars, kangaroo bar, etc.).
● If your windshield needs repairs, contact your Toyota dealer.

Turning LDA system on
Press the LDA switch to turn the
LDA system on.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

The LDA indicator illuminates and
a message is displayed on the
multi-information display.
Press the LDA switch again to turn
the LDA system off.
When the LDA system is turned on
or off, operation of the LDA system
continues in the same condition
the next time the hybrid system is
started.

286

4-5. Using the driving support systems

Indications on the multi-information display
1 LDA indicator

The illumination condition of the
indicator informs the driver of
the system operation status.

LDA indicator

System operation status

Illuminated in white

LDA system is operating.

Illuminated in green

Steering wheel assistance of the steering control
function is operating.

Flashing in amber

Lane departure alert function is operating.

2 Operation display of steering wheel operation support

Indicates that steering wheel assistance of the steering control
function is operating.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

287

3 Lane departure alert function display

Displayed when the multi-information display is switched to the
driving assist system information screen.


Inside of displayed white lines
is white

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Inside of displayed white lines
is black

Indicates that the system is not
able to recognize white (yellow)
lines or is temporarily canceled.

Driving

Indicates that the system is recognizing white (yellow) lines. When
the vehicle departs from its lane,
the white line displayed on the
side the vehicle departs from
flashes amber.



288

4-5. Using the driving support systems

■ Operation conditions of each function
● Lane departure alert function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met.
• LDA is turned on.
• Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more.
• System recognizes white (yellow) lines.
• Width of traffic lane is approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more.
• Turn signal lever is not operated.
• Vehicle is driven on a straight road or around a gentle curve with a radius
of more than approximately 492 ft. (150 m).
• No system malfunctions are detected. (→P. 567)
● Steering control function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met in addition to the operation conditions for the lane departure alert function.
• Setting for “Steering Assist” on
of the multi-information display is set
to “On”.(→P. 110)
• Vehicle is not accelerated or decelerated by a fixed amount or more.
• Steering wheel is not operated with a steering force level suitable for
changing lanes.
• ABS, VSC, TRAC and PCS (Pre-Collision System) are not operating.
• TRAC or VSC is not turned off.
● Vehicle sway warning function
This function operates when all of the following conditions are met.
• Setting for “Sway Warning” on
of the multi-information display is set to
“On”. (→P. 110)
• Vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h) or more.
• Width of traffic lane is approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) or more.
• No system malfunctions are detected. (→P. 567)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

289

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ Temporary cancellation of functions
When operation conditions are no longer met, a function may be temporarily
canceled. However, when the operation conditions are met again, operation
of the function is automatically restored. (→P. 288)
■ Steering control function
Depending on the vehicle speed, lane departure situation, road conditions,
etc., the driver may not feel the function is operating or the function may not
operate at all.
■ Lane departure alert function
The warning buzzer may be difficult to hear due to external noise, audio playback, etc.
■ Hands off steering wheel alert
When the system determines that the driver has removed the hands from the
steering wheel while the steering control function is operating, a warning
message is displayed on the multi-information display.
If the driver continues to keep the hands off of the steering wheel, a buzzer
sounds, a warning message is displayed. This alert also operates in the same
way when the driver continuously operates the steering wheel only a small
amount. However, depending on the road conditions, etc., the function may
not cancel.
■ White (yellow) lines are only on one side of road
The LDA system will not operate for the side on which white (yellow) lines
could not be recognized.

290

4-5. Using the driving support systems

■ Conditions in which functions may not operate properly
In the following situations, the camera sensor may not detect white (yellow)
lines and various functions may not operate normally.
● There are shadows on the road that run parallel with, or cover, the white
(yellow) lines.
● The vehicle is driven in an area without white (yellow) lines, such as in front
of a tollgate or checkpoint, or at an intersection, etc.
● The white (yellow) lines are cracked, “Botts’ dots”, “Raised pavement
marker” or stones are present.
● The white (yellow) lines cannot be seen or are difficult to see due to sand,
etc.
● The vehicle is driven on a road surface that is wet due to rain, puddles, etc.
● The traffic lines are yellow (which may be more difficult to recognize than
lines that are white).
● The white (yellow) lines cross over a curb, etc.
● The vehicle is driven on a bright surface, such as concrete.
● The vehicle is driven on a surface that is bright due to reflected light, etc.
● The vehicle is driven in an area where the brightness changes suddenly,
such as at the entrances and exits of tunnels, etc.
● Light from the headlights of an oncoming vehicle, the sun, etc. enters the
camera.
● The vehicle is driven where the road diverges, merges, etc.
● The vehicle is driven on a slope.
● The vehicle is driven on a road which tilts left or right, or a winding road.
● The vehicle is driven on an unpaved or rough road.
● The vehicle is driven around a sharp curve.
● The traffic lane is excessively narrow or wide.
● The vehicle is extremely tilted due to carrying heavy luggage or having
improper tire pressure.
● The distance to the preceding vehicle is extremely short.
● The vehicle is moving up and down a large amount due to road conditions
during driving (poor roads or road seams).
● The headlight lenses are dirty and emit a faint amount of light at night, or the
beam axis has deviated.
● The vehicle is struck by a crosswind.
● The vehicle has just changed lanes or crossed an intersection.
● Snow tires, etc. are equipped.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

291

■ Warning message
Warning messages are used to indicate a system malfunction or to inform the
driver of the need for caution while driving. (→P. 567)
■ Customization
Some settings can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 669)

Driving

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

292

4-5. Using the driving support systems

Dynamic radar cruise control
Summary of functions
In vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the vehicle automatically
accelerates and decelerates to match the speed changes of the preceding vehicle even if the accelerator pedal is not depressed. In constant speed control mode, the vehicle runs at a fixed speed.
Use the dynamic radar cruise control on freeways and highways.
● Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode (→P. 295)
● Constant speed control mode (→P. 300)
1 Vehicle-to-vehicle

distance

switch
2 Set speed
3 Display
4 Indicators
5 Dynamic radar cruise control

switch

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

293

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ Before using dynamic radar cruise control
Driving safely is the sole responsibility of the driver. Do not rely solely on the
system, and drive safely by always paying careful attention to your surroundings.
The dynamic radar cruise control provides driving assistance to reduce the
driver's burden. However, there are limitations to the assistance provided.
Set the speed appropriately depending on the speed limit, traffic flow, road
conditions, weather conditions, etc. The driver is responsible for checking
the set speed.
Even when the system is functioning normally, the condition of the preceding vehicle as detected by the system may differ from the condition
observed by the driver. Therefore, the driver must always remain alert,
assess the danger of each situation and drive safely. Relying on this system
or assuming the system ensures safety while driving can lead to an accident, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Cautions regarding the driving assist systems
Observe the following precautions, as there are limitations to the assistance
provided by the system.
Failure to do so may cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
● Assisting the driver to measure following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control is only intended to help the driver in
determining the following distance between the driver’s own vehicle and a
designated vehicle traveling ahead. It is not a mechanism that allows careless or inattentive driving, and it is not a system that can assist the driver in
low-visibility conditions. It is still necessary for driver to pay close attention
to the vehicle’s surroundings.
● Assisting the driver to judge proper following distance
The dynamic radar cruise control determines whether the following distance between the driver’s own vehicle and a designated vehicle traveling
ahead is within a set range. It is not capable of making any other type of
judgement. Therefore, it is absolutely necessary for the driver to remain
vigilant and to determine whether or not there is a possibility of danger in
any given situation.
● Assisting the driver to operate the vehicle
The dynamic radar cruise control has limited capability to prevent or avoid
a collision with a vehicle traveling ahead. Therefore, if there is ever any
danger, the driver must take immediate and direct control of the vehicle
and act appropriately in order to ensure the safety of all involved.
■ To avoid inadvertent dynamic radar cruise control activation
Switch the dynamic radar cruise control off using the “ON-OFF” button
when not in use.

294

4-5. Using the driving support systems

WARNING
■ Situations unsuitable for dynamic radar cruise control
Do not use dynamic radar cruise control in any of the following situations.
Doing so may result in inappropriate speed control and could cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
● Roads where there are pedestrians, cyclers, etc.
● In heavy traffic
● On roads with sharp bends
● On winding roads
● On slippery roads, such as those covered with rain, ice or snow
● On steep downhills, or where there are sudden changes between sharp up
and down gradients
Vehicle speed may exceed the set speed when driving down a steep hill.
● At entrances to freeways and highways
● When weather conditions are bad enough that they may prevent the sensors from detecting correctly (fog, snow, sandstorm, heavy rain, etc.)
● When there is rain, snow, etc. on the front surface of the radar sensor or
camera sensor
● In traffic conditions that require frequent repeated acceleration and deceleration
● When your vehicle is towing a trailer or during emergency towing
● When an approach warning buzzer is heard often

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

295

Driving in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
This mode employs a radar sensor to detect the presence of vehicles
up to approximately 320 ft. (100 m) ahead, determines the current
vehicle-to-vehicle following distance, and operates to maintain a suitable following distance from the vehicle ahead.
Note that vehicle-to-vehicle distance will close in when traveling on long
downhill slopes.

Driving

1 Example of constant speed cruising

When there are no vehicles ahead
The vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver. The desired vehicle-tovehicle distance can also be set by operating the vehicle-to-vehicle distance switch.

2 Example of deceleration cruising and follow-up cruising

When a preceding vehicle driving slower than the set speed
appears
When a vehicle is detected running ahead of you, the system automatically
decelerates your vehicle. When a greater reduction in vehicle speed is
necessary, the system applies the brakes (the stop lights will come on at
this time). The system will respond to changes in the speed of the vehicle
ahead in order to maintain the vehicle-to-vehicle distance set by the driver.
Approach warning warns you when the system cannot decelerate sufficiently to prevent your vehicle from closing in on the vehicle ahead.

3 Example of acceleration

When there are no longer any preceding vehicles driving slower
than the set speed
The system accelerates until the set speed is reached. The system then
returns to constant speed cruising.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

296

4-5. Using the driving support systems

Setting the vehicle speed (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode)
1 Press the “ON-OFF” button to

activate the cruise control.
Radar cruise control indicator will
come on and a message will be
displayed on the multi-information
display.
Press the button again to deactivate the cruise control.
If the “ON-OFF” button is pressed
and held for 1.5 seconds or more,
the system turns on in constant
speed control mode. (→P. 300)
2 Accelerate or decelerate, with

accelerator pedal operation, to
the desired vehicle speed (at or
above approximately 30 mph
[50 km/h]) and push the lever
down to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET” indicator will
come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the lever is released becomes the
set speed.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

297

Adjusting the set speed
To change the set speed, operate the lever until the desired set speed
is displayed.
1 Increases the speed
2 Decreases the speed

Fine adjustment: Momentarily
move the lever in the desired
direction.
Large adjustment: Hold the lever
up or down to change the speed,
and release when the desired
speed is reached.
In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the set speed will be
increased or decreased as follows:


Type A

Type B
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each time
the lever is operated
Large adjustment: Increases or decreases in 5 mph (8 km/h)*1 or 5 km/h
(3.1 mph)*2 increments for as long as the lever is held

In the constant speed control mode (→P. 300), the set speed will be
increased or decreased as follows:
Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each time
the lever is operated
Large adjustment: The speed will continue to change while the lever is
held.

*1:
*2:

When the set speed is shown in “MPH”
When the set speed is shown in “km/h”

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

Fine adjustment: By 1 mph (1.6 km/h)*1 or 1 km/h (0.6 mph)*2 each time
the lever is operated
Large adjustment: Increases or decreases in 1 mph (1.6 km/h) *1 or 1 km/h
(0.6 mph)*2 increments for as long as the lever is held


298

4-5. Using the driving support systems

Changing the vehicle-to-vehicle distance (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)
Pressing the switch changes the Preceding
vehicle-to-vehicle distance as fol- vehicle mark
lows:
1 Long
2 Medium
3 Short
The vehicle-to-vehicle distance is
set automatically to long mode
when the power switch is turned to
ON mode.
If a vehicle is running ahead of you, the preceding vehicle mark will also be
displayed.

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance settings (vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode)
Select a distance from the table below. Note that the distances shown
correspond to a vehicle speed of 50 mph (80 km/h). Vehicle-to-vehicle
distance increases/decreases in accordance with vehicle speed.
Distance options

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance

Long

Approximately 160 ft. (50 m)

Medium

Approximately 130 ft. (40 m)

Short

Approximately 100 ft. (30 m)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

299

Canceling and resuming the speed control
1 Pulling the lever toward you

cancels the speed control.
The speed setting is also canceled
when
the
brake
pedal
is
depressed.

2 Pushing the lever up resumes

the cruise control and returns
vehicle speed to the set speed.
However, cruise control does not resume when the vehicle speed is
approximately 25 mph (40 km/h) or less.

Approach warning (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode)

■ Warnings may not occur when

In the following instances, warnings may not occur even when the
vehicle-to-vehicle distance is small.
● When the speed of the preceding vehicle matches or exceeds
your vehicle speed
● When the preceding vehicle is traveling at an extremely slow
speed
● Immediately after the cruise control speed was set
● When depressing the accelerator pedal

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

When your vehicle is too close to
a vehicle ahead, and sufficient
automatic deceleration via the
cruise control is not possible, the
display will flash and the buzzer
will sound to alert the driver. An
example of this would be if
another driver cuts in front of you
while you are following a vehicle.
Depress the brake pedal to
ensure an appropriate vehicle-tovehicle distance.

300

4-5. Using the driving support systems

Selecting constant speed control mode
When constant speed control mode is selected, your vehicle will maintain a set speed without controlling the vehicle-to-vehicle distance.
Select this mode only when vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
does not function correctly due to a dirty radar sensor, etc.
1 With

the cruise control off,
press and hold the “ON-OFF”
button for 1.5 seconds or more.
Immediately after the “ON-OFF”
button is pressed, the radar cruise
control indicator will come on.
Afterwards, it switches to the cruise
control indicator.
Switching to constant speed control mode is only possible when
operating the lever with the cruise
control off.

2 Accelerate or decelerate, with

accelerator pedal operation, to
the desired vehicle speed (at or
above approximately 25 mph
[40 km/h]) and push the lever
down to set the speed.
Cruise control “SET” indicator will
come on.
The vehicle speed at the moment
the lever is released becomes the
set speed.
Adjusting the speed setting: →P. 297
Canceling and resuming the speed setting: →P. 299

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

301

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ Dynamic radar cruise control can be set when
● The shift lever is in D or range 4 or higher of S has been selected.
● Vehicle speed is at or above approximately 30 mph (50 km/h).
■ Accelerating after setting the vehicle speed
The vehicle can accelerate by operating the accelerator pedal. After accelerating, the set speed resumes. However, during vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode, the vehicle speed may decrease below the set speed in order
to maintain the distance to the preceding vehicle.
■ Automatic cancelation of vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled in the following situations.
● Actual vehicle speed falls at or below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
● VSC is activated.
● TRAC is activated for a period of time.
● When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
● The sensor cannot detect correctly because it is covered in some way.
● Pre-collision braking is activated.
If vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is automatically canceled for any
other reason, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota
dealer.
■ Automatic cancelation of constant speed control mode
Constant speed control mode is automatically canceled in the following situations:
● Actual vehicle speed is more than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h) below
the set vehicle speed.
● Actual vehicle speed falls below approximately 25 mph (40 km/h).
● VSC is activated.
● TRAC is activated for a period of time.
● When the VSC or TRAC system is turned off.
● Pre-collision braking is activated.
If constant speed control mode is automatically canceled for any other reason, there may be a malfunction in the system. Contact your Toyota dealer.
■ Warning messages and buzzers for dynamic radar cruise control
Warning messages and buzzers are used to indicate a system malfunction or
to inform the driver of the need for caution while driving. If a warning message
is shown on the multi-information display, read the message and follow the
instructions. (→P. 576)

302

4-5. Using the driving support systems

■ When the sensor may not be correctly detecting the vehicle ahead
In the case of the following and depending on the conditions, operate the
brake pedal when deceleration of the system is insufficient or operate the
accelerator pedal when acceleration is required.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect these types of vehicles, the
approach warning (→P. 299) may not be activated.
● Vehicles that cut in suddenly
● Vehicles traveling at low speeds
● Vehicles that are not moving in the same lane
● Vehicles with small rear ends (trailers with no load on board, etc.)

● Motorcycles traveling in the same lane
● When water or snow thrown up by the surrounding vehicles hinders the
detecting of the sensor
● When your vehicle is pointing upwards
(caused by a heavy load in the luggage
compartment, etc.)

● Preceding vehicle has an extremely
high ground clearance

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

303

■ Conditions under which the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
may not function correctly
In the case of the following conditions, operate the brake pedal (or accelerator pedal, depending on the situation) as necessary.
As the sensor may not be able to correctly detect vehicles ahead, the system
may not operate properly.
● When the road curves or when the
lanes are narrow

● When steering wheel operation or your
position in the lane is unstable
4

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

● When the vehicle ahead of you decelerates suddenly

304

4-5. Using the driving support systems

Rear view monitor system∗


Entune Audio Plus or Entune Premium Audio

Refer to the “NAVIGATION AND
OWNER’S MANUAL”.


MULTIMEDIA

SYSTEM

Entune Audio

The rear view monitor system assists the driver by displaying
guide lines and an image of the view behind the vehicle while
backing up, for example while parking.
The screen illustrations used in this text are intended as examples,
and may differ from the image that is actually displayed on the
screen.
The rear view image is displayed
when the shift lever is in R and the
power switch is in ON mode.
The rear view monitor system will
be deactivated when the shift lever
is in any position other than R.

∗: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

305

Using the rear view monitor system
■ Screen description

The rear view monitor system screen will be displayed if the shift
lever is shifted to R while the power switch is in ON mode.

1 Vehicle width guide lines

2 Vehicle center guide line
The line indicates the estimated vehicle center on the ground.

3 Distance guide line
The line shows points approximately 1.5 ft. (0.5 m) (red) from the center
of the edge of the bumper.

4 Distance guide line
The line shows distance behind the vehicle, a point approximately 3 ft.
(1 m) (blue) from the edge of the bumper.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

The line indicates a guide path when the vehicle is being backed
straight up.
The displayed width is wider than the actual vehicle width.

306

4-5. Using the driving support systems

Rear view monitor system precautions
■ Area displayed on screen

The rear view monitor system
displays an image of the view
from the bumper of the rear
area of the vehicle.
To adjust the image on the rear
view monitor system screen.
(→P. 359)
• The area displayed on the
screen may vary according to
vehicle orientation conditions.
• Objects which are close to either
corner of the bumper or under
Corners of bumper
the bumper cannot be seen on
the screen.
• The camera uses a special lens. The distance of the image that appears
on the screen differs from the actual distance.
• Items which are located higher than the camera may not be displayed
by the monitor.
■ Rear view monitor system camera

The camera for the rear view
monitor system is located
above the license plate.

● Using the camera
If dirt or foreign matter (such as water droplets, snow, mud etc.) is
adhering to the camera, it cannot transmit a clear image. In this
case, flush it with a large quantity of water and wipe the camera
lens clean with a soft and wet cloth.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

307

■ Differences between the screen and the actual road

The distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines may not
actually be parallel with the dividing lines of the parking space, even
when they appear to be so. Be sure to check visually.
The distances between the vehicle width guide lines and the left
and right dividing lines of the parking space may not be equal, even
when they appear to be so. Be sure to check visually.
The distance guide lines give a distance guide for flat road surfaces. In any of the following situations, there is a margin of error
between the fixed guide lines on the screen and the actual distance/course on the road.
● When the ground behind the vehicle slopes up sharply

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

The distance guide lines will
appear to be closer to the vehicle than the actual distance.
Because of this, objects will
appear to be farther away than
they actually are. In the same
way, there will be a margin of
error between the guidelines
and the actual distance/course
on the road.

308

4-5. Using the driving support systems

● When the ground behind the vehicle slopes down sharply
The distance guide lines will
appear to be further from the
vehicle than the actual distance. Because of this, objects
will appear to be closer than
they actually are. In the same
way, there will be a margin of
error between the guidelines
and the actual distance/course
on the road.

● When any part of the vehicle sags
When any part of the vehicle
sags due to the number of passengers or the distribution of
the load, there is a margin of
error between the fixed guide
lines on the screen and the
actual distance/course on the
road.

A margin of error

■ When approaching three-dimensional objects

The distance guide lines are displayed according to flat surfaced
objects (such as the road). It is not possible to determine the position of three-dimensional objects (such as vehicles) using the distance guide lines. When approaching a three-dimensional object
that extends outward (such as the flatbed of a truck), be careful of
the following.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

309

● Distance guidelines
Visually check the surroundings
and the area behind the vehicle. On the screen, it appears
that a truck is parked at point
2 . However, in reality if you

back up to point 1 , you will hit
the truck. On the screen, it
appears that 1 is closest and
3

is furthest away. However,

in reality, the distance to

and 3 is the same, and 2 is
farther than 1 and 3 .
■ Vehicle width guide lines

1 Vehicle width guide lines

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

Visually check the surroundings and the area behind the vehicle. In
the case shown below, the truck appears to be outside of the vehicle width guide lines and the vehicle does not look as if it hits the
truck. However, the rear body of the truck may actually cross over
the vehicle width guide lines. In reality if you back up as guided by
the vehicle width guide lines, the vehicle may hit the truck.

310

4-5. Using the driving support systems

Things you should know
■ If you notice any symptoms

If you notice any of the following symptoms, refer to the likely cause
and the solution, and re-check.
If the symptom is not resolved by the solution, have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Likely cause

Solution

 The image is difficult to see
• The vehicle is in a dark area
• The temperature around the lens
is either high or low
• The outside temperature is low
• There are water droplets on the
camera
• It is raining or humid
• Foreign matter (mud etc.) is
adhering to the camera
• There are scratches on the camera
• Sunlight or headlights are shining
directly into the camera
• The vehicle is under fluorescent
lights, sodium lights, mercury
lights etc.

If this happens due to these causes,
it does not indicate a malfunction.
Back up while visually checking the
vehicle’s surroundings. (Use the
monitor again once conditions have
been improved.)
To adjust the image on the rear view
monitor system screen. (→P. 359)

 The image is blurry
Dirt or foreign matter (such as water Flush the camera with a large quandroplets, snow, mud etc.) is adher- tity of water and wipe the camera
ing to the camera.
lens clean with a soft and wet cloth.
 The image is out of alignment
The camera or surrounding area has Have the vehicle inspected by your
received a strong impact.
Toyota dealer.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

Likely cause

311

Solution

 The fixed guide lines are very far out of alignment
• The vehicle is tilted (there is a
heavy load on the vehicle, tire
pressure is low due to a tire puncture, etc.)
• The vehicle is used on an incline.

If this happens due to these causes,
it does not indicate a malfunction.
Back up while visually checking the
vehicle's surroundings.

The camera position is out of align- Have the vehicle inspected by your
ment.
Toyota dealer.
WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ When using the rear view monitor system
The rear view monitor system is a supplemental device intended to assist
the driver when backing up. When backing up, be sure to check visually
behind and all around the vehicle before proceeding.
Observe the following precautions to avoid an accident that could result in
death or serious injuries.
● Never depend on the rear view monitor system entirely when backing up.
The image and the position of the guide lines displayed on the screen may
differ from the actual state.
Use caution, just as you would when backing up any vehicle.
● Be sure to back up slowly, depressing the brake pedal to control vehicle
speed.
● The instructions given are only guidelines.
When and how much to turn the steering wheel will vary according to traffic conditions, road surface conditions, vehicle condition, etc. when parking. It is necessary to be fully aware of this before using the rear view
monitor system.
● When parking, be sure to check that the parking space will accommodate
your vehicle before maneuvering into it.
● Do not use the rear view monitor system in the following cases:
• On icy or slick road surfaces, or in snow
• When using tire chains or the compact spare tire
• When the back door is not closed completely
• On roads that are not flat or straight, such as curves or slopes.

312

4-5. Using the driving support systems

WARNING
● In low temperatures, the screen may darken or the image may become
faint. The image could distort when the vehicle is moving, or you may
become unable to see the image on the screen. Be sure to check direct
visually and with the mirrors all around the vehicle before proceeding.
● If the tire sizes are changed, the position of the fixed guide lines displayed
on the screen may change.
● The camera uses a special lens. The distances between objects and
pedestrians that appear in the image displayed on the screen will differ
from the actual distances. (→P. 307)
NOTICE
■ How to use the camera
● The rear view monitor system may not operate properly in the following
cases.
• If the back of the vehicle is hit, the position and mounting angle of the
camera may change.
• As the camera has a water proof construction, do not detach, disassemble or modify it. This may cause incorrect operation.
• When cleaning the camera lens, flush the camera with a large quantity
of water and wipe it with a soft and wet cloth. Strongly rubbing the camera lens may cause the camera lens to be scratched and unable to
transmit a clear image.
• Do not allow organic solvent, car wax, window cleaner or glass coat to
adhere to the camera. If this happens, wipe it off as soon as possible.
• If the temperature changes rapidly, such as when hot water is poured
on the vehicle in cold weather, the system may not operate normally.
• When washing the vehicle, do not apply intensive bursts of water to the
camera or camera area. Doing so may result in the camera malfunctioning.
• When the camera is used under fluorescent lights, sodium light or mercury light etc., the lights and the illuminated areas may appear to flicker.
● Do not expose the camera to strong impact as this could cause a malfunction. If this happens, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

313

BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)∗
Summary of the Blind Spot Monitor
The Blind Spot Monitor is a system that has 2 functions:
● The BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) function
Assists the driver in making a decision when changing lanes
● The RCTA (Rear Cross Traffic Alert) function
Assists the driver when backing up
These functions use same sensors.

Driving

∗: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

314

4-5. Using the driving support systems

1 Multi-information display
Turning the BSM function/RCTA function on/off. (→P. 315)
The RCTA function is available when the BSM function is on.

2 Outside rear view mirror indicators
BSM function:
When a vehicle is detected in a blind spot of the outside rear view mirrors,
the outside rear view mirror indicator on the detected side will illuminate. If
the turn signal lever is operated toward the detected side, the outside rear
view mirror indicator will flash.
RCTA function:
When a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle
is detected, both outside rear view mirror indicators will flash.

3 “BSM” indicator
When the BSM function/RCTA function is turned on, the indicator illuminates.

4 Monitor screen display (RCTA function only)
If a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle is
detected, the RCTA icon (→P. 323) for the detected side will be displayed
on the monitor screen.
This illustration shows an example of a vehicle approaching from the left
at the rear of the vehicle.

5 RCTA buzzer (RCTA function only)
If a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle is
detected, a buzzer will sound. The buzzer also sounds for approximately 1
second immediately after the BSM function is operated to turn the system
on.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

315

Turning the BSM function/RCTA function on/off
1 Press “<” or “>” of the meter control switches, select

2 Press “∧” or “∨” of the meter control switches, select “BSM”.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ Outside rear view mirror indicator visibility
In strong sunlight, the outside rear view mirror indicator may be difficult to
see.
■ Hearing the RCTA buzzer
The RCTA buzzer may be difficult to hear over loud noises, such as if the
audio system volume is high.
■ When there is a malfunction in the Blind Spot Monitor
If a system malfunction is detected due to any of the following, a warning
message will be displayed: (→P. 576)
● A sensor is malfunctioning
● A sensor is dirty or covered with snow or a sticker
● The outside temperature is extremely high or low
● Sensor voltage is abnormal
● A sensor is misaligned

316

4-5. Using the driving support systems

■ Certification for the Blind Spot Monitor
 For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.
FCC ID : OAYSRR3A
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and
(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.
FCC Warning
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
 For vehicles sold in Canada
Applicable law : Canada 310
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not
cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Frequency bands : 24.05 - 24.25GHz
Output power : less than 20 milliwatts
Droit applicable : Canada 310
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d’Industrie Canada applicables
aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L’exploitation est autorisée aux deux
conditions suivantes : (1) l’appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2)
l’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi,
même si le brouillage est susceptible d’en compromettre le fonctionnement.
Bandes de fréquences : 24.05 - 24.25GHz
Puissance émise : Moins de 20 milliwatts

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

317

WARNING
■ Handling the radar sensor
Blind Spot Monitor sensors are installed behind the left and right sides of the
rear bumper respectively. Observe the following to ensure the Blind Spot
Monitor can function correctly.

● Do not subject a sensor or its surrounding area on the rear bumper to a
strong impact.
If a sensor is moved even slightly off position, the system may malfunction
and vehicles may not be detected correctly.
In the following situations, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
• A sensor or its surrounding area is subject to a strong impact.
• If the surrounding area of a sensor is scratched or dented, or part of
them has become disconnected.
● Do not disassemble the sensor.
● Do not attach stickers to the sensor or surrounding area on the rear
bumper.
● Do not modify the sensor or surrounding area on the rear bumper.
● Do not paint the rear bumper any color other than an official Toyota color.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

● Keep the sensors and the surrounding
areas on the rear bumper clean at all
times.
If a sensor or its surrounding area on
the rear bumper is dirty or covered with
snow, the Blind Spot Monitor may not
operate and a warning message (→P.
576) will be displayed. In this situation,
clear off the dirt or snow and drive the
vehicle with the operation conditions of
the BSM function (→P. 319) satisfied for
approximately 10 minutes. If the warning message does not disappear, have
the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.

318

4-5. Using the driving support systems

BSM function
The BSM function uses radar sensors to detect vehicles that are traveling in an adjacent lane in the area that is not reflected in the outside
rear view mirror (the blind spot), and advises the driver of the vehicles
existence via the outside rear view mirror indicator.
BSM function detection areas
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.
The range of the detection area
extends to:
1 Approximately 11.5 ft. (3.5 m)

from the side of the vehicle
The first 1.6 ft. (0.5 m) from the
side of the vehicle is not in the
detection area

2 Approximately 9.8 ft. (3 m) from

the rear bumper
3 Approximately 3.3 ft. (1 m) for-

ward of the rear bumper
WARNING
■ Cautions regarding the use of the function
The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
The BSM function is a supplementary function which alerts the driver that a
vehicle is in a blind spot of the outside rear view mirrors or is approaching
rapidly from behind into a blind spot. Do not overly rely on the BSM function.
As the function cannot judge if it is safe to change lanes, over reliance could
lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury.
As the system may not function correctly under certain conditions, the
driver’s own visual confirmation of safety is necessary.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

319

*: Depending

on the conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may

occur.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ The BSM function is operational when
The BSM function is operational when all of the following conditions are met:
● The BSM function is on.
● The shift lever is in a position other than R.
● The vehicle speed is greater than approximately 10 mph (16 km/h).
■ The BSM function will detect a vehicle when
The BSM function will detect a vehicle present in the detection area in the following situations:
● A vehicle in an adjacent lane overtakes your vehicle.
● Another vehicle enters the detection area when it changes lanes.
■ Conditions under which the BSM function will not detect a vehicle
The BSM function is not designed to detect the following types of vehicles
and/or objects:
● Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.*
● Vehicles traveling in the opposite direction
● Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects*
● Following vehicles that are in the same lane*
● Vehicles traveling 2 lanes away from your vehicle*

320

4-5. Using the driving support systems

■ Conditions under which the BSM function may not function correctly
● The BSM function may not detect vehicles correctly in the following situations:
• When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its
surrounding area
• When mud, snow, ice, a sticker, etc. is covering the sensor or surrounding area on the rear bumper
• When driving on a road surface that is wet with standing water during bad
weather, such as heavy rain, snow, or fog
• When multiple vehicles are approaching with only a small gap between
each vehicle
• When the distance between your vehicle and a following vehicle is short
• When there is a significant difference in speed between your vehicle and
the vehicle that enters the detection area
• When the difference in speed between your vehicle and another vehicle
is changing
• When a vehicle enters a detection area traveling at about the same
speed as your vehicle
• As your vehicle starts from a stop, a vehicle remains in the detection area
• When driving up and down consecutive steep inclines, such as hills, dips
on the road, etc.
• When driving on roads with sharp bends, consecutive curves, or uneven
surfaces
• When vehicle lanes are wide, or when driving on the edge of a lane, and
the vehicle in an adjacent lane is far away from your vehicle
• When towing a trailer
• When items such as a bicycle carrier are installed on the rear of the vehicle
• When there is a significant difference in height between your vehicle and
the vehicle that enters the detection area
• Immediately after the BSM function is turned on

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

321

● Instances of the BSM function unnecessarily detecting a vehicle and/or
object may increase in the following situations:
• When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its
surrounding area
• When the distance between your vehicle and a guardrail, wall, etc. that
enters the detection area is short
• When driving up and down consecutive steep inclines, such as hills, dips
on the road, etc.
• When vehicle lanes are narrow, or when driving on the edge of a lane,
and a vehicle traveling in a lane other than the adjacent lanes enters the
detection area
• When driving on roads with sharp bends, consecutive curves, or uneven
surfaces
• When the tires are slipping or spinning
• When the distance between your vehicle and a following vehicle is short
• When a bicycle carrier or other accessory is installed to the rear of the
vehicle
• When towing a trailer
4

Driving

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

322

4-5. Using the driving support systems

RCTA function
The RCTA function uses radar sensors to detect vehicles approaching
from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle and alerts the driver of
the presence of such vehicles by flashing the outside rear view mirror
indicators and sounding a buzzer.

1 Approaching vehicles
2 Detection areas of approaching vehicles

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

323

■ RCTA icon display

When a vehicle approaching from the right or left at the rear of the
vehicle is detected, the following will be displayed on the audio system screen.
Display

Content

A vehicle is approaching from the left at the rear of the
vehicle

A vehicle is approaching from the right at the rear of the
vehicle
4

The RCTA function is malfunctioning
(→P. 315)

WARNING
■ Cautions regarding the use of the function
The driver is solely responsible for safe driving. Always drive safely, taking
care to observe your surroundings.
The RCTA function is only a supplementary function which alerts the driver
that a vehicle is approaching from the right or left at the rear of the vehicle.
As the RCTA function may not function correctly under certain conditions,
the driver’s own visual confirmation of safety is necessary. Over reliance on
this function may lead to an accident resulting death or serious injury.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

Vehicles are approaching from both sides of the vehicle

324

4-5. Using the driving support systems

RCTA function detection areas
The areas that vehicles can be detected in are outlined below.

The buzzer can alert the driver of faster vehicles approaching from
farther away.
Example:
1 Approximate
alert distance

Approaching vehicle

Speed

Fast

18 mph (28 km/h)

65 ft. (20 m)

Slow

5 mph (8 km/h)

18 ft. (5.5 m)

■ The RCTA function is operational when
The RCTA function operates when all of the following conditions are met:
● The RCTA function is on.
● The shift lever is in R.
● The vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h).
● The approaching vehicle speed is between approximately 5 mph (8 km/h)
and 18 mph (28 km/h).

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

325

■ Conditions under which the RCTA function will not detect a vehicle
The RCTA function is not designed to detect the following types of vehicles
and/or objects:
● Vehicles approaching from directly behind
● Vehicles backing up in a parking space next to your vehicle
● Vehicles that the sensors cannot detect
due to obstructions

● Guardrails, walls, signs, parked vehicles and similar stationary objects*
● Small motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, etc.*
● Vehicles moving away from your vehicle
● Vehicles approaching from the parking spaces next to your vehicle*

*: Depending

on the conditions, detection of a vehicle and/or object may

■ Conditions under which the RCTA function may not function correctly
● The RCTA function may not detect vehicles correctly in the following situations:
• When the sensor is misaligned due to a strong impact to the sensor or its
surrounding area
• When mud, snow, ice, a sticker, etc. is covering the sensor or surrounding area on the rear bumper
• When driving on a road surface that is wet with standing water during bad
weather, such as heavy rain, snow, or fog
• When multiple vehicles are approaching with only a small gap between
each vehicle
• When a vehicle is approaching at high speed
• When towing a trailer

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

occur.

326

4-5. Using the driving support systems

• When backing up on a slope with a
sharp change in grade

• When backing out of a shallow angle
parking spot

• Immediately after the RCTA function is turned on
• Immediately after the hybrid system is started with the RCTA function on
• When the sensors cannot detect a
vehicle due to obstructions

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

327

● Instances of the RCTA function unnecessarily detecting a vehicle and/or
object may increase in the following situations:
• When a vehicle passes by the side of your vehicle
• When the parking space faces a
street and vehicles are being driven
on the street

• When the distance between your vehicle and metal objects, such as a
guardrail, wall, sign, or parked vehicle, which may reflect electrical waves
toward the rear of the vehicle, is short

Driving

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

328

4-5. Using the driving support systems

Driving assist systems
To help enhance driving safety and performance, the following
systems operate automatically in response to various driving
situations. Be aware, however, that these systems are supplementary and should not be relied upon too heavily when operating the vehicle.

◆ ECB (Electronically Controlled Brake System)
The electronically controlled system generates braking force corresponding to the brake operation

◆ ABS (Anti-lock Brake System)
Helps to prevent wheel lock when the brakes are applied suddenly,
or if the brakes are applied while driving on a slippery road surface

◆ Brake assist
Generates an increased level of braking force after the brake pedal
is depressed when the system detects a panic stop situation

◆ VSC (Vehicle Stability Control)
Helps the driver to control skidding when swerving suddenly or
turning on slippery road surfaces

◆ Enhanced VSC (Enhanced Vehicle Stability Control)
Provides cooperative control of the ABS, TRAC, VSC and EPS.
Helps to maintain directional stability when swerving on slippery
road surfaces by controlling steering performance.

◆ Trailer Sway Control
Helps the driver to control trailer sway by selectively applying brake
pressure for individual wheels and reducing driving torque when
trailer sway is detected.

◆ TRAC (Traction Control)
Helps to maintain drive power and prevent the drive wheels from
spinning when starting the vehicle or accelerating on slippery roads

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

329

◆ Hill-start assist control
Helps to reduce the backward movement of the vehicle when starting on an uphill

◆ EPS (Electric Power Steering)
Employs an electric motor to reduce the amount of effort needed to
turn the steering wheel

◆ VDIM (Vehicle Dynamics Integrated Management)
Provides integrated control of the ABS, brake assist, TRAC, VSC,
hill-start assist control, and EPS systems
Helps to maintain vehicle stability when swerving on slippery road
surfaces by controlling the brakes and hybrid system output
4

Driving

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

330

4-5. Using the driving support systems

When the TRAC/VSC/ABS systems are operating
The slip indicator light will flash
while the TRAC/VSC/ABS systems are operating.

Disabling the TRAC system
If the vehicle gets stuck in mud, dirt or snow, the TRAC system may
reduce power from the hybrid system to the wheels. Pressing

turn the system off may make it easier for you to rock the vehicle in
order to free it.
To turn the TRAC system off,
quickly press and release

“Traction Control Turned Off” will
be shown on the multi-information
display. Press

again to turn the

system back on.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

331

■ Turning off both TRAC and VSC systems
To turn the TRAC and VSC systems off, press and hold
for more than 3
seconds while the vehicle is stopped.
The VSC OFF indicator light will come on and “Traction Control Turned Off”
will be shown on the multi-information display.*
Press

again to turn the systems back on.

*: Pre-collision

brake assist and pre-collision braking will also be disabled.

(→P. 281)
■ When the message is displayed on the multi-information display showing that TRAC has been disabled even if

switch has not been

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

pressed
TRAC cannot be operated. Contact your Toyota dealer.
■ Operating conditions of hill-start assist control
When the following four conditions are met, the hill-start assist control will
operate:
● The shift lever is in a position other than P or N (when starting off forward/
backward on an upward incline).
● The vehicle is stopped.
● The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
● The parking brake is not engaged.
■ Automatic system cancelation of hill-start assist control
The hill-start assist control will turn off in any of the following situations:
● The shift lever is moved to P or N.
● The accelerator pedal is depressed.
● The parking brake is engaged.
● Approximately 2 seconds elapse after the brake pedal is released.
■ Sounds and vibrations caused by the ABS, brake assist, VSC, TRAC,
hill-start assist control systems
Any of the following conditions may occur when the above systems are operating. None of these indicates that a malfunction has occurred.
● Vibrations may be felt through the vehicle body and steering.
● A motor sound may be heard also after the vehicle comes to a stop.

332

4-5. Using the driving support systems

■ ECB operation sound
ECB operating sound may be heard in the following cases, but it does not
indicate that a malfunction has occurred.
● Operating sound heard from the engine compartment when the brake pedal
is operated.
● Motor sound of the brake system heard from the front part of the vehicle
when the driver’s door is opened.
● Operating sound heard from the engine compartment when one or two minutes passed after the stop of the hybrid system.
■ EPS operating sound
When the steering wheel is operated, a motor sound (whirring sound) may be
heard. This does not indicate a malfunction.
■ Automatic reactivation of TRAC and VSC systems
After turning the TRAC and VSC systems off, the systems will be automatically re-enabled in the following situations:
● When the power switch is turned off
● If only the TRAC system is turned off, the TRAC will turn on when vehicle
speed increases
If both the TRAC and VSC systems are turned off, automatic re-enabling will
not occur when vehicle speed increases.
■ Reduced effectiveness of the EPS system
The effectiveness of the EPS system is reduced to prevent the system from
overheating when there is frequent steering input over an extended period of
time. The steering wheel may feel heavy as a result. Should this occur, refrain
from excessive steering input or stop the vehicle and turn the hybrid system
off. The EPS system should return to normal within 10 minutes.
WARNING
■ The ABS does not operate effectively when
● The limits of tire gripping performance have been exceeded (such as
excessively worn tires on a snow covered road).
● The vehicle hydroplanes while driving at high speed on wet or slick roads.
■ Stopping distance when the ABS is operating may exceed that of normal conditions
The ABS is not designed to shorten the vehicle’s stopping distance. Always
maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front of you, especially in the
following situations:
● When driving on dirt, gravel or snow-covered roads
● When driving with tire chains
● When driving over bumps on the road
● When driving over roads with potholes or uneven surfaces

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-5. Using the driving support systems

333

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ TRAC/VSC may not operate effectively when
Directional control and power may not be achievable while driving on slippery road surfaces, even if the TRAC/VSC system is operating.
Drive the vehicle carefully in conditions where stability and power may be
lost.
■ Hill- start assist control does not operate effectively when
● Do not overly rely on hill-start assist control. Hill-start assist control may
not operate effectively on steep inclines and roads covered with ice.
● Unlike the parking brake, hill-start assist control is not intended to hold the
vehicle stationary for an extended period of time. Do not attempt to use
hill-start assist control to hold the vehicle on an incline, as doing so may
lead to an accident.
■ When the VSC is activated
The slip indicator light flashes. Always drive carefully. Reckless driving may
cause an accident. Exercise particular care when the indicator light flashes.
■ When the TRAC/VSC systems are turned off
Be especially careful and drive at a speed appropriate to the road conditions. As these are the systems to help ensure vehicle stability and driving
force, do not turn the TRAC/VSC systems off unless necessary.
Trailer Sway Control is part of the VSC system and will not operate if VSC
turned off or experiences a malfunction.
■ Replacing tires
Make sure that all tires are of the specified size, brand, tread pattern and
total load capacity. In addition, make sure that the tires are inflated to the
recommended tire inflation pressure level.
The ABS, TRAC and VSC systems will not function correctly if different tires
are installed on the vehicle.
Contact your Toyota dealer for further information when replacing tires or
wheels.
■ Handling of tires and the suspension
Using tires with any kind of problem or modifying the suspension will affect
the driving assist systems, and may cause a system to malfunction.

334

4-6. Driving tips

Hybrid vehicle driving tips
For economical and ecological driving, pay attention to the following points:

◆ Using Eco drive mode
When using Eco drive mode, the torque corresponding to the accelerator pedal depression amount can be generated more smoothly
than it is in normal conditions. In addition, the operation of the air
conditioning system (heating/cooling) will be minimized, improving
the fuel economy. (→P. 434)

◆ Use of Hybrid System Indicator
The Eco-friendly driving is possible by keeping the indicate of
Hybrid System Indicator within Eco area. (→P. 105)

◆ Shift lever operation
Shift the shift lever to D when stopped at a traffic light, or driving in
heavy traffic, etc. Shift the shift lever to P when parking. When
using the N, there is no positive effect on fuel consumption. In the
N, the gasoline engine operates but electricity cannot be generated. Also, when using the air conditioning system, etc., the hybrid
battery (traction battery) power is consumed.

◆ Accelerator pedal/brake pedal operation
● Drive your vehicle smoothly. Avoid abrupt acceleration and
deceleration. Gradual acceleration and deceleration will make
more effective use of the electric motor (traction motor) without
having to use gasoline engine power.
● Avoid repeated acceleration. Repeated acceleration consumes
hybrid battery (traction battery) power, resulting in poor fuel consumption. Battery power can be restored by driving with the
accelerator pedal slightly released.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-6. Driving tips

335

◆ When braking
Make sure to operate the brakes gently and in a timely manner. A
greater amount of electrical energy can be regenerated when slowing down.

◆ Delays
Repeated acceleration and deceleration, as well as long waits at
traffic lights, will lead to bad fuel economy. Check traffic reports
before leaving and avoid delays as much as possible. When driving
in a traffic jam, gently release the brake pedal to allow the vehicle to
move forward slightly while avoiding overuse of the accelerator
pedal. Doing so can help control excessive gasoline consumption.

◆ Highway driving

◆ Air conditioning
Use the air conditioning only when necessary. Doing so can help
reduce excessive gasoline consumption.
In summer: When the ambient temperature is high, use the recirculated air mode. Doing so will help to reduce the burden on the air
conditioning system and reduce fuel consumption as well.
In winter: Because the gasoline engine will not automatically cut out
until it and the interior of the vehicle are warm, it will consume fuel.
Also, fuel consumption can be improved by avoiding overuse of the
heater.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

Control and maintain the vehicle at a constant speed. Before stopping at a toll booth or similar, allow plenty of time to release the
accelerator and gently apply the brakes. A greater amount of electrical energy can be regenerated when slowing down.

336

4-6. Driving tips

◆ Checking tire inflation pressure
Make sure to check the tire inflation pressure frequently. Improper
tire inflation pressure can cause poor fuel economy.
Also, as snow tires can cause large amounts of friction, their use on
dry roads can lead to poor fuel economy. Use tires that are appropriate for the season.

◆ Luggage
Carrying heavy luggage will lead to poor fuel economy. Avoid carrying unnecessary luggage. Installing a large roof rack will also cause
poor fuel economy.

◆ Warming up before driving
Since the gasoline engine starts up and cuts out automatically
when cold, warming up the engine is unnecessary. Moreover, frequently driving short distances will cause the engine to repeatedly
warm up, which can lead to excess fuel consumption.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-6. Driving tips

337

Winter driving tips
Carry out the necessary preparations and inspections before
driving the vehicle in winter. Always drive the vehicle in a manner appropriate to the prevailing weather conditions.
Preparation for winter

Ensure that all tires are the same size and brand, and that chains match
the size of the tires.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

● Use fluids that are appropriate to the prevailing outside temperatures.
• Engine oil
• Engine/power control unit coolant
• Washer fluid
● Have a service technician inspect the condition of the 12-volt battery.
● Have the vehicle fitted with four snow tires or purchase a set of tire
chains for the front tires.

338

4-6. Driving tips

Before driving the vehicle
Perform the following according to the driving conditions:
● Do not try to forcibly open a window or move a wiper that is frozen.
Pour warm water over the frozen area to melt the ice. Wipe away
the water immediately to prevent it from freezing.
● To ensure proper operation of the climate control system fan,
remove any snow that has accumulated on the air inlet vents in
front of the windshield.
● Check for and remove any excess ice or snow that may have accumulated on the exterior lights, vehicle’s roof, chassis, around the
tires or on the brakes.
● Remove any snow or mud from the bottom of your shoes before
getting in the vehicle.
When driving the vehicle
Accelerate the vehicle slowly, keep a safe distance between you and
the vehicle ahead, and drive at a reduced speed suitable to road conditions.
When parking the vehicle
● Park the vehicle and move the shift lever to P without setting the
parking brake. The parking brake may freeze up, preventing it from
being released. If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking
brake, make sure to block the wheels.
Failure to do so may be dangerous because it may cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly, possibly leading to an accident.
● If the vehicle is parked without setting the parking brake, confirm
that the shift lever cannot be moved out of P*.

*: The shift lever will be locked if it is attempted to be shifted from P to any
other position without depressing the brake pedal. If the shift lever can
be shifted from P, there may be a problem with the shift lock system.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-6. Driving tips

339

Selecting tire chains
Use the correct tire chain size when mounting the tire chains.
Chain size is regulated for each tire size.
Side chain:
1 0.12 in. (3 mm) in diameter
2 0.39 in. (10 mm) in width
3 1.18 in. (30 mm) in length

Cross chain:
4 0.16 in. (4 mm) in diameter
5 0.55 in. (14 mm) in width
6 0.98 in. (25 mm) in length

Regulations on the use of tire chains

■ Tire chain installation
Observe the following precautions when installing and removing chains:
● Install and remove tire chains in a safe location.
● Install tire chains on the front tires. Do not install tire chains on the rear tires.
● Install tire chains on front tires as tightly as possible. Retighten chains after
driving 1/4 ⎯ 1/2 mile (0.5 ⎯ 1.0 km).
● Install tire chains following the instructions provided with the tire chains.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

Regulations regarding the use of tire chains vary depending on location and type of road. Always check local regulations before installing
chains.

340

4-6. Driving tips

WARNING
■ Driving with snow tires
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control and cause death or
serious injury.
● Use tires of the specified size.
● Maintain the recommended level of air pressure.
● Do not drive in excess of 75 mph (120 km/h), regardless of the type of
snow tires being used.
● Use snow tires on all, not just some wheels.
■ Driving with tire chains
Observe the following precautions to reduce the risk of accidents.
Failure to do so may result in the vehicle being unable to be driven safely,
and may cause death or serious injury.
● Do not drive in excess of the speed limit specified for the tire chains being
used, or 30 mph (50 km/h), whichever is lower.
● Avoid driving on bumpy road surfaces or over potholes.
● Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shifting
operations that cause sudden engine braking.
● Slow down sufficiently before entering a curve to ensure that vehicle control is maintained.
● Do not use LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system.
NOTICE
■ Repairing or replacing snow tires
Request repairs or replacement of snow tires from Toyota dealers or legitimate tire retailers.
This is because the removal and attachment of snow tires affects the operation of the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters.
■ Fitting tire chains
The tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not function correctly
when tire chains are fitted.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-6. Driving tips

341

Utility vehicle precautions
This vehicle belongs to the utility vehicle class, which has
higher ground clearance and narrower tread in relation to the
height of its center of gravity.
Utility vehicle feature

WARNING
■ Utility vehicle precautions
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of death, serious injury or damage to your vehicle:
● In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die
than a person wearing a seat belt. Therefore, the driver and all passengers
should always fasten their seat belts.
● Avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers, if at all possible.
Failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or
vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury.
● Loading cargo on the roof luggage carrier (if equipped) will make the center of the vehicle gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp
turns, sudden braking or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss
of control or vehicle rollover due to failure to operate this vehicle correctly.
● Always slow down in gusty crosswinds. Because of its profile and higher
center of gravity, your vehicle is more sensitive to side winds than an ordinary passenger car. Slowing down will allow you to have better control.
● Do not drive horizontally across steep slopes. Driving straight up or
straight down is preferred. Your vehicle (or any similar off-road vehicle)
can tip over sideways much more easily than forward or backward.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

● Specific design characteristics give it a higher center of gravity than
ordinary passenger cars. This vehicle design feature causes this
type of vehicle to be more likely to rollover. And, utility vehicles
have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
● An advantage of the higher ground clearance is a better view of the
road allowing you to anticipate problems.
● It is not designed for cornering at the same speeds as ordinary passenger cars any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to
perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions. Therefore, sharp
turns at excessive speeds may cause the vehicle to rollover.

342

4-6. Driving tips

Off-road driving
Your vehicle is not designed to be driven off-road. However, in the
event that off-road driving cannot be avoided, please observe the following precautions to help avoid the areas prohibited to vehicles.
● Drive your vehicle only in areas where off-road vehicles are permitted to travel.
● Respect private property. Get owner’s permission before entering
private property.
● Do not enter areas that are closed. Honor gates, barriers and signs
that restrict travel.
● Stay on established roads. When conditions are wet, driving techniques should be changed or travel delayed to prevent damage to
roads.
● Avoid driving on very steep, slippery roads and other surfaces,
such as sand, where the tires are liable to lose traction. Your vehicle may not perform as well as conventional AWD on-road vehicles
on these surfaces.
■ Additional information for off-road driving
 For owners in U.S. mainland, Hawaii and Puerto Rico:
To obtain additional information pertaining to driving your vehicle off-road,
consult the following organizations.
● State and Local Parks and Recreation Departments
● State Motor Vehicle Bureau
● Recreational Vehicle Clubs
● U.S. Forest Service and Bureau of Land Management

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-6. Driving tips

343

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Driving

■ Off-road driving precautions
Always observe the following precautions to minimize the risk of death, serious injury or damage to your vehicle:
● Drive carefully when off the road. Do not take unnecessary risks by driving
in dangerous places.
● Do not grip the steering wheel spokes when driving off-road. A bad bump
could jerk the wheel and injure your hands. Keep both hands and especially your thumbs on the outside of the rim.
● Always check your brakes for effectiveness immediately after driving in
sand, mud, water or snow.
● After driving through tall grass, mud, rock, sand, rivers, etc., check that
there is no grass, bush, paper, rags, stone, sand, etc. adhering or trapped
on the underbody. Clear off any such matter from the underbody. If the
vehicle is used with these materials trapped or adhering to the underbody,
a breakdown or fire could occur.
● When driving off-road or in rugged terrain, do not drive at excessive
speeds, jump, make sharp turns, strike objects, etc. This may cause loss
of control or vehicle rollover causing death or serious injury. You are also
risking expensive damage to your vehicle’s suspension and chassis.

344

4-6. Driving tips

NOTICE
■ To prevent water damage
Take all necessary safety measures to ensure that water damage to the
hybrid battery, hybrid system or other components does not occur.
● Water entering the engine compartment may cause severe damage to the
hybrid system. Water entering the interior may cause the hybrid battery
stowed under the rear seats to short circuit.
● Water entering the hybrid transaxle will cause deterioration in transmission
quality. The malfunction indicator may come on, and the vehicle may not
be drivable.
● Water can wash the grease from wheel bearings, causing rusting and premature failure, and may also enter the transaxle case, reducing the gear
oil’s lubricating qualities.
■ When you drive through water
If driving through water, such as when crossing shallow streams, first check
the depth of the water and the bottom of the riverbed for firmness. Drive
slowly and avoid deep water.
■ Inspection after off-road driving
● Sand and mud that has accumulated in brake drums and around brake
discs may affect braking efficiency and may damage brake system components.
● Always perform a maintenance inspection after each day of off-road driving that has taken you through rough terrain, sand, mud, or water. For
scheduled maintenance information, refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

4-6. Driving tips

345

Driving

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

346

Audio system

5
5-1. Basic Operations
Audio system types........... 348
Entune Audio .................... 349
Steering wheel audio
switches .......................... 352
AUX Port/USB Port ........... 353
Basic audio operations...... 354
5-2. Setup
Setup menu....................... 356
General settings................ 357
Audio settings ................... 358
Display settings................. 359
Voice settings.................... 360
5-3. Using Entune Audio
Selecting the audio
source ............................. 361
List screen operation......... 362
Optimal use of
Entune Audio .................. 364
5-4. Using the radio
Radio operation................. 365
5-5. Playing an audio CD and
MP3/WMA/AAC discs
CD player operation .......... 367
5-6. Using an external
device
Listening to an iPod .......... 373
Listening to a USB
memory device ............... 377
Using the AUX port ........... 381

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

347

Audio system

5-7. Connecting Bluetooth®
Preparations to use
wireless
communication................ 382
Registering a Bluetooth®
audio player for
the first time .................... 386
Registering a Bluetooth®
phone for
the first time .................... 387
Registering a Bluetooth®
device.............................. 388
Connecting a Bluetooth®
device.............................. 390
Displaying a Bluetooth®
device details .................. 392
Detailed Bluetooth®
system settings ............... 393
5-8. Bluetooth® Audio
Listening to Bluetooth®
Audio............................... 394

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5
5-9. Bluetooth® phone
Using a Bluetooth®
Phone ............................. 395
Making a call ..................... 397
Receiving a call................. 400
Speaking on the
phone .............................. 401
Bluetooth® phone
message function............ 404
Using the steering
wheel switches................ 408
Bluetooth® phone
settings ........................... 409
Contact/Call History
Settings ........................... 410
What to do if...
(Troubleshooting)............ 419
5-10. Bluetooth®
Bluetooth® ......................... 423
5-11. Using the voice
command system
Voice command
system ............................ 427

348

5-1. Basic Operations

Audio system types


Entune Audio

→P. 349


Entune Audio Plus/Entune Premium Audio

For vehicles with Entune Premium Audio or Entune Audio Plus, refer
to the “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”.
■ Using cellular phones
Interference may be heard through the audio system's speakers if a cellular
phone is being used inside or close to the vehicle while the audio system is
operating.
■ About Bluetooth®
The Bluetooth wordmark and logo are owned by Bluetooth SIG. and permission has been granted to use the trademark of the licensee Panasonic
Corporation. Other trademarks and trade names are owned by various different owners.
NOTICE
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the audio system on longer than necessary when the hybrid
system is off.
■ To avoid damaging the audio system
Take care not to spill drinks or other fluids on the audio system.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-1. Basic Operations

349

Entune Audio∗
Operations such as listening to audio, using the hands-free
phone, confirming vehicle information and changing Entune
Audio settings are started by using the following buttons.
Entune Audio operation buttons
button
Press this button to access the
Bluetooth® hands-free system. (→P. 395)
“AUDIO” button
Display the “Select Audio Source” screen
or audio top screen. (→P. 361)

Audio system

“SETUP” button
Press this button to customize
the function settings. (→P. 356)
“CAR” button
Press this button to access the vehicle information.
(→P. 113)

∗: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

350

5-1. Basic Operations

Operating the touch screen
By touching the screen with your finger, you can control Entune Audio,
etc.
■ Drag*

Touch the screen with your finger, and move the screen to the
desired position.
● Scrolling the lists
■ Flick*

Touch the screen with your finger and quickly move the screen by
flicking your finger.
● Scrolling the main screen page

*: The above operations may not be performed on all screens.
■ Capacitive touch switches
The control panel uses capacitive touch sensors.
● In the following cases, incorrect operation or non-response may occur.
• If the operating section is dirty or has liquid attached to it, incorrect operation or non-response may occur.
• If the operating section receives electromagnetic waves, incorrect operation or non-response may occur.
• If wearing gloves during operation, non-response may occur.
• If fingernails are used to operate the system, non-response may occur.
• If a touch pen is used to operate the system, non-response may occur.
• If the palm of your hand touches the operating section during operation,
incorrect operation may occur.
• If the palm of your hand touches the operating section, incorrect operation may occur.
• If operations are performed quickly, non-response may occur.
● Please do not reach your hand to the part of button when Entune Audio turn
on. Because the button may become unresponsive for a while. But it will be
back to normal for a given time even if Entune Audio turned on under the
condition.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-1. Basic Operations

351

■ When using the touch screen
● If the screen is cold, the display may be dark, or the system may seem to be
operating slightly slower than normal.
● The screen may seem dark and hard to see when viewed through sunglasses. Change your angle of viewing, adjust the display on the “Display
Settings” screen (→P. 359) or remove your sunglasses.
● Flick operations may not be performed smoothly in high altitudes.
NOTICE
■ To avoid damaging the touch screen
● To prevent damaging the screen, lightly touch the screen buttons with your
finger.
● Do not use objects other than your finger to touch the screen.
● Wipe off fingerprints using a glass cleaning cloth. Do not use chemical
cleaners to clean the screen, as they may damage the touch screen.

Audio system

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

352

5-1. Basic Operations

Steering wheel audio switches
Some audio features can be controlled using the switches on
the steering wheel.
Operation may differ depending on the type of audio system or
navigation system. For details, refer to the manual provided with
the audio system or navigation system.
Operating the audio system using the steering wheel switches
1 Volume switch

• Increases/decreases volume
• Press and hold: Continuously
increases/decreases volume
12 Cursor switch (“∧” and “∨”)

• Selects (radio stations/radio
presets/tracks/files/songs)
• Press and hold: Fast up/
down (radio stations)
• Fast up/down (tracks/files)
3 “MODE/HOLD” switch

• Changes audio source
• Press and hold this switch to mute or pause the current operation
To cancel the mute or pause, press and hold.
WARNING
■ To reduce the risk of an accident
Exercise care when operating the audio switches on the steering wheel.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-1. Basic Operations

353

AUX Port/USB Port
Connect an iPod, USB memory device or portable audio player
to the AUX port/USB port as indicated below. Select “iPod”,
“USB” or “AUX” on the audio source selection screen and the
device can be operated via audio system.
Connecting using the AUX port/USB port
■ iPod

Open the cover and connect an
iPod using an iPod cable.
Turn on the power of the iPod if
it is not turned on.

■ USB memory
Turn on the power of the USB memory device if it is not turned on.
■ Portable audio player

Open the cover and connect the portable audio player.
Turn on the power of the portable audio player if it is not turned on.
■ AUX port
The AUX port only supports audio input.
WARNING
■ While driving
Do not connect a device or operate the device controls.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

Open the cover and connect the USB memory device.

354

5-1. Basic Operations

Basic audio operations
Basic audio operations and functions common to each mode are
explained in this section.
Operating Entune Audio
Press this knob to turn Entune
Audio on and off, and turn it to
adjust the volume.
Press this button
to eject a disc

Turn this knob to select radio
station bands, tracks and files.
Also the knob can be used to
select items in the list display.

Insert a disc into
the disc slot

Press to pause or resume
playing music.
Press the “∧” or “∨” button to
seek up or down for a radio
station, or to access a
desired track or file.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-1. Basic Operations

355

Random playback
Select

to change on/off.

Repeat play
Select

to change on/off.

■ Using cellular phones
Interference may be heard through Entune Audio's speakers if a cellular
phone is being used inside or close to the vehicle while Entune Audio is operating.
NOTICE
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave Entune Audio on longer than necessary when the hybrid system is off.
■ To avoid damaging Entune Audio
Take care not to spill drinks or other fluids on Entune Audio.
5

Audio system

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

356

5-2. Setup

Setup menu
You can adjust Entune Audio to your desired settings.
Display “Setup” screen
Press the “SETUP” button to display the “Setup” screen.
1 Select to adjust the settings for

operation sounds, screen animation, etc. (→P. 357)
2 Select to set the voice settings.

(→P. 360)
3 Select to adjust the settings for

contrast and brightness of the
screen. (→P. 359)
4 Select to adjust the settings for registering, removing, connecting

and disconnecting Bluetooth® devices. (→P. 393)

5 Select to adjust the settings for phone sound, contact, message,

etc. (→P. 409)
6 Select to set audio settings. (→P. 358)
7 Select to turn the screen off.
8 Select to set the vehicle customization. (→P. 666)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-2. Setup

357

General settings
Settings are available for adjusting the operation sounds,
screen animation, etc.
Screen for general settings
1 Press the “SETUP” button.
2 Select “General” on the “Setup”

■ To return to the default volume settings
Select “Default”, and then “Yes”.

Delete personal data
1 Select “Delete Personal Data” on the “General Settings” screen.
2 Select “Delete”.

Check carefully beforehand, as data cannot be retrieved once deleted.
3 A confirmation screen will be displayed. Select “Yes”.

The following personal data will be deleted or changed to its default
settings.
• General settings
• Audio settings
• Phone settings

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

screen.
“Français”
or
1 “English”,
“Español” can be selected.
2 On/off can be selected to
sound beeps.
3 Select to change the screen
color.
4 Select to change the keyboard layout.
5 Select to change the capacitive touch button sensor sensitivity.
6 The animation effect for the screen can be set to on/off.
7 Select to delete personal data (→P. 357)
8 Select to update program versions. For details, contact your
Toyota dealer.
9 Select to display the software information. Notices related to third
party software used in this product are enlisted. (This includes
instructions for obtaining such software, where applicable.)

358

5-2. Setup

Audio settings
Settings are available for adjusting the radio operation, cover
art, etc.
Screen for audio settings
1 Press the “SETUP” button.
2 Select “Audio” on the “Setup” screen.

1 Number of Radio Presets

Select the number of radio
preset stations.
2 Display Cover Art on/off
3 Automatic Sound Levelizer

(→P. 358)

Automatic sound leveliser (ASL)
1 Select “Automatic Sound Levelizer”.
2 Select “High”, “Mid”, “Low” or “Off”.

■ About Automatic Sound Leveliser (ASL)
ASL automatically adjusts the volume and tone quality according to the vehicle speed.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-2. Setup

359

Display settings
Settings are available for adjusting the contrast and brightness
of the screen.
Screen for display settings
1 Press the “SETUP” button.
2 Select “Display” on the “Setup” screen.

1 Adjust screen contrast/bright-

ness
2 Adjust screen contrast/bright-

ness of the rear view monitor
camera
3 Changes to day mode.

Adjusting the screen contrast/brightness
2 Adjust the display as desired by selecting “+” or “-”.

Day mode
When the headlights are turned on, the screen dims.
However, the screen can be switched to day mode by selecting “Day
Mode”.
The screen will stay in day mode when the headlights are turned on until
“Day Mode” is selected again.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

1 Select “General” or “Camera” on the “Display Settings” screen.

360

5-2. Setup

Voice settings
This screen is used for guidance for voice command systems
setting.
1 Adjust the voice guidance vol-

ume setting.
2 Set

the voice recognition
prompts “High”, “Low” or “Off”.

3 Set the train voice recognition.
4 Set the voice prompt interrupt

on/off.
5 Set the voice recognition tuto-

rial.
■ To return to the default volume settings
Select “Default”, and then “Yes”.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-3. Using Entune Audio

361

Selecting the audio source
Switching between audio sources such as radio and CD are
explained in this section.
Changing audio source
1 Press the “AUDIO” button to display the audio source selection

screen.
If the audio source selection screen is not displayed, press the “AUDIO”
button again.
2 Select

the

desired

audio

source.
1 Select

the desired
source then
or
reorder.

audio
to

The audio source changes as follows each time the “MODE/HOLD”
switch is pressed.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

Using the steering wheel switches to change audio source

362

5-3. Using Entune Audio

List screen operation
When a list screen is displayed, use the appropriate buttons to
scroll through the list.
How to scroll
: Select to scroll to the next
or previous page.
: If
appears to the right of
titles, the complete titles are
too long for the display. Select
this button to scroll the title.
Turn the “TUNE·SCROLL” knob
to move the cursor box to select a
desired item from the list, and
press the “TUNE·SCROLL” knob
to play it. The track that is being
played is highlighted.
To return to the top screen, select “Now Playing” on the list screen.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-3. Using Entune Audio

363

Selecting, fast-forwarding and reversing tracks/files/songs
■ Selecting a track/file/song

Press the “∧” or “∨” button on “SEEK/TRACK” or turn the
“TUNE·SCROLL” knob to select the desired track/file/song number.
To fast-forward or reverse, press and hold the “∧” or “∨” button on
“SEEK/TRACK”.
■ Selecting a track/file/song from the track/file/song list
1 Select “Browse” or cover art.
2 Select the desired play mode. (USB and iPod)
3 Select the desired track/file/

song.

According to the audio device, the following is displayed.
Audio source

List name

Audio CD

Track

MP3/WMA/AAC disc

Folder, File

Bluetooth

Album, Track

USB

Artists, Albums, Songs, Genres,
Composers

iPod

Artists, Albums, Songs, Genres,
Composers, Audiobooks, Videos

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

When an MP3/WMA/AAC disc or USB memory device is being used,
the folder can be selected. When a Bluetooth® device or iPod is being
used, the album can be selected.

364

5-3. Using Entune Audio

Optimal use of Entune Audio
On the “Sound Settings” screen, sound quality (Treble/Mid/
Bass), volume balance can be adjusted.
How to adjust the sound settings and sound quality
1 2 3 Select “-” or “+” to adjust

the treble, mid or bass to
a level between -5 and 5.
4 5 Select “Front” or “Rear” to

adjust the front/rear audio
balance.
6 7 Select “L” or “R” to adjust the

left/right audio balance.
■ The sound quality level is adjusted individually
The treble, mid and bass levels can be adjusted for each audio mode separately.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-4. Using the radio

365

Radio operation
Select “AM” or “FM” on the audio source selection screen to
begin listening to the radio.
Audio control screen
Pressing the “AUDIO” button displays the audio control screen from
any screens of the selected source.
1 Audio source selection screen

appears
2 Preset stations
3 Select to display RBDS text

messages*

4 Scanning for receivable station
5 Select to display a list of receiv-

able stations

6 Setting the sound (→P. 364)

Selecting a station
Tune in to the desired station using one of the following methods.
■ Seek tuning

Press the “∧” or “∨” button on “SEEK/TRACK”.
The radio will begin seeking up or down for a station of the nearest
frequency and will stop when a station is found.
■ Manual tuning

Turn the “TUNE·SCROLL” knob.
■ Preset stations

Select the desired preset station.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

*: FM only

366

5-4. Using the radio

Setting station presets
1 Search for desired stations by turning the “TUNE·SCROLL” knob or

pressing the “∧” or “∨” button on “SEEK/TRACK”.
2 Select “(add new)”.

To change the preset station to a different one, select and hold the preset
station.
3 Select “Yes”.
4 Select “OK” after setting the new preset station.

■ Refreshing the station list
1 Select “Refresh” on the “Station List” screen.

To cancel the refresh, select “Cancel Refresh”.
■ Reception sensitivity
● Maintaining perfect radio reception at all times is difficult due to the continually changing position of the antenna, differences in signal strength and surrounding objects, such as trains, transmitters, etc.
● The radio antenna is mounted inside the rear quarter window. To maintain
clear radio reception, do not attach metallic window tinting or other metallic
objects to the antenna wire mounted inside the rear window.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs

367

CD player operation
Insert disc or select “CD” on the audio source selection screen
with a disc inserted to begin listening to a CD.
Audio control screen
Pressing the “AUDIO” button displays the audio control screen from
any screens of the selected source.
1 Audio source selection screen

appears

2 Displaying the track/file list


MP3/WMA/AAC

3 Random playback (→P. 355)
4 Repeat play (→P. 355)
5 Pause

Select

to resume play

6 Setting the sound (→P. 364)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

Displaying the folder list

368

5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs

■ Displaying the title and artist name
If a CD-TEXT disc is inserted, the title of the disc and track will be displayed.
■ Error messages
If an error message is displayed, refer to the following table and take the
appropriate measures. If the problem is not rectified, take the vehicle to your
Toyota dealer.
Message

Cause

Correction procedures

“Check DISC”

• The disc is dirty or • Clean the disc.
• Insert the disc cordamaged.
rectly.
• The disc is inserted
• Confirm the disc is
upside down.
playable with the
• The disc is not playplayer.
able with the player.

“Disc Error”

There is a malfunction
Eject the disc.
within the system.

“No music files found.”

No playable data is
Eject the disc.
included on the disc.

■ Discs that can be used
Discs with the marks shown below can be used.
Playback may not be possible depending on recording format or disc features, or due to scratches, dirt or deterioration.

CDs with copy-protection features may not play correctly.
■ CD player protection feature
To protect the internal components, playback is automatically stopped when a
problem is detected.
■ If a disc is left inside the CD player or in the ejected position for
extended periods
Disc may be damaged and may not play properly.
■ Lens cleaners
Do not use lens cleaners. Doing so may damage the CD player.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs

369

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

■ MP3, WMA and AAC files
MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER3) is a standard audio compression format.
Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size by using
MP3 compression.
WMA (Windows Media Audio) is a Microsoft audio compression format.
This format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of the MP3 format.
AAC is short for Advanced Audio Coding and refers to an audio compression
technology standard used with MPEG2 and MPEG4.
MP3, WMA and AAC file and media/formats compatibility are limited.
● MP3 file compatibility
• Compatible standards
MP3 (MPEG1 LAYER3, MPEG2 LSF LAYER3)
• Compatible sampling frequencies
MPEG1 LAYER3: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates (compatible with VBR)
MPEG1 LAYER3: 32-320 (kbps)
MPEG2 LSF LAYER3: 8-160 (kbps)
• Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel and monaural
● WMA file compatibility
• Compatible standards
WMA Ver. 7, 8, 9 (only compatible with Windows Media Audio Standard)
• Compatible sampling frequencies
32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates (only compatible with 2-channel playback)
Ver. 7, 8: CBR 48-192 (kbps)
Ver. 9: CBR 48-320 (kbps)

370

5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs

● AAC file compatibility
• Compatible standards
MPEG4/AAC-LC
• Compatible sampling frequencies
11.025/12/16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates
16-320 (kbps)
Compatible channel modes: 1ch and 2ch
● Compatible media
Media that can be used for MP3, WMA and AAC playback are CD-Rs and
CD-RWs.
Playback in some instances may not be possible if the CD-R or CD-RW is
not finalized. Playback may not be possible or the audio may jump if the
disc is scratched or marked with fingerprints.
● Compatible disc formats
The following disc formats can be used.
• Disc formats: CD-ROM Mode 1 and Mode 2
CD-ROM XA Mode 2, Form 1 and Form 2
• File formats: ISO9660 Level 1, Level 2, (Romeo, Joliet)
UDF (2.01 or lower)
MP3, WMA and AAC files written in any format other than those listed
above may not play correctly, and their file names and folder names may
not be displayed correctly.
Items related to standards and limitations are as follows.
• Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels (including the root)
• Maximum length of folder names/file names: 32 characters
• Maximum number of folders: 192 (including the root)
• Maximum number of files per disc: 255
● File names
The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA/AAC and played are
those with the extension .mp3, .wma or .m4a.
● Discs containing multi-session recordings
As Entune Audio is compatible with multi session discs, it is possible to play
discs that contain MP3, WMA and AAC files. However, only the first session
can be played.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs

371

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

● ID3, WMA and AAC tags
ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record the track
title, artist name, etc.
The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3 ID3 tags.
(The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and 1.1.)
WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to record the
track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
AAC tags can be added to AAC files, making it possible to record the track
title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
● MP3, WMA and AAC playback
When a disc containing MP3, WMA or AAC files is inserted, all files on the
disc are first checked. Once the file check is finished, the first MP3, WMA or
AAC file is played. To make the file check finish more quickly, we recommend you do not write any files to the disc other than MP3, WMA or AAC
files or create any unnecessary folders.
Discs that contain a mixture of music data and MP3, WMA or AAC format
data cannot be played.
● Extensions
If the file extensions .mp3, .wma and .m4a are used for files other than
MP3, WMA and AAC files, they may be mistakenly recognized and played
as MP3, WMA and AAC files. This may result in large amounts of interference and damage to the speakers.
● Playback
• To play MP3 files with steady sound quality, we recommend a fixed bit
rate of at least 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz.
• CD-R or CD-RW playback may not be possible in some instances,
depending on the characteristics of the disc.
• There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding software for MP3,
WMA and AAC files on the market, and depending on the status of the
encoding and the file format, poor sound quality or noise at the start of
playback may result. In some cases, playback may not be possible at all.
• When files other than MP3, WMA or AAC files are recorded on a disc, it
may take more time to recognize the disc and in some cases, playback
may not be possible at all.
• Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are the registered trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries.

372

5-5. Playing an audio CD and MP3/WMA/AAC discs

NOTICE
■ Discs and adapters that cannot be used
Do not use the following types of CDs.
Also, do not use 3 in. (8 cm) CD adapters, Dual Discs or printable discs.
Doing so may damage the CD player and/or the CD insert/eject function.

● Discs that have a diameter that is not 4.7 in. (12 cm).
● Low-quality or deformed discs.
● Discs with a transparent or translucent recording area.
● Discs that have tape, stickers or CD-R labels attached to them, or that
have had the label peeled off.
■ Player precautions
Failure to follow the precautions below may result in damage to the discs or
the player itself.
● Do not insert anything other than discs into the disc slot.
● Do not apply oil to the player.
● Store discs away from direct sunlight.
● Never try to disassemble any part of the player.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-6. Using an external device

373

Listening to an iPod
Connecting an iPod enables you to enjoy music from the vehicle
speakers.
Select “iPod” on the audio source selection screen.
When the iPod connected to the system includes iPod video, the
system can only output the sound by selecting the browse
screen.
Connecting an iPod
→P. 353
Audio control screen
Pressing the “AUDIO” button displays the audio control screen from
any screens of the selected source.
1 Audio source selection screen

appears
3 Selecting the play mode

(→P. 373)
4 Shuffle play (→P. 373)
5 Repeat play (→P. 373)
6 Pause

Select

to resume playback

7 Setting the sound (→P. 364)

Selecting a play mode
1 Select “Browse” on the screen.
2 Select the desired play mode. Then select a song to begin using

the selected play mode.
Shuffle play
Select

to change on/off.

Repeat play
Select

to change on/off.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

2 Displays cover art

374

5-6. Using an external device

■ About iPod

● “Made for iPod”, “Made for iPhone” and “Made for iPad” mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod or
iPhone, or iPad, respectively, and has been certified by the developer to
meet Apple performance standards.
● Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance
with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod, iPhone or iPad may affect wireless performance.
● iPad, iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and iPod touch are trademarks
of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Lightning is a trademark of Apple Inc.
■ iPod cover art
● Depending on the iPod and songs in the iPod, iPod cover art may be displayed.
● This function can be changed to on/off. (→P. 358)
● It may take time to display iPod cover art, and the iPod may not be operated
while the cover art display is in process.
● Only iPod cover art that is saved in JPEG format can be displayed.
■ iPod functions
● When an iPod is connected and the audio source is changed to iPod mode,
the iPod will resume play from the same point in which it was last used.
● Depending on the iPod that is connected to the system, certain functions
may not be available. If a function is unavailable due to a malfunction (as
opposed to a system specification), disconnecting the device and reconnecting it may resolve the problem.
● While connected to the system, the iPod cannot be operated with its own
controls. It is necessary to use the controls of the vehicle's Entune Audio
instead.
● When the battery level of an iPod is very low, the iPod may not operate. If
so, charge the iPod before use.
● Compatible models (→P. 376)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-6. Using an external device

375

■ iPod problems
To resolve most problems encountered when using your iPod, disconnect
your iPod from the vehicle iPod connection and reset it. For instructions on
how to reset your iPod, refer to your iPod Owner's Manual.
■ Error messages
Message

Cause/Correction procedures

“Connection error. Please
consult your Owner’s Man- This indicates a problem in the iPod or its conual for instructions on how nection.
to connect the iPod.”
“No music files found.”

This indicates that there is no music data in
the iPod.

“No videos found.”

This indicates that no video files are included
in the iPod.

“There are no songs available for playback. Please This indicates that songs are not found in a
add compatible files to selected playlist.
your iPod.”

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

This indicates that the display Entune Audio
“iPod authorization unsucfailed to authorize the iPod.
cessful.”
Please check your iPod.

376

5-6. Using an external device

■ Compatible models
The following iPod®, iPod nano®, iPod classic®, iPod touch® and iPhone®
devices can be used with this system.
● Made for
• iPod touch (5th generation)
• iPod touch (4th generation)
• iPod touch (3rd generation)
• iPod touch (2nd generation)
• iPod touch (1st generation)
• iPod classic
• iPod with video
• iPod nano (7th generation)
• iPod nano (6th generation)
• iPod nano (5th generation)
• iPod nano (4th generation)
• iPod nano (3rd generation)
• iPod nano (2nd generation)
• iPod nano (1st generation)
• iPhone 5s
• iPhone 5c
• iPhone 5
• iPhone 4s
• iPhone 4
• iPhone 3GS
• iPhone 3G
• iPhone
This system only supports audio playback.
Depending on differences between models or software versions etc., some
models might be incompatible with this system.
WARNING
■ While driving
Do not connect an iPod or operate the controls.

NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the iPod or its terminals
● Do not leave the iPod in the vehicle. The temperature inside the vehicle
may become high, resulting in damage to the iPod.
● Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the iPod while it is
connected.
● Do not insert foreign objects into the port.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-6. Using an external device

377

Listening to a USB memory device
Connecting a USB memory device enables you to enjoy music
from the vehicle speakers.
Touch “USB” on the audio source selection screen.
Connecting a USB memory device
→P. 353
Audio control screen
Pressing the “AUDIO” button displays the audio control screen from
any screens of the selected source.
1 Audio source selection screen

appears
2 Displays cover art
3 Selecting the play mode

(→P. 377)
5 Repeat play (→P. 355)
6 Pause

Select

to resume playback

7 Setting the sound (→P. 364)

Selecting a play mode
1 Select “Browse” on the screen.
2 Select the desired play mode. Then select a song to begin using

the selected play mode.
■ Displaying the now playing list

Touch the cover art display.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

4 Random playback (→P. 355)

378

5-6. Using an external device

■ USB memory functions
● Depending on the USB memory device that is connected to the system, the
device itself may not be operable and certain functions may not be available. If the device is inoperable or a function is unavailable due to a malfunction (as opposed to a system specification), disconnecting the device
and reconnecting it may resolve the problem.
● If the USB memory device still does not begin operation after being disconnected and reconnected, format the memory.
■ Error messages for USB memory
Message

Cause/Correction procedures

“Connection error. Please
consult your Owner’s Man- This indicates a problem with the USB memual for instructions on how ory device or its connection.
to connect the USB device.”
“No music files found.”

This indicates that no MP3/WMA/AAC files
are included on the USB memory device.

■ USB memory
● Compatible devices
USB memory device that can be used for MP3, WMA and AAC playback.
● Compatible device formats
The following device format can be used:
• USB communication format: USB2.0 HS (480Mbps) and FS (12 Mbps)
• File system format: FAT16/32 (Windows)
• Correspondence class: Mass storage class
MP3, WMA and AAC files written to a device with any format other than
those listed above may not play correctly, and their file names and folder
names may not be displayed correctly.
Items related to standards and limitations are as follows:
• Maximum directory hierarchy: 8 levels
• Maximum number of folders in a device: 3000 (including the root)
• Maximum number of files in a device: 9999
• Maximum number of files per folder: 255
● MP3, WMA and AAC files
MP3 (MPEG Audio LAYER 3) is a standard audio compression format.
Files can be compressed to approximately 1/10 of their original size using
MP3 compression.
WMA (Windows Media Audio) is a Microsoft audio compression format. This
format compresses audio data to a size smaller than that of the MP3 format.
AAC is short for Advanced Audio Coding and refers to an audio compression
technology standard used with MPEG2 and MPEG4.
MP3, WMA and AAC file and media/formats compatibility are limited.
● MP3 file compatibility

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-6. Using an external device

379

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

• Compatible standards
MP3 (MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III, MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III)
• Compatible sampling frequencies
MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 16, 22.05, 24 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates (compatible with VBR)
MPEG1 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 32-320 (kbps)
MPEG2 AUDIO LAYERII, III: 8-160 (kbps)
• Compatible channel modes: stereo, joint stereo, dual channel and monaural
● WMA file compatibility
• Compatible standards
WMA Ver. 7, 8, 9
• Compatible sampling frequencies
HIGH PROFILE 32, 44.1, 48 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates
HIGH PROFILE 48-320 (kbps, VBR)
● AAC file compatibility
• Compatible standards
MPEG4/AAC-LC
• Compatible sampling frequencies
11.025/12/16/22.05/24/32/44.1/48 (kHz)
• Compatible bit rates
16-320 (kbps)
• Compatible channel modes: 1 ch and 2 ch
● File names
The only files that can be recognized as MP3/WMA/AAC and played are
those with the extension .mp3, .wma or .m4a.
● ID3, WMA and AAC tags
ID3 tags can be added to MP3 files, making it possible to record the track
title, artist name, etc.
The system is compatible with ID3 Ver. 1.0, 1.1, and Ver. 2.2, 2.3 ID3 tags.
(The number of characters is based on ID3 Ver. 1.0 and 1.1.)
WMA tags can be added to WMA files, making it possible to record the
track title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.
AAC tags can be added to AAC files, making it possible to record the track
title and artist name in the same way as with ID3 tags.

380

5-6. Using an external device

● MP3, WMA and AAC playback
• When a device containing MP3, WMA and AAC files is connected, all
files in the USB memory device are checked. Once the file check is finished, the first MP3, WMA and AAC file is played. To make the file check
finish more quickly, we recommend that you do not include any files other
than MP3, WMA and AAC files or create any unnecessary folders.
• When a USB memory device is connected and the audio source is
changed to USB memory mode, the USB memory device will start playing the first file in the first folder. If the same device is removed and
reconnected (and the con- tents have not been changed), the USB memory device will resume play from the same point in which it was last used.
● Extensions
If the file extensions .mp3, .wma and .m4a are used for files other than
MP3, WMA and AAC files, they will be skipped (not played).
● Playback
• To play MP3 files with steady sound quality, we recommend a fixed bit
rate of at least 128 kbps and a sampling frequency of 44.1 kHz.
• There is a wide variety of freeware and other encoding software for MP3,
WMA and AAC files on the market, and depending on the status of the
encoding and the file format, poor sound quality or noise at the start of
playback may result. In some cases, playback may not be possible at all.
• Microsoft, Windows, and Windows Media are the registered trademarks
of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries.
WARNING
■ While driving
Do not connect a USB memory device or operate the device controls.

NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the USB memory device or its terminals
● Do not leave the USB memory device in the vehicle. The temperature
inside the vehicle may become high, resulting in damage to the USB
memory device.
● Do not push down on or apply unnecessary pressure to the USB memory
device while it is connected.
● Do not insert foreign objects into the port.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-6. Using an external device

381

Using the AUX port
To use the AUX port, connect a portable player, press the
“AUDIO” button, then select “AUX” to display the audio control
screen.
Connecting a portable audio player
→P. 353
■ Operating portable audio players connected to Entune Audio
The volume can be adjusted using the vehicle's audio controls. All other
adjustments must be made on the portable audio player itself.
■ When using a portable audio player connected to the power outlet
Noise may occur during playback. Use the power source of the portable
audio player.
WARNING
■ While driving
Do not connect a portable audio player or operate the device controls.

Audio system

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

382

5-7. Connecting Bluetooth®

Preparations to use wireless communication
The following can be performed using Bluetooth® wireless communication:
■ A portable audio player can be operated and listened to via

Entune Audio
■ Hands-free phone calls can be made via a cellular phone

In order to use wireless communication, register and connect a
Bluetooth® device by performing the following procedures.
■ About Bluetooth®
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are
registered trademarks owned Bluetooth
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by
PIONEER CORPORATION is under
license. Other trademarks and trade
names are those of their respective owners.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-7. Connecting Bluetooth®

383

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

■ Certifications for the Bluetooth (caution)
FCC ID: AJDK068
• This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules and Industry Canada
licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following
two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference, including interference that may
cause undesired operation of this device.
• RF Exposure Compliance: This equipment complies with FCC/IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets
the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines and RSS-102 of the
IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment has very low levels of RF energy that it deemed to comply without maximum permissive
exposure evaluation (MPE). But it is desirable that it should be installed
and operated keeping the radiator at least 20 cm or more away from person's body.
• Co-location: This transmitter must not be co-located or operated in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
• Information to User - Alteration or modifications carried out without appropriate authorization may invalidate the user's right to operate the equipment.
IC ID: 775E-K068
• This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules and Industry Canada’s
licence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference; and (2) This device
must accept any interference, including interference that may cause
undesired operation of the device.
Le présent appareil est conforme aux la partie 15 des règles de la FCC et
CNR d'lndustrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de
licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes: (1)
l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage; (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil
doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage
est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
• This equipment complies with FCC/IC radiation exposure limits set forth
for an uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF)
Exposure Guidelines and RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment has very low levels of RF energy that it
deemed to comply without maximum permissive exposure evaluation
(MPE). But it is desirable that it should be installed and operated keeping
the radiator at least 20 cm or more away from person's body.
Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements
énoncées pour un environnement non contrôlé et respecte les règles les
radioélectriques (RF) de la FCC lignes directrices d'exposition et d'exposition aux fréquences radioélectriques (RF) CNR-102 de I'IC. Cet équipement émet une énergie RF très faible qui est considérée conforme sans
évaluation de l’exposition maximale autorisée. Cependant, cet équipement doit être installé et utilisé en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus
entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps.

384

5-7. Connecting Bluetooth®

Device registration/connection flow
1. Register the Bluetooth® device to be used with Entune
Audio (→P. 386, 387, 388)

2. Connect the Bluetooth® device to be used
(→P. 390)
To be used for audio

To be used for hands-free
phone

3. Start Bluetooth® connection (→P. 390)

4. Check connection status
(→P. 394)

4. Check connection status
(→P. 396)

5. Use Bluetooth® audio
(→P. 394)

5. Use Bluetooth® phone
(→P. 395)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-7. Connecting Bluetooth®

385

Registering and connecting from the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen
To display the screen shown below, press the “SETUP” button and
select “Bluetooth*” on the “Setup” screen.
1 Select to connect the device to

be used with Entune Audio.
(→P. 390)
®
2 Select to register a Bluetooth

device to be used with Entune
Audio. (→P. 388)
3 Select

to
set
Bluetooth® system
(→P. 393)

detailed
settings.

4 Select to delete registered devices. (→P. 389)

*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
5

Audio system

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

386

5-7. Connecting Bluetooth®

Registering a Bluetooth® audio player for
the first time
To use the Bluetooth® Audio, it is necessary to register an audio
player with the system.
Once the player has been registered, it is possible to use the
Bluetooth® Audio.
For details about registering a Bluetooth® device (→P. 388)
®
1 Turn the Bluetooth connection setting of your audio player on.

2 Press the “AUDIO” button.
3 Select “

Audio”.

4 Select “Select Device”.
®
5 Follow the steps in “How to registering a Bluetooth device” from
step 2 . (→P. 388)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-7. Connecting Bluetooth®

387

Registering a Bluetooth® phone for the first
time
To use the hands-free system, it is necessary to register a
Bluetooth® phone with the system.
Once the phone has been registered, it is possible to use the
hands-free system.
For details about registering a Bluetooth® device (→P. 388)
®
1 Turn the Bluetooth connection setting of your cellular phone on.

2 Press the “

” button.

3 Select “OK” to register a phone.
®
4 Follow the steps in “How to registering a Bluetooth device” from
step 3 . (→P. 388)

Audio system

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

388

5-7. Connecting Bluetooth®

Registering a Bluetooth® device
Bluetooth® compatible phones (HFP) and portable audio players
(AVP) can be registered simultaneously. You can register up to 5
Bluetooth® devices.
How to registering a Bluetooth® device
1 Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. (→P. 385)
2 Select “Add”.
3 When this screen is displayed,

search for the device name displayed on this screen on the
screen of your Bluetooth®
device.
For details about operating the
Bluetooth® device, see the manual
that comes with it.
To cancel the registration, select
“Cancel”.
®
®
4 Register the Bluetooth device using your Bluetooth device.

A PIN-code is not required for SSP (Secure Simple Pairing) compatible
Bluetooth® devices. Depending on the type of Bluetooth® device being
connected, a message confirming registration may be displayed on the
Bluetooth® device’s screen. Respond and operate the Bluetooth® device
according to the confirmation message.
5 Check that this screen is dis-

played when
complete.

registration

*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-7. Connecting Bluetooth®

389

6 Select “OK” when the connection status changes from “Connect-

ing...” to “Connected”.
If an error message is displayed, follow the guidance on the screen to try
again.

Registration can be performed from screens other than the
“Bluetooth* Setup” screen.
■ When registering from the “Bluetooth* Audio” screen
1 Display the “Bluetooth* Audio” screen. (→P. 361)
2 Select “Select Device”.
®
3 Follow the steps in “How to registering a Bluetooth device” from
step 2 . (→P. 388)

*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Deleting a Bluetooth® device
1 Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. (→P. 385)
2 Select “Remove”.
3 Select the desired device.

4 A confirmation message will be displayed, select “Yes” to delete the
5 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is

complete.

*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

device.

390

5-7. Connecting Bluetooth®

Connecting a Bluetooth® device
Up to 5 Bluetooth® devices (Phones [HFP] and audio players
[AVP]) can be registered.
If more than 1 Bluetooth® device has been registered, select
which device to connect to.
1 Press the “SETUP” button.
2 Select “Bluetooth*”.
3 Select the device to be con-

nected.
Supported profile icons will be displayed.

1 Phone
2 Audio player
Supported profile icons for currently connected devices will illuminate.
Dimmed icons can be selected to connect to the function directly.

*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Auto connection
To turn auto connection mode on, set “Bluetooth* Power” to on.
(→P. 393)
When you register a phone, auto connection will be activated. Always
set it to this mode and leave the Bluetooth® phone in a place where a
connection can be established.
When Entune Audio is turned to on, the system will search for a nearby
cellular phone you have registered.
Next, the system automatically connects with the most recent of the
phones connected to in the past. Then, the connection result is displayed.

*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-7. Connecting Bluetooth®

391

Manual connection
When auto connection has failed or “Bluetooth* Power” is turned off,
you must connect the Bluetooth® device manually.
®
1 Follow the steps in “Connecting a Bluetooth device” from step 1 .

(→P. 390)

*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Connecting a Bluetooth® audio player


Registering an additional device

®
1 Select “Select Device” on the Bluetooth audio control screen.

2 For more information: →P. 388


Selecting a registered device

®
1 Select “Select Device” on the Bluetooth audio control screen.

2 For more information: →P. 390

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

■ Reconnecting a Bluetooth® phone
If the system cannot connect due to poor signal strength, the system will
automatically attempt to reconnect.
If the system is attempting to connect to a Bluetooth® phone and the
Bluetooth® phone is turned off and then back on, the system will attempt to
reconnect.

392

5-7. Connecting Bluetooth®

Displaying a Bluetooth® device details
You can confirm and change the registered device details.
Bluetooth® device registration status
1 Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. (→P. 385)
2 Select the device.
3 Select “Device Info”.
4 Following screen is displayed:

1 Change device Name
2 Change connection method

(→P. 392)
3 Bluetooth* Address
4 Display your telephone num-

ber
The number may not be displayed depending on the
model of phone.
5 Compatibility profile of the

device
6 Restore default settings

*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Changing connection method
1 Select “Connect Audio Player from”.
2 Select “Vehicle” or “Device”.

“Vehicle”: Connect Entune Audio to the portable audio player.
“Device”: Connect the portable audio player to Entune Audio

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-7. Connecting Bluetooth®

393

Detailed Bluetooth® system settings
You can confirm and change the detailed Bluetooth® settings.
How to check and change detailed Bluetooth® settings
1 Display the “Bluetooth* Setup” screen. (→P. 385)
2 Select “System Settings”.
3 The following screen is displayed:

1 Bluetooth* Power on/off
You can change Bluetooth®
function on/off

2 Change Bluetooth* Name
3 Change PIN-code (→P. 393)
4 Bluetooth* Address
5 Display Phone Status
Select to set the phone connection status display on/off.
Select to set the connection status display of the audio player
on/off.

7 Compatibility profile of the system
8 Restore default settings

*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Editing the Bluetooth* PIN
You can change the PIN-code that is used to register your Bluetooth®
devices in the system.
1 Select “Bluetooth* PIN”.
2 Input a PIN-code, and select “OK”.

*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

6 Display Audio Player Status

394

5-8. Bluetooth® Audio

Listening to Bluetooth® Audio
The Bluetooth® audio system enables the user to enjoy music
played on a portable player from the vehicle speakers via wireless communication.
When a Bluetooth® device cannot be connected, check the connection status on the “Bluetooth* Audio” screen. If the device is not connected, either register or reconnect the device. (→P. 390)

*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.
Status display
You can check such indicators as signal strength and battery charge
on the screen.
1 Connection status
2 Battery charge

Indicators

Conditions

Connection status

Good

Not connected

Full

Empty

Battery charge

Playing Bluetooth® audio
Select

to Play/Pause.

For details on “Bluetooth* Audio” screen operation methods, refer to
Basic Audio Operations. (→P. 354)
For details on how to select a track or album, refer to selecting, fastforwarding and reversing tracks/files/songs. (→P. 363)

*: Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

395

Using a Bluetooth® Phone
The hands-free system is a function that allows you to use your
cellular phone without touching it.
This system supports Bluetooth®. Bluetooth® is a wireless data
system that allows the cellular phone to wirelessly connect to
the hands-free system and make/receive calls.
Before making a phone call, check the connection status, battery
charge, call area and signal strength. (→P. 396)
If a Bluetooth® device cannot be connected, check the connection
status on the phone screen. If the device is not connected, either
register or reconnect it. (→P. 390)
Phone screen
To display the screen shown below, press the off-hook switch on the
steering wheel or the
button.
Several functions are available to operate on each screen that is displayed by selecting the 4 tabs.

1 Device name

Audio system

®
2 Bluetooth connection status

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

396

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

■ Telephone switch (→P. 408)
■ Microphone

The vehicle’s built in microphone is used when talking on
the phone.
The person you are speaking to
can be heard from the front
speakers.
To use the hands-free system,
you
must
register
your
®
Bluetooth phone in the system. (→P. 388)
Status display
You can check indicators such as signal strength and battery charge
on the phone screen.
1 Connection status
2 Signal strength
3 Battery charge

Indicators

Conditions
Good

Poor

Not connected

Connection status
Full

Empty

Battery charge
“Rm”: Roaming area

Call area
Excellent
Signal strength

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Poor

397

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

Making a call
Once a Bluetooth® phone is registered, you can make a call
using the following procedure:
Dialing
1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 395)
2 Select the “Dial Pad” tab and enter a phone number.

To delete the input phone number, select
.
For the first digit, you can enter “+” by selecting “∗” for a while.
3 Press the off-hook switch on the steering wheel or select

Dialing from the contacts list
You can dial a number from the contact data imported from your cellular phone. The system has one contact for each registered phone. Up
to 2500 contacts may be stored in each contact. (→P. 397)
1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 395)

2 Select “Contacts” tab.
4 Choose the number and then press the off-hook switch on the

steering wheel or select

When the contact is empty
You can transfer the phone numbers in a Bluetooth® phone to the system.
Operation methods differ between PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile)
compatible and PBAP incompatible Bluetooth® phones. If the cellular
phone does not support either PBAP or OPP (Object Push Profile)
service, you cannot transfer contacts.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

3 Choose the desired contact to call from the list.

398

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

1 Press the off-hook switch on the steering wheel.

If the phonebook is empty, a message will be displayed.


For a PBAP compatible Bluetooth® phone and “Automatic Transfer”
is off

2 Select the desired item.

1 Select to transfer new con-

tacts from a cellular phone,
select “Always” and then
enable “Automatic Transfer”.
2 Select to transfer all the con-

tacts from a connected cellular phone only once.
3 Select to cancel transferring.


For a PBAP incompatible but OPP compatible Bluetooth® phone

2 Select the desired item.

1 Select to transfer the con-

tacts from the connected cellular phone.
Follow the steps in “Update contacts from phone” from step 2 .
(→P. 411)

2 Select to add a new contact

manually.
Follow the steps in “Registering
a new contact to the contact list”
from step 2 . (→P. 412)

3 Select to cancel transferring.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

399

Calling using favorites list
You can make a call using numbers registered in the contact.
1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 395)
2 Select “Favorites” tab.
3 Select the desired number to make a call.

Dialing from call history
You can make a call using the call history, which has the 3 functions
below.
: calls which you missed
: calls which you received
: calls which you made
1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 395)
2 Select “Call History” tab.
3 Select


When

or the desired entry from the list.
is selected



When the desired contact is selected

4 Select the desired number.
5 Check that the “Call” screen is displayed.

■ Call history list
● If you make a call to or receive a call from a number registered in the contact, the name is displayed in the call history.
● If you make multiple calls to the same number, only the last call made is displayed in the call history.
■ International calls
You may not be able to make international calls, depending on the mobile
phone in use.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

4 Check that the “Call” screen is displayed.

400

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

Receiving a call
When a call is received, the following screen is displayed
together with a sound.
To answer the phone
Press the off-hook switch on the
steering wheel or select
.

To refuse a call
Press the on-hook switch on the steering wheel or select

To adjust the incoming call volume
Turn the “PWR·VOL” knob. You can also adjust the volume using the
steering switches.
■ International calls
Received international calls may not be displayed correctly depending on the
cellular phone in use.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

401

Speaking on the phone
The following screen is displayed when speaking on the phone.

To adjust the call volume
Select “-” or “+”. You can also adjust the volume using the steering
switches or the volume knob.
To prevent the other party from hearing your voice

Select “Mute”.

When using phone services such as an answering service or a bank,
you can store phone numbers and code numbers in the contact.
1 Select “0-9”.
2 Input the number.

■ Release Tones

“Release Tones” appear when a continuous tone signal(s) containing a (w) is registered in the contact list.
1 Select “Release Tones”.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

Inputting tones

402

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

■ Release Tones
● A continuous tone signal is a character string that consists of numbers and
the characters p or w. (e.g.056133w0123p#1∗)
● When the “p” pause tone is used, the tone data up until the next pause tone
will be automatically sent after 2 seconds have elapsed. When the “w”
pause tone is used, the tone data up until the next pause tone will be automatically sent after a user operation is performed.
● Release tones can be used when automated operation of a phone based
service such as an answering machine or bank phone service is desired. A
phone number with continuous tone signals can be registered in the contact
list.
● Tone data after a “w” pause tone can be operated on voice command during
a call.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

403

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

To transfer a call
Select “Handset Mode” to on from a hands-free call to a cellular
phone call.
Select “Handset Mode” to off from a cellular phone call to a hands-free
call.
Transmit volume setting
1 Select “Transmit Volume”.
2 Select the desired level for the transmit volume.
3 Select “OK”.

To hang up
Press the on-hook switch on the steering wheel or select

Call waiting
When a call is interrupted by a third party while talking, an incoming
call message will be displayed.

To refuse the call:
• Press the on-hook switch on
the steering wheel.
• Select
.
Every time you press the off-hook switch on the steering wheel or
select
during call waiting, you will be switched to the other party.
■ Transferring calls
● If you transfer from the cellular phone to hands-free, the hands-free screen
will be displayed, and you can operate the system using the screen.
● Transfer method and operation may vary according to the cellular phone
used.
● For operation of the cellular phone in use, see the phone's manual.
■ Call waiting operation
Call waiting operation may differ depending on your phone company and cellular phone.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

To talk with the other party:
• Press the off-hook switch on
the steering wheel.
• Select
.

404

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

Bluetooth® phone message function
Received messages can be forwarded from the connected
Bluetooth® phone, enabling checking and replying using Entune
Audio.
Depending on the type of Bluetooth® phone connected, received
messages may not be transferred to the message inbox.
If the phone does not support the message function, this function cannot be used.
Displaying message inbox screen
1 Press
2 Select

.
.

Receiving a message
When an e-mail/SMS/MMS is received, the incoming message screen
pops up with sound and is ready to be operated on the screen.
1 Select to check the message.
2 Select to refuse the message.
3 Select to call the message

sender.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

405

■ Receiving a message
● Depending on the cellular phone used for receiving messages, or its registration status with Entune Audio, some information may not be displayed.
● The pop up screen is separately available for incoming e-mail and SMS/
MMS messages under the following conditions:
E-mail:
• “Incoming E-mail Display” is set to “Full Screen”. (→P. 417)
• “E-mail Notification Popup” is set to on. (→P. 417)
SMS/MMS:
• “Incoming SMS/MMS Display” is set to “Full screen”. (→P. 417)
• “SMS/MMS Notification Popup” is set to on. (→P. 417)

Audio system

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

406

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

Checking the messages
1 Display the message inbox screen. (→P. 404)
2 Select the desired message from the list.
3 Check that the message is displayed.

1 E-mails:

Select
“Mark
Unread” or “Mark Read” to
mark mail unread or read on
the message inbox screen.
This function is available when
“Update Read Status on Phone”
is set to on (→P. 417)

2 Select to make a call to the

sender.
3 Select to have messages read out. To cancel this function, select

“Stop”.
4 Select to display the previous or next message.
5 Select to reply the message.
■ Check the messages
● Depending on the type of Bluetooth® phone being connected, it may be necessary to perform additional steps on the phone.
● Messages are displayed in the appropriate connected Bluetooth® phone’s
registered mail address folder.
Select the tab of the desired folder to be displayed.
● Only received messages on the connected Bluetooth® phone can be displayed.
● The text of the message is not displayed while driving.
● When “Automatic Message Readout” is set to on, messages will be automatically read out. (→P. 417)
● Turn the “PWR·VOL” knob, or use the volume switch on the steering wheel
to adjust the message read out volume.
● The message read out function is available even while driving.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

407

Replying to a message
1 Display the message inbox screen. (→P. 404)
2 Select the desired message from the list.
3 Select “Quick Message”.
4 Select the desired message.
5 Select “Send”.

■ Editing quick reply message
1 Select “Quick Message”.
2 Select

corresponding to the desired message to edit.

3 Select “OK” when editing is completed.

Calling the message sender
Calls can be made to an e-mail/SMS/MMS message sender's phone
number.
1 Display the message inbox screen. (→P. 404)
2 Select the desired message.
3 Select

■ Calling from a number within a message

Calls can be made to a number identified in a message's text area.
1 Display the message inbox screen. (→P. 404)
2 Select the desired message.
3 Select the text area.

corresponding to the desired number.

5 Check that the “Call” screen is displayed.

■ Calling from the incoming message screen

→P. 403

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

4 Check that the “Call” screen is displayed.

4 Select

408

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

Using the steering wheel switches
The steering wheel switches can be used to operate a connected
cellular phone.
Operating a telephone using the steering wheel switches
1 Volume switch

• Increase/Decrease the volume
• Press and hold:
Continuously
increase/
decrease the volume
2 On hook switch

• End a call
• Refuse a call
3 Off hook switch

• Make a call
• Receive a call
• Display “Phone” screen

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

409

Bluetooth® phone settings
You can adjust the hands-free system to your desired settings.
“Phone/Message Settings” screen
To display the screen shown below, press the “SETUP” button, and
select “Phone” on the “Setup” screen.
1 Set the phone connection

(→P. 388)
2 Setting the sound (→P. 409)
13 Contact/Call History Settings

(→P. 410)
14 Set the message settings

(→P. 417)
5 Set the phone display

(→P. 418)

Sound setting
2 Select “Sound Settings” on the “Phone/Message Settings” screen.

1 Set the desired ringtone.
2 Adjust the ringtone volume.
13 Adjust the message readout

volume.
4 Set the desired incoming

SMS/MMS tone.
5 Adjust the incoming SMS/

MMS tone volume.
6 Set the incoming e-mail tone.
7 Adjust the incoming e-mail

tone volume.
8 Adjust the default volume of the other party's voice.
■ To return to the default volume settings
Select “Default”, and then “Yes”.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

1 Display the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. (→P. 409)

410

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

Contact/Call History Settings
The contact can be transferred from a Bluetooth® phone to the system. The contact also can be added, edited and deleted.
The call history can be deleted and contact and favorites can be
changed.
1 Display the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. (→P. 409)
2 Select “Contact/Call History Settings”.
3 Select the desired item to be set.

1 For

PBAP
compatible
Bluetooth® phones, select to
set “Automatic Transfer” on/
off. When set to on, the
phone’s contact data and history are automatically transferred.

2 Select to update contacts

from the connected phone.
(→P. 411)
3 Select to sort contacts by the

first name or last name field.
4 Select to add contacts to the favorites list. (→P. 414)
5 Select to delete contacts from the favorites list. (→P. 416)
6 Select to display contact images.
7 Select to clear contacts from the call history.*
8 Select to add new contacts to the contact list.* (→P. 412)
9 Select to edit contacts in the contact list.* (→P. 413)
10 Select to delete contacts from the contact list.* (→P. 414)
11 Select to reset all setup items.

*: For PBAP compatible Bluetooth® phones only, this function is available
when “Automatic Transfer” is set to off.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

411

Update contacts from phone
Operation methods differ between PBAP compatible and PBAP
incompatible but OPP compatible Bluetooth® phones.
If your cellular phone is neither PBAP nor OPP compatible, the contacts cannot be transferred.
■ For PBAP Compatible Bluetooth® Phones
1 Select “Update Contacts from Phone”.
2 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera-

tion is complete.
This operation may be unnecessary depending on the type of cellular
phone.
Depending on the type of cellular phone, OBEX authentication may be
required when transferring contact data. Enter “1234” into the
Bluetooth® phone.
If another Bluetooth® device is connected when transferring contact
data, depending on the phone, the connected Bluetooth® device may
need to be disconnected.
Depending on the type of Bluetooth® phone being connected, it may be
necessary to perform additional steps on the phone.

Phones
1 Select “Update Contacts from Phone”.
®
2 Transfer the contact data to the system using a Bluetooth

phone.
This operation may be unnecessary depending on the type of cellular
phone.
Depending on the type of cellular phone, OBEX authentication may be
required when transferring contact data. Enter “1234” into the
Bluetooth® phone.
To cancel this function, select “Cancel”.
3 Select “Done” when it appears on the screen.
4 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera-

tion is complete.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

■ For PBAP Incompatible but OPP compatible Bluetooth®

412

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

■ Updating the contacts in a different way (From the “Call His-

tory” screen)
For PBAP compatible Bluetooth® phones, this function is available
when “Automatic Transfer” is set to off. (→P. 410)
1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 395)
2 Select the “Call History” tab and select a contact not yet regis-

tered in the contact list.
3 Select “Update Contact”.
4 Select the desired contact.
5 Select a phone type for the phone number.

Registering a new contact to the contact list
New contact data can be registered. Up to 4 numbers per person can
be registered. For PBAP compatible Bluetooth® phones, this function
is available when “Automatic Transfer” is set to off. (→P. 410)
1 Select “New Contact”.
2 Enter the name and select “OK”.
3 Enter the phone number and select “OK”.
4 Select the phone type for the phone number.
5 To add another number to this contact, select “Yes”.

■ Registering a new contact in a different way (From the “Call

History” screen)
1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 395)
2 Select the “Call History” tab and select a contact not yet regis-

tered in the contact list.
3 Select “Add to Contacts”.
4 Follow the steps in “Registering a new contact to the contact list”

from step 3 . (→P. 412)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

413

Editing the contact data
For PBAP compatible Bluetooth® phones, this function is available
when “Automatic Transfer” is set to off. (→P. 410)
1 Select “Edit Contacts”.
2 Select the desired contact.
3 Select


corresponding to the desired name or number.

For editing the name

4 Follow the steps in “Registering a new contact to the contact list”
from step 3 . (→P. 412)


For editing the number

4 Follow the steps in “Registering a new contact to the contact list”

from step 4 . (→P. 412)
■ Editing the contacts in a different way (From the “Contact

Details” screen)
1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 395)
2 Select the “Contacts”, “Call History” tab or the “Favorites” tab and

select the desired contact.
“E-mail Addresses”: Select to display all registered e-mail addresses for
the contact.
4 Follow the steps in “Editing the contact data” from step 4 .

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

3 Select “Edit Contact”.

414

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

Deleting the contact data
For PBAP compatible Bluetooth® phones, this function is available
when “Automatic Transfer” is set to off. (→P. 410)
1 Select “Delete Contacts”.
2 Select the desired contact and select “Delete”.
13 Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears.

■ Deleting the contact in a different way (From the “Contact

Details” screen)
1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 395)
2 Select the “Contacts”, “Call History” tab or the “Favorites” tab and

select the desired contact.
3 Select “Edit Contact”.
4 Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears.

Favorites list setting
Up to 15 contacts (maximum of 4 numbers per contact) can be registered in the favorites list.
■ Registering the contacts in the favorites list
1 Select “Add Favorite”.
2 Select the desired contact to add to the favorites list.

Dimmed contacts are already stored as a favorite.
3 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera-

tion is complete.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-9. Bluetooth® phone


415

When 15 contacts have already been registered to the favorites list

1 When 15 contacts have already been registered to the favorites list,

a registered contact needs to be replaced.
Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears to replace a
contact.
2 Select the contact to be replaced.
3 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is

complete.


Registering contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the
“Contacts” screen)

1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 395)
2 Select the “Contacts” tab.
3 Select

at the beginning of the desired contact list name to be
registered in the favorites list.
When selected,
favorites list.



is changed to

, and the contact is registered in the

Registering contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the
“Contact Details” screen)

2 Select the “Contacts” tab or the “Call History” tab and select the

desired contact.
3 Select “Add Favorite”.
4 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the operation is

complete.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 395)

416

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

■ Deleting the contacts in the favorites list
1 Select “Remove Favorite”.
2 Select the desired contacts and select “Remove”.
3 Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears.
4 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera-

tion is complete.


Deleting contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the
“Contacts” screen)

1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 395)
2 Select the “Contacts” tab.
3 Select

at the beginning of the contact list name to be deleted
from the favorites. list.
When selected,
list.



is changed to

, and the data is deleted from the

Deleting contacts in the favorites list in a different way (from the
“Contact Details” screen)

1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 395)
2 Select the “Contacts”, “Call History” tab or the “Favorites” tab and

select the desired contact to delete.
3 Select “Remove Favorite”.
4 Select “Yes” when the confirmation screen appears.
5 Check that a confirmation screen is displayed when the opera-

tion is complete.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

417

Message Settings
1 Display the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. (→P. 409)
2 Select “Messaging Settings”.
3 Select the desired item to be set.

1 Set

message

2 Set

message

automatic
transfer on/off.
automatic
readout on/off.

3 Set the SMS/MMS notifica-

tion popup on/off.
4 Set the e-mail notification

popup on/off.
5 Set adding the vehicle signa-

ture to outgoing messages
on/off.
6 Set updating message read status on phone on/off.

7 Change the incoming SMS/MMS display.

8 Change the incoming e-mail display.
“Full Screen”: When an e-mail is received, the incoming e-mail display
screen is the displayed and can be operated on the screen.
“Drop-Down”: When an e-mail is received, a message is displayed on
the upper side of the screen.

9 Set display of messaging account names on the inbox tab on/off.
When set to on, messaging account names used on the cellular phone
will be displayed.
■ To return to the default volume settings
Select “Default”, and then “Yes”.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

“Full Screen”: When an SMS/MMS message is received, the incoming
SMS/MMS display screen is displayed and can be operated on the
screen.
“Drop-Down”: When an SMS/MMS message is received, a message is
displayed on the upper side of the screen.

418

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

■ Displaying the “Messaging Settings” screen in a different way
1 Display the phone screen. (→P. 395)
2 Select

3 Select “Settings”.

Phone Display Settings
1 Display the “Phone/Message Settings” screen. (→P. 409)
2 Select “Phone Display Settings”.
3 Select the desired item to be set.

1 Change the incoming call

display.
“Full Screen”: When a call is
received, the hands-free screen
is displayed and can be operated on the screen.
“Drop-Down”: A message is displayed on the upper side of the
screen.

2 Set display of the contact/

history transfer completion
message on/off.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-9. Bluetooth® phone

419

What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
If there is a problem with the hands-free system or a Bluetooth®
device, first check the table below.


When using the hands-free system with a Bluetooth® device

The hands-free system or Bluetooth® device does not work.
The connected device may not be a compatible Bluetooth® cellular phone.
→ For a list of specific devices which operation has been confirmed
on this system, check with your Toyota dealer or the following website: http://www.toyota.com/entune.html
The Bluetooth® version of the connected cellular phone may be older than
the specified version.
→ Use a cellular phone with Bluetooth® version 2.0 or higher (recommended: Ver. 3.0 with EDR or higher). (→P. 423)

Audio system

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

420


5-9. Bluetooth® phone

When registering/connecting a cellular phone

A cellular phone cannot be registered.
An incorrect passcode was entered on the cellular phone.
→ Enter the correct passcode on the cellular phone.
The registration operation has not been completed on the cellular phone
side.
→ Complete the registration operation on the cellular phone (approve
registration on the phone).
Old registration information remains on either this system or the cellular
phone.
→ Delete the existing registration information from both this system
and the cellular phone, then register the cellular phone you wish to
connect to this system. (→P. 389)
A Bluetooth® connection cannot be made.
Another Bluetooth® device is already connected.
→ Manually connect the cellular phone you wish to use to this system. (→P. 391)
Bluetooth® function is not enabled on the cellular phone.
→ Enable the Bluetooth® function on the cellular phone.
“Please check your device settings.” message is displayed.
Bluetooth® function is not enabled on the cellular phone.
→ Enable the Bluetooth® function on the cellular phone.
Old registration information remains on either this system or the cellular
phone.
→ Delete the existing registration information from both this system
and the cellular phone, then register the cellular phone you wish to
connect to this system. (→P. 389)


When making/receiving a call

A call cannot be made/received.
Your vehicle is in a “Out of cellular service area. Please try again later.”
area.
→ Move to where “Out of cellular service area. Please try again later.”
no longer appears on the display.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-9. Bluetooth® phone


421

When using the phonebook

Phonebook data cannot be transferred manually/automatically.
The profile version of the connected cellular phone may not be compatible
with transferring phonebook data.
→ For a list of specific devices which operation has been confirmed
on this system, check with your Toyota dealer or the following website: http://www.toyota.com/entune.html
Automatic phonebook transfer function on this system is set to off.
→ Set automatic phonebook transfer function on this system to on.
(→P. 410)
Passcode has not been entered on the cellular phone.
→ Enter the passcode on the cellular phone if requested (default passcode: 1234).
Transfer operation on the cellular phone has not completed.
→ Complete transfer operation on the cellular phone (approve transfer operation on the phone).
Phonebook data cannot be edited.
Automatic phonebook transfer function on this system is set to on.
→ Set automatic phonebook transfer function on this system to off.
(→P. 410)

When using the Bluetooth® message function

Messages cannot be viewed.
Message transfer is not enabled on the cellular phone.
→ Enable message transfer on the cellular phone (approve message
transfer on the phone).
Automatic transfer function on this system is set to off.
→ Set automatic transfer function on this system to on. (→P. 417)
New message notifications are not displayed.
Notification of SMS/MMS/E-mail reception on this system is set to off.
→ Set notification of SMS/MMS/E-mail reception on this system to on.
(→P. 417)
Automatic message transfer function is not enabled on the cellular phone.
→ Enable automatic transfer function on the cellular phone.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system



422


5-9. Bluetooth® phone

In other situations

Even though all conceivable measures have been taken, the symptom status does not change.
The cellular phone is not close enough to this system.
→ Bring the cellular phone closer to this system.
The cellular phone is the most likely cause of the symptom.
→ Turn the cellular phone off, remove and reinstall the battery pack,
and then restart the cellular phone.
→ Enable the cellular phone’s Bluetooth® connection.
→ Stop the cellular phone’s security software and close all applications.
→ Before using an application installed on the cellular phone, carefully check its source and how its operation might affect this system.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-10. Bluetooth®

423

Bluetooth®

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

■ When using the Bluetooth® audio system
● In the following conditions, the system may not function.
• If the portable audio player is turned off
• If the portable audio player is not connected
• If the portable audio player’s battery is low
● There may be a delay if a cellular phone connection is made during
Bluetooth® audio play.
● Depending on the type of portable audio player that is connected to the system, operation may differ slightly and certain functions may not be available.
■ When using the hands-free system
● Entune Audio is muted when making a call.
● If both parties speak at the same time, it may be difficult to hear.
● If the received call volume is overly loud, an echo may be heard.
If the Bluetooth® phone is too close to the system, quality of the sound may
deteriorate and connection status may deteriorate.
● In the following circumstances, it may be difficult to hear the other party:
• When driving on unpaved roads
• When driving at high speeds
• If a roof or window is open
• If the air conditioning is blowing directly on the microphone
• If there is interference from the network of the cellular phone
■ Conditions under which the system will not operate
● If using a cellular phone that does not support Bluetooth®
● If the cellular phone is turned off
● If you are outside of cellular phone service coverage
● If the cellular phone is not connected
● If the cellular phone’s battery is low
● When outgoing calls are controlled, due to heavy traffic on telephone lines,
etc.
● When the cellular phone itself cannot be used
● When transferring contact data from the cellular phone

424

5-10. Bluetooth®

■ Bluetooth® antenna
The antenna is built into the display.
If the portable audio player is behind the seat or in the glove box or console
box, or is touching or covered by metal objects, the connection status may
deteriorate.
If the cellular phone is behind the seat or in the console box, or touching or
covered by metal objects, the connection status may deteriorate.
■ Battery charge/signal status
● This display may not correspond exactly with the portable audio player or
cellular phone itself.
● This system does not have a charging function.
● The portable audio player or cellular phone battery will be depleted quickly
when the device is connected to Bluetooth®.
■ When using the Bluetooth® audio and hands-free system at the same
time
The following problems may occur.
● The Bluetooth® audio connection may be interrupted.
● Noise may be heard during Bluetooth® audio playback.
■ About the contact in this system
The following data is stored for every registered cellular phone. When
another phone is connecting, you cannot read the registered data.
● Contact data
● Call history
● Favorite
● Message
When removing a Bluetooth® phone from the system, the above-mentioned
data is also deleted.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-10. Bluetooth®

425

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

■ Compatible models
The Bluetooth® audio system supports portable audio players with the following specifications
● Bluetooth® specifications:
Ver. 2.0, or higher (Recommended: Ver. 3.0+EDR or higher)
● Profiles:
• A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile) Ver. 1.0, or higher
(Recommended: Ver. 1.2 or higher)
This is a profile to transmit stereo audio or high quality sound to Entune
Audio.
• AVRCP (Audio/Video Remote Control Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher
(Recommended: Ver. 1.4 or higher)
This is a profile to allow remote control the A/V equipment.
However, please note that some functions may be limited depending on the
type of portable audio player connected.
The hands-free system supports cellular phones with the following specifications.
● Bluetooth® specification:
Ver. 2.0 or higher (Recommended: Ver. 3.0+EDR or higher)
● Profiles:
• HFP (Hands Free Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher (Recommended: Ver. 1.6 or
higher)
This is a profile to allow hands-free phone calls using a cellular phone or
head set. It has outgoing and incoming call functions.
• OPP (Object Push Profile) Ver. 1.1 or higher (Recommended: Ver. 1.2)
This is a profile to transfer contact data. When a Bluetooth® compatible
cellular phone has both PBAP and OPP, OPP cannot be used.
• PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile) Ver. 1.0 or higher (Recommended:
Ver. 1.1)
This is a profile to transfer contact data.
• MAP (Message Access Profile) Ver.1.0 or higher
This is a profile to using phone message.
If the cellular phone does not support HFP, you cannot register it with the
hands-free system. OPP, PBAP or MAP services must be selected individually.

426

5-10. Bluetooth®

■ Reconnecting the portable audio player
If the portable audio player is disconnected due to poor reception, the system
automatically reconnects the portable audio player.
If you have switched off the portable audio player yourself, follow the instructions below to reconnect:
● Select the portable audio player again
● Enter the portable audio player
■ When you sell your car
Be sure to delete your personal data. (→P. 357)
WARNING
■ While driving
Do not use the portable audio player, cellular phone or connect a device to
the Bluetooth® system.
■ Caution regarding interference with electronic devices
● Your audio unit is fitted with Bluetooth® antennas. People with implantable
cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization therapy-pacemakers or
implantable cardioverter defibrillators should maintain a reasonable distance between themselves and the Bluetooth® antennas. The radio waves
may affect the operation of such devices.
● Before using Bluetooth® devices, users of any electrical medical device
other than implantable cardiac pacemakers, cardiac resynchronization
therapy-pacemakers or implantable cardioverter defibrillators should consult the manufacturer of the device for information about its operation
under the influence of radio waves. Radio waves could have unexpected
effects on the operation of such medical devices.

NOTICE
■ When leaving the vehicle
Do not leave your portable audio player or cellular phone in the vehicle. The
inside of the vehicle may become hot, causing damage to the portable
audio player or cellular phone.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-11. Using the voice command system

427

Voice command system
The voice command system enables the hands-free system to
be operated using voice commands.
Operations of the voice command system can be performed by
selecting the menu corresponding to each function on the
screen. Even if any menu is selected, commands displayed on
all menus can be operated.
Using the voice command system
1 Press the talk switch.

tion.
2 Select to start the voice rec-

ognition tutorial.

2 Select “OK” and say the desired command.

On the list screen, you can select the desired command.
To cancel the voice command system, press and hold the talk switch.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

1 Select to train voice recogni-

428

5-11. Using the voice command system

■ Microphone
→P. 396
■ When using the microphone
● It is unnecessary to speak directly into the microphone when giving a command.
● When “Voice Prompt Interrupt” set to on, it is not necessary to wait for the
confirmation beep before speaking a command. (→P. 360)
● Voice commands may not be recognized if:
• Spoken too quickly.
• Spoken at a low or high volume.
• The roof or windows are open.
• Passengers are talking while voice commands are spoken.
• The air conditioning speed is set high.
• The air conditioning vents are turned towards the microphone.
● In the following conditions, the system may not recognize the command
properly and using voice commands may not be possible:
• The command is incorrect or unclear. Note that certain words, accents or
speech patterns may be difficult for the system to recognize.
• There is excessive background noise, such as wind noise.

Casual speech recognization
Due to natural language speech recognition technology, this system
enables recognition of a command when spoken naturally. However,
the system cannot recognize every variation of each command.
In some situations, it is possible to omit the command for the procedure and directly state the desired operation.
Not all voice commands are displayed in the short cut menu.
This function is available in English, Spanish and French.
■ Expression examples for each function
Command
“Call
”

Expression examples

Get me .
Dial on his phone.

“Dial ”

Dial <3334445555>.
Ring <3334445555>.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-11. Using the voice command system

429

Command list
Some recognizable voice commands and their actions are shown
below as examples.


Basic
Command

Action

“Help”

Prompts voice guidance to offer examples of commands or operation methods

“Go Back”

Returns to the previous screen



Phone
Command

Action

“Redial”

Places a call to the phone number of the latest outgoing call

“Call Back”

Places a call to the phone number of latest incoming
call

“Show
Calls”

Recent

Displays the call history screen

“Call Place a call to the said phone type of the contact from
”
the phone book

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Audio system

“Dial ”

430

5-11. Using the voice command system

Mobile Assistant
The Mobile Assistant feature will activate Apple’s Siri® Eyes Free
mode via the steering wheel switches. To operate the Mobile Assistant, a compatible cellular phone must be registered and connected to
this system via Bluetooth®. (→P. 388)
1 Press and hold the off-hook on

the steering wheel until you
hear the beeps.

2 The Mobile Assistant can be

used only when the following
screen is displayed.
To cancel the Mobile Assistant,
select “Cancel”, or press and hold
the off-hook on the steering wheel.
To restart the Mobile Assistant for
additional commands, press the
off-hook on the steering wheel.
• Mobile Assistant can only be restarted after the system responds to a
voice command.
• After some phone and music commands, the Mobile Assistant feature will
automatically end to complete the requested action.
■ Adjusting the Mobile Assistant volume

The volume of the Mobile Assistant can be adjusted using the
“PWR·VOL” knob or steering wheel volume switches. The Mobile
Assistant and phone call volumes are synchronized.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5-11. Using the voice command system

431

■ Notes about Mobile Assistant
● The available features and functions may vary based on the iOS version
installed on the connected device.
● Some Siri features are limited in Eyes Free mode. If you attempt to use an
unavailable function, Siri will inform you that the function is not available.
● If Siri is not enabled on the cellular phone connected via Bluetooth®, an
error message will be displayed on the screen.
● While a phone call is active, the Mobile Assistant cannot be used.
● If using the navigation feature of the cellular phone, ensure the active audio
source is Bluetooth® audio or iPod in order to hear turn by turn direction
prompts.

Audio system

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

432

5-11. Using the voice command system

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

433

Interior features

6-4. Using the other
interior features
Other interior features ....... 461

6-2. Using the interior
lights
Interior lights list ................ 447

• Power outlets ................ 464

• Interior lights ................. 448

• Armrest ......................... 469

• Personal lights .............. 448

• Coat hooks.................... 470

6-3. Using the storage
features
List of storage features ..... 449

• Assist grips ................... 470

• Glove box...................... 450
• Console box.................. 450
• Bottle holders................ 451
• Cup holders .................. 452
• Auxiliary boxes.............. 454
• Open tray ...................... 455
Luggage compartment
features ........................... 456

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

• Sun visors ..................... 461
• Vanity mirrors................ 461
• Conversation mirror ...... 462
• Clock............................. 462
• Outside temperature
display........................... 463
• USB charging ports....... 466
• Rear sunshades............ 468

• Side table...................... 471
Garage door opener.......... 472
Safety Connect ................. 479
Compass........................... 485

434

6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

Front automatic air conditioning system
Air outlets and fan speed are automatically adjusted according
to the temperature setting.
Air conditioning controls

■ Adjusting the temperature setting

To adjust the temperature setting, turn

clockwise to increase

the temperature and counterclockwise to decrease the temperature.
The temperature for the driver, front passenger and rear seats can be
adjusted separately when:
•
is pressed. (The “SYNC” displays disappear.)
• The front passenger side

dial is turned. (The “PASS SYNC”

display changes to “PASS”.)
• The “∧” or “∨” side of

is pressed. (The “REAR SYNC” display

changes to “REAR”.)
The air conditioning system switches between individual and synchronized modes each time
is pressed.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

435

■ Fan speed setting

To adjust the fan speed, press “∧” on

to increase the fan

speed and “∨” to decrease the fan speed.
Press

to turn the fan off.

■ Changing airflow modes

To change the airflow mode,
press

The air outlets used are
switched each time the button is
pressed.

1 Air flows to the upper body.
2 Air flows to the upper body

and feet.
3 Air flows to the feet.
4 Air flows to the feet and the

windshield
ates.

defogger

oper6

Using automatic mode
Interior features

1 Press

2 Adjust the temperature setting.
3 To stop the operation, press

■ Automatic mode indicator

If the fan speed setting or air flow modes are operated, the automatic mode indicator goes off. However, automatic mode for functions other than that operated is maintained.
Other functions
■ Switching between outside air and recirculated air modes

Press

The mode switches between outside air mode (indicator off) and recirculated air mode (indicator on) each time

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

is pressed.

436

6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

■ Defogging the windshield

Defoggers are used to defog the windshield and front side windows.
Press

Set the outside/recirculated air mode button to outside air mode if the
recirculated air mode is used. (It may switch automatically.)
To defog the windshield and the side windows early, turn the air flow and
temperature up.
To return to the previous mode, press

again when the windshield

is defogged.
■ Defogging the rear window and outside rear view mirrors

Defoggers are used to defog the rear window, and to remove raindrops, dew and frost from the outside rear view mirrors.
Press

The defoggers will automatically turn off after a period of time.
■ Windshield wiper de-icer

This feature is used to prevent ice from building up on the windshield and wiper blades.
Press the switch to turn the system on/off.
The indicator comes on when
the windshield wiper de-icer is
on.
The windshield de-icer will automatically turn off after a period
of time.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

437

Air outlets
■ Location of air outlets

The air outlets and air volume
change according to the
selected airflow mode.

■ Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out-

lets


Front center outlets

Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.

Interior features

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

438

6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger


Front side outlets

Direct air flow to the left or right,
up or down.

1 Closes the vent
Slide the knob to the most outward position.

2 Opens the vent

■ Operation of the air conditioning system in Eco drive mode
In Eco drive mode, the air conditioning system is controlled as follows to prioritize fuel efficiency:
● Engine speed and compressor operation controlled to restrict heating/cooling capacity
● Fan speed restricted when automatic mode is selected
To improve air conditioning performance, perform the following operations:
● Adjust the fan speed
● Turn off Eco drive mode (→P. 234)
■ Using automatic mode
Fan speed is adjusted automatically according to the temperature setting and
the ambient conditions.
Therefore, the fan may stop for a while until warm or cool air is ready to flow
immediately after
is pressed.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

439

■ Fogging up of the windows
● The windows will easily fog up when the humidity in the vehicle is high.
Turning
on will dehumidify the air from the outlets and defog the windshield effectively.
● If you turn

off, the windows may fog up more easily.

● The windows may fog up if the recirculated air mode is used.
■ Windshield fog detection function
When automatic mode is set, the humidity sensor (→P. 440) detects fog on
the windshield and controls the air conditioning system to prevent fog.
■ Outside/recirculated air mode
● When driving on dusty roads such as tunnels or in heavy traffic, set the outside/recirculated air mode button to the recirculated air mode. This is effective in preventing outside air from entering the vehicle interior. During
cooling operation, setting the recirculated air mode will also cool the vehicle
interior effectively.
● Outside/recirculated air mode may automatically switch depending on the
temperature setting or the inside temperature.
■ When the outside temperature exceeds 75°F (24°C) and the air conditioning system is on
● In order to reduce the air conditioning power consumption, the air conditioning system may switch to recirculated air mode automatically. This may also
reduce fuel consumption.
● Recirculated air mode is selected as a default mode when the power switch
is turned to ON mode.
.

■ Ventilation and air conditioning odors
● To let fresh air in, set the air conditioning system to the outside air mode.
● During use, various odors from inside and outside the vehicle may enter into
and accumulate in the air conditioning system. This may then cause odor to
be emitted from the vents.
● To reduce potential odors from occurring:
• It is recommended that the air conditioning system be set to outside air
mode prior to turning the vehicle off.
• The start timing of the blower may be delayed for a short period of time
immediately after the air conditioning system is started in automatic
mode.
■ Air conditioning filter
→P. 537
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. A/C auto switch operation) can be changed.
(Customizable features →P. 666)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

● It is possible to switch to outside air mode at any time by pressing

440

6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

WARNING
■ To prevent the windshield from fogging up
● Do not use

during cool air operation in extremely humid weather.

The difference between the temperature of the outside air and that of the
windshield can cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, blocking your vision.
● Do not place anything on the instrument
panel which may cover the air outlets.
Otherwise, air flow may be obstructed,
preventing the windshield defoggers
from defogging.

■ To prevent burns
● Do not touch the rear view mirror surfaces when the outside rear view mirror defoggers are on.
● Do not touch the glass at lower part of the windshield or to the side of the
front pillars when the windshield wiper de-icer is on.
NOTICE
■ Humidity sensor
In order to detect fog on the windshield, a
sensor which monitors the temperature
of the windshield, the surround humidity,
etc. is installed. (→P. 439)
Follow these points to avoid damaging
the sensor:
● Do not disassemble the sensor
● Do not spray the glass cleaner on the
sensor or subject it to strong impacts
● Do not stick anything on the sensor
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
hybrid system is off.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

441

Rear automatic air conditioning system
Air outlets and fan speed are automatically adjusted according
to the temperature setting.
Air conditioning controls

■ Adjusting the temperature setting

To adjust the temperature setting, press “∧” on

to increase

the temperature and “∨” to decrease the temperature.

■ Fan speed setting

speed and “∨” to decrease the fan speed.
Press

to turn the fan off.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

to increase the fan

Interior features

To adjust the fan speed, press “∧” on

442

6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

■ Changing airflow modes

To change the airflow mode,
press

The air outlets used are
switched each time the button is
pressed.

1 Air flows to the upper body.
2 Air flows to the upper body

and feet.
3 Air flows to the feet.

Using automatic mode
1 Press

2 Adjust the temperature setting.
3 To stop the operation, press

■ Automatic mode indicator

If the fan speed setting or air flow modes are operated, the automatic mode indicator goes off. However, automatic mode for functions other than that operated is maintained.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

443

Air outlets
■ Location of air outlets

The air outlets and air volume
change according to the
selected airflow mode.

■ Adjusting the position of and opening and closing the air out-

lets
Direct air flow to the left or right,
forward or backward.

Slide the knob to the rear-most
position.

2 Opens the vent

NOTICE
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not leave the air conditioning system on longer than necessary when the
hybrid system is off.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

1 Closes the vent

444

6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

Heated steering wheel∗/seat heaters∗/
seat ventilators∗
The heated steering wheel and seat heaters heat the side grips
of the steering wheel and seats, respectively. Seat ventilators
maintain good airflow by blowing air from the seats.
WARNING
● Care should be taken to prevent injury if anyone in the following categories
comes in contact with the steering wheel and seats when the heater is on:
• Babies, small children, the elderly, the sick and the physically challenged
• Persons with sensitive skin
• Persons who are fatigued
• Persons who have taken alcohol or drugs that induce sleep (sleeping
drugs, cold remedies, etc.)
● Observe the following precautions to prevent minor burns or overheating
• Do not cover the seat with a blanket or cushion when using the seat
heater.
• Do not use the seat heaters more than necessary.
NOTICE
● Do not put heavy objects that have an uneven surface on the seat and do
not stick sharp objects (needles, nails, etc.) into the seat.
● To prevent 12-volt battery discharge, do not use the functions when the
hybrid system is off.

∗: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

445

Heated steering wheel
Turn the heated steering wheel
on/off
The indicator light comes on when
the heated steering wheel is operating.
The heated steering wheel will
automatically turn off after about 30
minutes.
■ The heated steering wheel can be used when
The power switch is in ON mode.

Front seat heaters and ventilators
■ Seat heaters

1 Turns the seat heater on
The indicator light comes on.

2 Adjusts the seat temperature
The further you move the dial
forward, the warmer the seat
becomes.

1 Turns the seat heater on
The indicator light comes on.
The higher the number is, the
warmer the seat becomes.

2 Blows air from the seat
The indicator light comes on.
The higher the number is, the
stronger the airflow becomes.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

■ Seat heaters/ventilators

446

6-1. Using the air conditioning system and defogger

■ The seat heaters and seat heaters/ventilators can be used when
The power switch is in ON mode.
■ When not in use
 Seat heaters
Turn the dial fully backward. The indicator light will turn off.
 Seat heaters/ventilators
Set the knob at “0”. The indicator light will turn off.

Second seat heaters
1 Hi
2 Lo
3 Off
The indicator comes on when the
second seat heater is on.

■ The second seat heaters can be used when
The power switch is in ON mode.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-2. Using the interior lights

447

Interior lights list

1 Rear interior/rear personal lights (→P. 448)
2 Ambient lights (if equipped)

3 Front interior/front personal lights (→P. 448)
5 Power switch light
6 Front door courtesy lights

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

4 Outer foot lights (if equipped)

448

6-2. Using the interior lights

Interior lights
1 Turns the lights on/off
2 Turns the lights linked to door

position on/off

Personal lights
Turn the light on/off


Front



Rear

■ Illuminated entry system
The lights automatically turn on/off according to power switch mode, the presence of the electronic key, whether the doors are locked/unlocked, and
whether the doors are opened/closed.
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
If the following lights are left on when the power switch is turned off, the lights
will go off automatically after 20 minutes:
● Interior lights
● Personal lights
● Front door courtesy lights
● Ambient lights (if equipped)
● Power switch light
■ Customization
Settings (e.g. the time elapsed before lights turn off) can be changed.
(Customizable features: →P. 666)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-3. Using the storage features

449

List of storage features

1 Auxiliary boxes

(→P. 454)

4 Bottle holders

(→P. 451)

2 Open tray

(→P. 455)

5 Cup holders

(→P. 452)

3 Glove box

(→P. 450)

6 Console box

(→P. 450)

● Do not leave glasses, lighters or spray cans in the storage spaces, as this
may cause the following when cabin temperature becomes high:
• Glasses may be deformed by heat or cracked if they come into contact
with other stored items.
• Lighters or spray cans may explode. If they come into contact with other
stored items, the lighter may catch fire or the spray can may release
gas, causing a fire hazard.
● When driving or when the storage compartments are not in use, keep the
lids closed.
In the event of sudden braking or sudden swerving, an accident may
occur due to an occupant being struck by an open lid or the items stored
inside.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

WARNING

450

6-3. Using the storage features

Glove box
1 Unlock with the mechanical key
2 Lock with the mechanical key
3 Open (pull lever)

■ Power back door main switch (vehicles with power back door)
The power back door main switch is located in the glove box. (→P. 133)

Console box
To open the console box lids,
press on the knob and slide both
lids.

■ Tray in the console box
The tray slides forward/backward and can
be removed.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-3. Using the storage features

451

Bottle holders
■ Front

■ Rear

WARNING
Do not place anything other than a bottle in the bottle holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking and cause injury.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

■ When using the bottle holder
● When storing a bottle, close the cap.
● The bottle may not be stored depending on its size or shape.

452

6-3. Using the storage features

Cup holders
■ Front

■ Rear (second seats)


Type A

Pull the armrest down.
(→P. 469)



Type B

Fold the side table up for use.
(→P. 471)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-3. Using the storage features

453

■ Rear (third seats)

■ Removing the cup holder insert (front cup holder)
The cup holder insert may be removed for
cleaning.

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

Do not place anything other than cups or aluminum cans in the cup holders.
Other items may be thrown out of the holders in the event of an accident or
sudden braking, causing injury. If possible, cover hot drinks to prevent
burns.

454

6-3. Using the storage features

Auxiliary boxes


Overhead

Push the lid.



Driver’s side instrument panel

Pull the tab to open.

WARNING
■ Items unsuitable for storing (overhead)
Do not store items heavier than 0.4 lb. (0.2 kg).
Doing so may cause the auxiliary box to open and the items inside may fall
out, resulting in an accident.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-3. Using the storage features

455

Open tray

■ Cable pass through
The open tray is provided with a hole that allows cables to be passed through
the tray from the USB/AUX port, USB charging ports or power outlet.
Remove the cover.

WARNING

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

■ Items unsuitable for the open tray
Observe the following precautions when putting items in the open tray. Failure to do so may cause items to be thrown out of the tray in the event of
sudden braking or steering. In these cases, the items may interfere with
pedal operation or cause driver distraction, resulting in an accident.
● Do not store items in the tray that can easily shift or roll out.
● Do not stack items in the tray higher than the tray’s edge.
● Do not put items in the tray that may protrude over the tray’s edge.

456

6-3. Using the storage features

Luggage compartment features
Cargo hooks
Raise the hooks to use.
Cargo hooks are provided for
securing loose items.

Grocery bag hooks

NOTICE
Do not hang any object heavier than 6.6 lb. (3 kg) on the grocery bag hooks.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-3. Using the storage features

457

Center deck under tray
1 Pull the strap upwards to open

the center deck board.

2 To

secure the center deck
board, remove the hook on the
backside of the center deck
board and attach the hook to
the head restraint on the third
seats as shown.

Do not drive with the deck board opened. Items may fall out and cause
injury.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

WARNING

458

6-3. Using the storage features

Luggage cover (if equipped)
■ Installing the luggage cover
1 Fold down the third seats. (→P. 160)
2 To

take out the luggage
cover unit, lift and remove
the center deck board and
side deck board. (→P. 457)

3 Press the lock release but-

tons to extend the ends of
the luggage cover unit.

4 To install the luggage cover

unit, with the lock release
buttons facing upward, insert
one end into the recess, then
compress the other end and
insert it into the other recess.

5 Pull out the luggage cover

and hook it onto the anchors.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-3. Using the storage features

459

■ Removing the luggage cover
1 Release the cover from the

left and right anchors and
allow it to react.

2 Compress the end of the lug-

gage cover and lift up the
luggage cover up.

■ Stowing the luggage cover
1 Open the center deck board and the side deck board. (→P. 457)
2 To store the luggage cover

Store the unit with the lock
release buttons facing up and
the cover portion facing the rear
of the vehicle.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

unit, compress both ends
until they lock.

460

6-3. Using the storage features

WARNING
■ When installing/stowing the luggage cover
Make sure that the luggage cover is securely installed/stowed. Failure to do
so may result in serious injury in the event of sudden braking or a collision.
■ Caution for the luggage cover
● Do not place anything on the luggage cover to avoid death or serious
injury.
● Do not allow children to climb on the luggage cover. Climbing on the luggage cover could result in damage to the luggage cover, possibly causing
death or serious injury to the child.
■ When extending the luggage cover unit
Do not point the luggage cover unit at your face or body, as doing so may
cause injuries if the cover ends extend suddenly.
NOTICE
■ When using the luggage cover
● Do not put heavy items on the luggage cover.
● Install the cover unit in the correct direction so that the lock release button
faces upward.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-4. Using the other interior features

461

Other interior features
Sun visors
1 To set the visor in the forward

position, flip it down.
2 To set the visor in the side posi-

tion, flip down, unhook, and
swing it to the side.
3 To use the side extender, place

the visor in the side position,
then slide it backward.
Vanity mirrors
Open the cover.
The vanity light turns on.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
If the vanity lights remain on for 20 minutes while the hybrid system is off, the
lights will turn off automatically.

462

6-4. Using the other interior features

Conversation mirror
1 Push the lid.

2 Push the lid back up half way.

■ To use the overhead console from the conversation mirror state
Fully close the lid, then open it again. (→P. 454)

Clock
The clock can be adjusted by pressing the buttons.
1 Adjusts the hours
2 Adjusts the minutes

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-4. Using the other interior features

463

■ The clock is displayed when
The power switch is in ACCESSORY or ON mode.
■ When the 12-volt battery is disconnected
The time display will automatically be set to 1:00.

Outside temperature display
The temperature display shows
temperatures within the range of 40°F (-40°C) to 122°F (50°C).

flashes 10 times, and then illuminates.
■ When “--” or “E” is displayed
The system may be malfunctioning. Take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

■ The outside temperature is displayed when
The power switch is in ON mode.
■ Display
In the following situations, the correct outside temperature may not be displayed, or the display may take longer than normal to change:
● When the vehicle is stopped, or moving at low speeds (less than 15 mph
[25 km/h]).
● When the outside temperature has changed suddenly (at the entrance/exit
of a garage, tunnel, etc.)
■ When the outside temperature display flashes
If the outside temperature is 37°F (3°C) or less, the ice warning indicator

464

6-4. Using the other interior features

Power outlets
The power outlet can be used for the following components:
12 V: Accessories that run on less than 10 A
120 VAC: Accessories that use less than 100 W
■ 12 V


Front

Open the lid.



Console box

Open the console box lid
( →P. 450) and open the lid.

■ 120 VAC (if equipped)

Open the lid.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-4. Using the other interior features

465

■ The power outlets can be used when
12 V: The power switch is in ACCESSORY or ON mode.
120 VAC: The power switch is in ON mode.
NOTICE

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

■ To avoid damaging the power outlets
Close the power outlet lids when the power outlets are not in use.
Foreign objects or liquids that enter the power outlets may cause a short circuit.
■ To prevent blown fuses
 12 V
Do not use an accessory that uses more than 12 V 10 A.
 120 VAC
Do not use a 120 VAC appliance that requires more than 100 W.
If a 120 VAC appliance that consumes more than 100 W is used, the protection circuit will cut the power supply.
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not use the power outlet longer than necessary when the hybrid system
is off.
■ Appliances that may not operate properly (120 VAC)
The following 120 VAC appliances may not operate properly even if their
power consumption is under 100 W:
● Appliances with high initial peak wattage
● Measuring devices that process precise data
● Other appliances that require an extremely stable power supply

466

6-4. Using the other interior features

USB charging ports
The USB charging ports are used to supply 2.1 A of electricity at 5 V
to external devices.
The USB charging ports are for charging only. They are not designed
for data transfer or other purposes.
Depending on the external device, it may not charge properly. Refer to
the manual included with the device before using a USB charging
port.
■ Using the USB charging ports


Front



Rear

Open the lid.
■ The USB charging ports can be used when
The power switch is in ACCESSORY or ON mode.
■ Situations in which the USB charging ports may not operate correctly
● If a device which consumes more than 2.1 A at 5 V is connected
● If a device designed to communicate with a personal computer, such as a
USB memory device, is connected
● If the connected external device is turned off (depending on device)
● If the temperature inside the vehicle is high, such as after the vehicle has
been parked in the sun
■ About connected external devices
Depending on the connected external device, charging may occasionally be
suspended and then start again. This is not a malfunction.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-4. Using the other interior features

467

NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the USB charging ports
● Do not insert foreign objects into the ports.
● Do not spill water or other liquids into the ports.
● When the USB charging ports are not in use, close the lids. If a foreign
object or liquid enters a port may cause a short circuit.
● Do not apply excessive force to or impact the USB charging ports.
● Do not disassemble or modify the USB charging ports.
■ To prevent damage to external devices
● Do not leave external devices in the vehicle. The temperature inside the
vehicle may become high, resulting in damage to an external device.
● Do not push down on or apply unnecessary force to an external device or
the cable of an external device while it is connected.
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
Do not use the USB charging ports for a long period of time with the hybrid
system stopped.

Interior features

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

468

6-4. Using the other interior features

Rear sunshades (if equipped)
1 Pull the tab up.

2 Hook the sunshade on to the

anchors.
To lower the sunshade, pull the tab
up slightly to unhook the shade
from the anchors, and lower it
slowly.

NOTICE
To ensure normal operation of the rear sunshades, observe the following
precautions.
● Do not place anything where it may hinder the opening/closing of a sunshade.
● Do not place anything on the rear sunshades.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-4. Using the other interior features

469

Armrest


Type A

Fold down the armrest for use.



Type B

1 Lower the armrest from the

highest position to the lowest
position.

2 Raise

the

To unlock the armrest, lift the armrest to raise it to the highest position.

NOTICE
To prevent damage to the armrest, do not apply too much load on the armrest.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

the armrest
desired angle.

470

6-4. Using the other interior features

Coat hooks
Coat hooks are provided on the
rear assist grips.

WARNING
Do not hang coat hangers or other hard or sharp objects on the hook. If the
SRS curtain shield airbags deploy, these items may become projectiles,
causing death or serious injury.

Assist grips
An assist grip installed on the ceiling can be used to support your
body while sitting on the seat.

WARNING
Do not use the assist grip when getting in or out of the vehicle or rising from
your seat.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the assist grip, do not hang any heavy object or put a
heavy load on the assist grip.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-4. Using the other interior features

471

Side table (if equipped)
Fold the side table up for use.

■ To stowing the side table
To fold down the side table, pull up the
lever to release the lock. Hold the table to
let it lower slowly until you hear a click.

WARNING
6

When not in use, store the side table at the fully lowered position.

To prevent damage to the side table, do not place very heavy objects on it.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

NOTICE

472

6-4. Using the other interior features

Garage door opener∗
The garage door opener can be programmed to operate garage
doors, gates, entry doors, door locks, home lighting systems,
security systems, and other devices.
The garage door opener (HomeLink Universal Transceiver) is manufactured under license from HomeLink.
Programming the HomeLink®
The HomeLink® compatible transceiver in your vehicle has 3 buttons
which can be programmed to operate 3 different devices. Refer to the
programming method below appropriate for the device.
1 Buttons
®
2 HomeLink indicator light

3 Garage door operation indica-

tors

■ Before programming HomeLink®

● During programming, it is possible that garage doors, gates, or
other devices may operate. For this reason, make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door or other devices to
prevent injury or other potential harm.
● It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the remote
control transmitter for more accurate programming.
● Garage door openers manufactured after 1995 may be equipped
with rolling code protection. If this is the case, you will need a
stepladder or other sturdy, safe device to reach the “learn” or
“smart” button on the garage door opener motor.

∗: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-4. Using the other interior features

473

■ Programming HomeLink®
1 Point

the remote control
transmitter for the device 1 to
3 in. (25 to 75 mm) from the
HomeLink® buttons.
Keep the HomeLink® indicator
light in view while programming.



For U.S.A. owner’s

2 Press and hold the Home-

Link® button you want to program and the handheld
transmitter button simultaneously. When the HomeLink®
indicator light changes from
slowly flashing orange to rapidly flashing green (rolling
code) or continuously lit
green (fixed code), release
both buttons.



®
2 With one hand, press and hold the HomeLink button you want

to program. With your other hand, press and release the remote
control transmitter every 2 seconds and repeat this cycle until the
HomeLink® indicator light starts to flash rapidly. Then, release
the buttons.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

Programming an entry gate (for U.S.A. owners)/Programming a
device in the Canadian market

474

6-4. Using the other interior features
®
operation by pressing the newly pro3 Test the HomeLink

grammed button and observing the indicator light:
● If the indicator light is solid/continuous, programming has been
completed and your device should activate when the HomeLink® button is pressed and released.
● If the indicator light blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns
into a solid/continuous light, proceed to the heading “Programming a rolling code system”.
4 Repeat the steps above to program another device for any of the

remaining HomeLink® buttons.

■ Programming a rolling code system
1 Locate the “learn” or “smart”

button on the garage door
opener motor in the garage.
This button can usually be found
where the hanging antenna wire
is attached to the unit. The
name and color of the button
may vary by manufacturer.
Please refer to the owner’s manual supplied with the garage
door opener motor for details.
2 Press and release the “learn”

or “smart” button.
Perform 3 within 30 seconds after performing 2 .

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-4. Using the other interior features

475

3 Press

and hold the programmed HomeLink® button
(located inside the vehicle)
for 2 seconds and release it.
Repeat this sequence (press/
hold/release) up to 3 times to
complete programming.
If the garage door opener motor
activates when the HomeLink®
button is pressed, the garage
door opener motor recognizes
the HomeLink® signal.

■ Enabling 2-way communication with a garage door (only avail-

able for compatible devices)
When enabled, 2-way communication allows you to check the status of the opening and closing of the garage door through indicators
in your vehicle.
2-way communication is only available if the garage door opener
motor used is a compatible device. (To check device compatibility,
refer to the owner’s manual supplied with the garage door opener
motor.)
®
1 Press a programmed HomeLink button to operate a garage

door.
garage door operation has stopped, press the “learn” or “smart”
button on the garage door opener motor. Within 5 seconds of the
establishment of 2-way communication with the garage door
opener, both garage door operation indicators in the vehicle will
flash rapidly (green).
■ Reprogramming a single HomeLink® button

When the following procedure is performed, buttons which already
have devices registered to them can be overwritten:
®
1 With one hand, press and hold the desired HomeLink button.
®
2 When the HomeLink indicator starts flashing, continue to hold

the HomeLink® button and perform “Programming HomeLink®”
from 1 (it takes 20 seconds for the HomeLink® indicator to start
flashing).

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

®
2 Within 1 minute of pressing the HomeLink button, after the

476

6-4. Using the other interior features

Operating HomeLink®
Press the appropriate HomeLink® button. The HomeLink® indicator
light should turn on.
Garage door operation indicators
The status of the opening and
closing of a garage door is shown
by the indicators.
1 Opening
2 Closing
This function is only available if the
garage door opener motor used is
a compatible device. (To check
device compatibility, refer to the
owner’s manual supplied with the
garage door opener motor.)
Color

Status

Orange (flashing)

Currently opening/closing

Green

Opening/closing has completed

Red (flashing)

Feedback signals cannot be received

The indicators can operate within approximately 820 ft. (250 m) of the
garage door. However, if there are obstacles between the garage door
and the vehicle, such as houses and trees, feedback signals from the
garage door may not be received.
To recall the previous door operation status, press and release either
HomeLink® buttons “1” and “2” or “2” and “3” simultaneously for 2 seconds. The last recorded status will be displayed for 5 seconds.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-4. Using the other interior features

477

Erasing the entire HomeLink® memory (all three programs)
Press and hold the 2 outside buttons for 10 seconds until the
indicator
light
HomeLink®
changes from continuously lit
(orange) to rapidly flashing
(green).
If you sell your vehicle, be sure to
erase the programs stored in the
HomeLink® memory.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

■ Programs stored in the HomeLink® memory
● The registered codes are not erased even if the 12-volt battery cable is disconnected.
● If learning failed when registering a different code to a HomeLink® button
that already has a code registered to it, the already registered code is not
erased.
■ Before programming
● Install a new battery in the transmitter.
● The battery side of the transmitter must be pointed away from the HomeLink.
■ Certification for the garage door opener
This device complies with FCC rules part 15 and Industry Canada RSS-210.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference
that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation.
WARNING:
The transmitter has been tested and complies with FCC and IC rules.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the device.
The term “IC:” before the certification/registration number only signifies that
Industry Canada technical specifications were met.

478

6-4. Using the other interior features

Cet appareil est conforme aux normes FCC partie 15 et Industry Canada
RSS-210.
Son fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes: (1) Cet appareil ne doit pas causer d’interférences nuisibles et (2) Cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence qui peuvent être reçues y compris les interférences
pouvant provoquer un fonctionnement indésirable.
AVERTISSEMENT:
L’émetteur a été testé et est conforme aux régles de la FCC et IC. Les changements ou modifications non expressément approuvés par la partie responsable de la conformité pourrait annuler l’autorité de l’utilisateur de faire
fonctionner le dispositif.
Le terme “IC:” devant le numéro de certification / enregistrement signifie seulement que les spécifications techniques d’Industry Canada ont été respectées.
■ For additional programming assistance with your HomeLink® Universal
Transceiver
Visit on the web at www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.
Consultez le site www.homelink.com ou appelez le 1-800-355-3515.
WARNING
■ When programming a garage door or other remote control device
The garage door may operate, so ensure people and objects are out of danger to prevent potential harm.
■ Conforming to federal safety standards
Do not use the HomeLink Compatible Transceiver with any garage door
opener or device that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by
federal safety standards.
This includes any garage door that cannot detect an obstruction object. A
door or device without these features increases the risk of death or serious
injury.
■ When operating or programming HomeLink®
Never allow a child to operate or play with the HomeLink® buttons.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-4. Using the other interior features

479

Safety Connect∗
Safety Connect is a subscription-based telematics service that
uses Global Positioning System (GPS) data and embedded cellular technology to provide safety and security features to subscribers. Safety Connect is supported by Toyota’s designated
response center, which operates 24 hours per day, 7 days per
week.
Safety Connect service is available by subscription on select,
telematics hardware-equipped vehicles.
By using the Safety Connect service, you are agreeing to be
bound by the Telematics Subscription Service Agreement and
its Terms and Conditions, as in effect and amended from time to
time, a current copy of which is available at Toyota.com. All use
of the Safety Connect service is subject to such then-applicable
Terms and Conditions.
■ System components

1 Microphone

2 LED light indicators

Interior features

3 “SOS” button

∗: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

480

6-4. Using the other interior features

■ Services

Subscribers have the following Safety Connect services available:
● Automatic Collision Notification*
Helps drivers receive necessary response from emergency service providers. (→P. 482)

*: U.S. Patent No. 7,508,298 B2
● Stolen Vehicle Location
Helps drivers in the event of vehicle theft. (→P. 483)
● Emergency Assistance Button (SOS)
Connects drivers to response-center support. (→P. 483)
● Enhanced Roadside Assistance
Provides drivers various on-road assistance. (→P. 483)
■ Subscription

After you have signed the Telematics Subscription Service Agreement and are enrolled, you can begin receiving services.
A variety of subscription terms are available for purchase. Contact
your Toyota dealer, call 1-800-331-4331, or push the “SOS” button
in your vehicle for further subscription details.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-4. Using the other interior features

481

■ Safety Connect Services Information
● Phone calls using the vehicle’s Bluetooth® technology will not be possible
during Safety Connect.
● Safety Connect is available beginning Fall 2009 on select Toyota models.
Contact with the Safety Connect response center is dependent upon the
telematics device being in operative condition, cellular connection availability, and GPS satellite signal reception, which can limit the ability to reach the
response center or receive emergency service support. Enrollment and
Telematics Subscription Service Agreement are required. A variety of subscription terms are available; charges vary by subscription term selected.
● Automatic Collision Notification, Emergency Assistance, Stolen Vehicle
Location, and Enhanced Roadside Assistance will function in the United
States, including Hawaii and Alaska, and in Canada. No Safety Connect
services will function outside of the United States in countries other than
Canada.
● Safety Connect services are not subject to section 255 of the Telecommunications Act and the device is not TTY compatible.
■ Languages
The Safety Connect response center will offer support in multiple languages.
The Safety Connect system will offer voice prompts in English and Spanish.
Please indicate your language of choice when enrolling.
■ When contacting the response center
You may be unable to contact the response center if the network is busy.

Interior features

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

482

6-4. Using the other interior features

Safety Connect LED light Indicators
When the power switch is turned to ON mode, the red indicator light
comes on for 2 seconds then turns off. Afterward, the green indicator
light comes on, indicating that the service is active.
The following indicator light patterns indicate specific system usage
conditions:
● Green indicator light on = Active service
● Green indicator light flashing = Safety Connect call in process
● Red indicator light (except at vehicle start-up) = System malfunction
(contact your Toyota dealer)
● No indicator light (off) = Safety Connect service not active
Safety Connect services
■ Automatic Collision Notification

In case of either airbag deployment or severe rear-end collision, the
system is designed to automatically call the response center. The
responding agent receives the vehicle’s location and attempts to
speak with the vehicle occupants to assess the level of emergency.
If the occupants are unable to communicate, the agent automatically treats the call as an emergency, contacts the nearest emergency services provider to describe the situation, and requests that
assistance be sent to the location.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-4. Using the other interior features

483

■ Stolen Vehicle Location

If your vehicle is stolen, Safety Connect can work with local authorities to assist them in locating and recovering the vehicle. After filing
a police report, call the Safety Connect response center at 1-800331-4331 and follow the prompts for Safety Connect to initiate this
service.
In addition to assisting law enforcement with recovery of a stolen
vehicle, Safety-Connect-equipped vehicle location data may, under
certain circumstances, be shared with third parties to locate your
vehicle. Further information is available at Toyota.com.
■ Emergency Assistance Button (“SOS”)

In the event of an emergency on the road, push the “SOS” button to
reach the Safety Connect response center. The answering agent
will determine your vehicle’s location, assess the emergency, and
dispatch the necessary assistance required.
If you accidentally press the “SOS” button, tell the response-center
agent that you are not experiencing an emergency.
■ Enhanced Roadside Assistance

Enhanced Roadside Assistance adds GPS data to the already
included warranty-based Toyota roadside service.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Interior features

Subscribers can press the “SOS” button to reach a Safety Connect
response-center agent, who can help with a wide range of needs,
such as: towing, flat tire, fuel delivery, etc. For a description of the
Enhanced Roadside Assistance services and their limitations,
please see the Safety Connect Terms and Conditions, which are
available at Toyota.com.

484

6-4. Using the other interior features

Safety information for Safety Connect
Important! Read this information before using Safety Connect.
■ Exposure to radio frequency signals

The Safety Connect system installed in your vehicle is a low-power
radio transmitter and receiver. It receives and also sends out radio
frequency (RF) signals.
In August 1996, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC)
adopted RF exposure guidelines with safety levels for mobile wireless phones. Those guidelines are consistent with the safety standards previously set by the following U.S. and international
standards bodies.
● ANSI (American National Standards Institute) C95.1 [1992]
● NCRP (National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement) Report 86 [1986]
● ICNIRP (International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation
Protection) [1996]
Those standards were based on comprehensive and periodic evaluations of the relevant scientific literature. Over 120 scientists, engineers, and physicians from universities, and government health
agencies and industries reviewed the available body of research to
develop the ANSI Standard (C95.1).
The design of Safety Connect complies with the FCC guidelines in
addition to those standards.
■ Certification for Safety Connect
FCC ID: O6Y-CDMRF101
FCC ID: XOECDMRF101B
FCC ID: N7NGTM2
NOTE:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to
the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-4. Using the other interior features

485

Compass∗
The compass on the inside rear view mirror indicates the direction in which the vehicle is heading.
Operation
To turn the compass on or off,
press the button for more than 3
seconds.

Displays and directions
Direction

North

Northeast

East

Southeast

South

Southwest

West

Northwest

Interior features

Display

∗: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

486

6-4. Using the other interior features

Calibrating the compass

The direction display deviates from the true direction determined by
the earth’s magnetic field. The amount of deviation varies according to
the geographic position of the vehicle.
If you cross over a map boundary shown in illustration, the compass will
deviate.
To obtain higher precision or perfect calibration, refer to the following.
■ Deviation calibration
1 Stop the vehicle.
2 Press and hold the button for

6 seconds.
A number (1 to 15) appears on
the compass display.

3 Press the switch and referring to the map above, select the num-

ber of the zone where you are.
If the direction is displayed several seconds after adjustment, the calibration is complete.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

6-4. Using the other interior features

487

■ Circling calibration
1 Stop the vehicle in a place where it is safe to drive in a circle.
2 Press and hold the button for

9 seconds.
“C” appears on the compass
display.

3 Drive the vehicle at 5 mph (8

km/h) or less in a circle until
a direction is displayed.
If there is not enough space to
drive in a circle, drive around the
block until the direction is displayed.

Interior features

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

488

6-4. Using the other interior features

■ Conditions unfavorable to correct operation
The compass may not show the correct direction in the following conditions:
● The vehicle is stopped immediately after turning.
● The vehicle is on an inclined surface.
● The vehicle is in a place where the earth's magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields (underground car park/parking lot, under
a steel tower, between buildings, roof car park/parking lot, near an intersection, near a large vehicle, etc.).
● The vehicle has become magnetized.
(There is a magnet or metal object near the inside rear view mirror.)
● The 12-volt battery has been disconnected.
● A door is open.
WARNING
■ While driving the vehicle
Do not adjust the display. Adjust the display only when the vehicle is
stopped.
■ When doing the circling calibration
Secure a wide space, and watch out for people and vehicles in the neighborhood. Do not violate any local traffic rules while performing circling calibration.

NOTICE
■ To avoid compass malfunctions
Do not place magnets or any metal objects near the inside rear view mirror.
Doing this may cause the compass sensor to malfunction.
■ To ensure normal operation of the compass
● Do not perform circling calibration of the compass in a place where the
earth's magnetic field is subject to interference by artificial magnetic fields.
● During calibration, do not operate electric systems (moon roof, power windows, etc.) as they may interfere with the calibration.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

489

Maintenance and care

7
7-1. Maintenance and care
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle exterior.......... 490
Cleaning and protecting
the vehicle interior........... 494
7-2. Maintenance
Maintenance
requirements ................... 497
General maintenance........ 500
Emission inspection and
maintenance (I/M)
programs......................... 503
7-3. Do-it-yourself
maintenance
Do-it-yourself service
precautions ..................... 504
Hood ................................. 506
Positioning a floor jack ...... 508
Engine compartment......... 509
12-volt battery ................... 517
Tires .................................. 522
Tire inflation pressure ....... 532
Wheels .............................. 535
Air conditioning filter.......... 537
Electronic key battery........ 539
Checking and
replacing fuses................ 541
Light bulbs......................... 545

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

490

7-1. Maintenance and care

Cleaning and protecting the vehicle
exterior
Perform the following to protect the vehicle and maintain it in
prime condition:
● Working from top to bottom, liberally apply water to the vehicle
body, wheel wells and underside of the vehicle to remove any dirt
and dust.
● Wash the vehicle body using a sponge or soft cloth, such as a
chamois.
● For hard-to-remove marks, use car wash soap and rinse thoroughly
with water.
● Wipe away any water.
● Wax the vehicle when the waterproof coating deteriorates.
If water does not bead on a clean surface, apply wax when the vehicle
body is cool.
■ Automatic car washes
● Before washing the vehicle:
• Fold the mirrors.
• Turn off the power back door (if equipped).
Start washing from the front of the vehicle. Make sure to extend the mirrors
before driving.
● Brushes used in automatic car washes may scratch the vehicle surface and
harm your vehicle’s paint.
■ High pressure car washes
● Do not allow the nozzles of the car wash to come within close proximity of
the windows.
● Before using the car wash, check that the fuel filler door on your vehicle is
closed properly.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-1. Maintenance and care

491

■ When using a car wash
If the door handle becomes wet while the electronic key is within the effective
range, the door may lock and unlock repeatedly. In that case, follow the following correction procedures to wash the vehicle:
● Place the key in a position 6 ft. (2 m) or more separate from the vehicle
while the vehicle is being washed. (Take care to ensure that the key is not
stolen.)
● Set the electronic key to battery-saving mode to disable the smart key system. (→P. 148)
■ Aluminum wheels
● Remove any dirt immediately by using a neutral detergent.
● Wash detergent off with water immediately after use.
● To protect the paint from damage, make sure to observe the following precautions.
• Do not use acidic, alkaline or abrasive detergent
• Do not use hard brushes
• Do not use detergent on the wheels when they are hot, such as after driving or parking in hot weather
■ Bumpers
Do not scrub with abrasive cleaners.

Maintenance and care

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

492

7-1. Maintenance and care

WARNING
■ When washing the vehicle
Do not apply water to the inside of the engine compartment. Doing so may
cause the electrical components, etc. to catch fire.
■ When cleaning the windshield (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield
wipers)
Set the wiper switch to off.
If the wiper switch is in “AUTO”, the wipers may operate unexpectedly in the following situations, and may result in
hands being caught or other serious injuries and cause damage to the wiper
blades.

Off

● When the upper part of the windshield where the raindrop sensor is
located is touched by hand
● When a wet rag or similar is held close to the raindrop sensor
● If something bumps against the windshield
● If you directly touch the raindrop sensor body or if something bumps into
the raindrop sensor
■ Precautions regarding the exhaust pipe
Exhaust gasses cause the exhaust pipe to become quite hot.
When washing the vehicle, be careful not to touch the pipe until it has
cooled sufficiently, as touching a hot exhaust pipe can cause burns.
■ Precaution regarding the rear bumper with Blind Spot Monitor (if
equipped)
If the paint of the rear bumper is chipped or scratched, the system may malfunction. If this occurs, consult your Toyota dealer.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-1. Maintenance and care

493

NOTICE

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Maintenance and care

■ To prevent paint deterioration and corrosion on the body and components (aluminum wheels, etc.)
● Wash the vehicle immediately in the following cases:
• After driving near the sea coast
• After driving on salted roads
• If coal tar or tree sap is present on the paint surface
• If dead insects, insect droppings or bird droppings are present on the
paint surface
• After driving in an area contaminated with soot, oily smoke, mine dust,
iron powder or chemical substances
• If the vehicle becomes heavily soiled with dust or mud
• If liquids such as benzene and gasoline are spilled on the paint surface
● If the paint is chipped or scratched, have it repaired immediately.
● To prevent the wheels from corroding, remove any dirt and store in a place
with low humidity when storing the wheels.
■ Cleaning the exterior lights
● Wash carefully. Do not use organic substances or scrub with a hard brush.
This may damage the surfaces of the lights.
● Do not apply wax to the surfaces of the lights.
Wax may cause damage to the lenses.
■ When using an automatic car wash (vehicles with rain-sensing windshield wipers)
Set the wiper switch to the off position.
If the wiper switch is in “AUTO”, the wipers may operate and the wiper
blades may be damaged.
■ When using a high pressure car wash
Do not bring the nozzle tip close to boots (rubber or resin manufactured
cover), connectors or the following parts. The parts may be damaged if they
come into contact with high-pressure water.
• Traction related parts
• Steering parts
• Suspension parts
• Brake parts

494

7-1. Maintenance and care

Cleaning and protecting the vehicle
interior
The following procedures will help protect your vehicle’s interior
and keep it in top condition:
Protecting the vehicle interior
● Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner. Wipe dirty surfaces
with a cloth dampened with lukewarm water.
● If dirt cannot be removed, wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with
neural detergent diluted to approximately 1%.
Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
remaining traces of detergent and water.
Cleaning the leather areas
● Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
● Wipe off any excess dirt and dust with a soft cloth dampened with
diluted detergent.
Use a diluted water solution of approximately 5% neutral wool detergent.

● Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
all remaining traces of detergent.
● Wipe the surface with a dry, soft cloth to remove any remaining
moisture. Allow the leather to dry in a shaded and ventilated area.
Cleaning the synthetic leather areas
● Remove dirt and dust using a vacuum cleaner.
● Wipe it off with a soft cloth dampened with neutral detergent diluted
to approximately 1%.
● Wring out any excess water from the cloth and thoroughly wipe off
remaining traces of detergent and water.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-1. Maintenance and care

495

■ Caring for leather areas
Toyota recommends cleaning the interior of the vehicle at least twice a year to
maintain the quality of the vehicle’s interior.
■ Shampooing the carpets
There are several commercial foaming-type cleaners available. Use a sponge
or brush to apply the foam. Rub in overlapping circles. Do not use water.
Wipe dirty surfaces and let them dry. Excellent results are obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as possible.
■ Seat belts
Clean with mild soap and lukewarm water using a cloth or sponge. Also
check the belts periodically for excessive wear, fraying or cuts.
WARNING
■ Water in the vehicle
● Do not splash or spill liquid in the vehicle, such as on the floor, in the
hybrid battery (traction battery) air vents, and in the luggage compartment.
Doing so may cause the hybrid battery, electrical components, etc. to malfunction or catch fire.
● Do not get any of the SRS components or wiring in the vehicle interior wet.
(→P. 43)
An electrical malfunction may cause the airbags to deploy or not function
properly, resulting in death or serious injury.
■ Cleaning the interior (especially instrument panel)
Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel may reflect
off the windshield, obstructing the driver’s view and leading to an accident,
resulting in death or serious injury.

Maintenance and care

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

496

7-1. Maintenance and care

NOTICE
■ Cleaning detergents
● Do not use the following types of detergent, as they may discolor the vehicle interior or cause streaks or damage to painted surfaces:
• Non-seat portions: Organic substances such as benzene or gasoline,
alkaline or acidic solutions, dye, and bleach
• Seats: Alkaline or acidic solutions, such as thinner, benzene, and alcohol
● Do not use polish wax or polish cleaner. The instrument panel’s or other
interior part’s painted surface may be damaged.
■ Preventing damage to leather surfaces
Observe the following precautions to avoid damage to and deterioration of
leather surfaces:
● Remove any dust or dirt from leather surfaces immediately.
● Do not expose the vehicle to direct sunlight for extended periods of time.
Park the vehicle in the shade, especially during summer.
● Do not place items made of vinyl, plastic, or containing wax on the upholstery, as they may stick to the leather surface if the vehicle interior heats
up significantly.
■ Water on the floor
Do not wash the vehicle floor with water.
Vehicle systems such as the audio system may be damaged if water comes
into contact with electrical components such as the audio system above or
under the floor of the vehicle. Water may also cause the body to rust.
■ When cleaning the inside of the windshield
Do not allow glass cleaner to contact the lens. Also, do not touch the lens.
(→P. 282)
■ Cleaning the inside of the rear window and the rear quarter windows
● Do not use glass cleaner to clean the rear window and the rear quarter
windows, as this may cause damage to the rear window defogger heater
wires or antenna. Use a cloth dampened with lukewarm water to gently
wipe the window clean. Wipe the window in strokes running parallel to the
heater wires or antenna.
● Be careful not to scratch or damage the heater wires or antenna.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-2. Maintenance

497

Maintenance requirements
To ensure safe and economical driving, day-to-day care and regular maintenance are essential. It is the owner’s responsibility to
perform regular checks. Toyota recommends the following maintenance:
General maintenance
General maintenance should be performed on a daily basis. This can
be done by yourself or by a Toyota dealer.
Scheduled maintenance
Scheduled maintenance should be performed at specified intervals
according to the maintenance schedule.
For details about maintenance items and schedules, refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

Do-it-yourself maintenance
You can perform some maintenance procedures by yourself.
Please be aware that do-it-yourself maintenance may affect warranty
coverage.
The use of Toyota Repair Manuals is recommended.
For details about warranty coverage, see the separate “Owner’s Warranty
Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.

Maintenance and care

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

498

7-2. Maintenance

■ Repair and replacement
It is recommended that genuine Toyota parts be used for repairs to ensure
performance of each system. If non-Toyota parts are used in replacement or if
a repair shop other than a Toyota dealer performs repairs, confirm the warranty coverage.
■ Resetting the message indicating maintenance is required (U.S.A. only)
After the required maintenance is performed according to the maintenance
schedule, please reset the message.
To reset the message, follow the procedure described below:
 Using the trip meter
1

Turn the power switch off with the trip meter A reading shown.

While pressing the trip meter reset button (→P. 104), turn the power switch
to the ON mode (do not start the hybrid system because otherwise the
reset mode will be canceled).

Continue to press and hold the button until the trip meter displays “000000”.

 Using the multi-information display
1

While the hybrid system operating, switch the multi-information display to
. (→P. 110)

Select “Maintenance System” on

Select “Yes” on the “Maintenance System” screen.

of the multi-information display.

“Initialization Completed” will be displayed on the multi-information display
when the reset procedure has been completed.
■ Allow inspection and repairs to be performed by a Toyota dealer
● Toyota technicians are well-trained specialists and are kept up to date with
the latest service information. They are well informed about the operations
of all systems on your vehicle.
● Keep a copy of the repair order. It proves that the maintenance that has
been performed is under warranty coverage. If any problem should arise
while your vehicle is under warranty, your Toyota dealer will promptly take
care of it.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-2. Maintenance

499

WARNING
■ If your vehicle is not properly maintained
Improper maintenance could result in serious damage to the vehicle and
possible serious injury or death.
■ Handling of the 12-volt battery
● Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and a wide variety of automobile
components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to
cause cancer and birth defects and other reproductive harm. Work in a
well ventilated area.
● Oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as well as waste produced by
component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. Avoid
exposure and wash any affected area immediately.
● 12-volt battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and
lead compounds which are known to cause brain damage. Wash your
hands after handling. (→P. 517)

Maintenance and care

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

500

7-2. Maintenance

General maintenance
Listed below are the general maintenance items that should be
performed at the intervals specified in the “Owner’s Warranty
Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement/Scheduled Maintenance Guide”. It is recommended that any problem
you notice should be brought to the attention of your Toyota
dealer or qualified service shop for advice.
Engine compartment
Items

Check points

Brake fluid

Is the brake fluid at the correct level? (→P. 515)

Coolant

Is the coolant at the correct level?

Engine oil

Is the engine oil at the correct level? (→P. 510)

Exhaust system

There should not be any fumes or strange
sounds.

Radiator/condenser

The radiator and condenser should be free from
foreign objects.
(→P. 514)

Washer fluid

Is there sufficient washer fluid?

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

(→P. 513)

(→P. 516)

501

7-2. Maintenance

Vehicle interior
Items

Check points

12-volt battery

Check the battery connections.

(→P. 517)

Accelerator pedal

• The accelerator pedal should move smoothly
(without uneven pedal effort or catching).

Hybrid
transmission • When parked on a slope and the shift lever is
“Park” mechanism
in P, is the vehicle securely stopped?

Brakes

• The vehicle should not pull to one side when
the brakes are applied.
• The brakes should work effectively.
• The brake pedal should not feel spongy.
• The brake pedal should not get too close to
the floor when the brakes are applied.

Head restraints

• Do the head restraints move smoothly and
lock securely?

Indicators/buzzers

• Do the indicators and buzzers function properly?

Lights

• Do all the lights come on?

Parking brake

• Does the parking brake move smoothly?
• When parked on a slope and the parking
brake is on, is the vehicle securely stopped?

Seat belts

• Do the seat belts operate smoothly?
• The seat belts should not be damaged.

Seats

• Do the seat controls operate properly?

Steering wheel

• Does the steering wheel rotate smoothly?
• Does the steering wheel have the correct
amount of free play?
• There should not be any strange sounds coming from the steering wheel.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Maintenance and care

Brake pedal

• Does the brake pedal move smoothly?
• Does the brake pedal have appropriate clearance from the floor?
(→P. 645)
• Does the brake pedal have the correct
amount of free play?
(→P. 645)

502

7-2. Maintenance

Vehicle exterior
Items

Check points

Doors

• Do the doors operate smoothly?

Engine hood

• Does the engine hood lock system work properly?

Fluid leaks

• There should not be any signs of fluid leakage
after the vehicle has been parked.

Tires

• Is the tire inflation pressure correct?
• The tires should not be damaged or excessively worn.
• Have the tires been rotated according to the
maintenance schedule?
• The wheel nuts should not be loose.

• The wiper blades should not show any signs
of cracking, splitting, wear, contamination or
Windshield wipers/rear
deformation.
window wiper
• The wiper blades should clear the windshield/
rear window without streaking or skipping.
WARNING
■ If the hybrid system is operating
Turn the hybrid system off and ensure that there is adequate ventilation
before performing maintenance checks.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-2. Maintenance

503

Emission inspection and maintenance (I/M)
programs
Some states have vehicle emission inspection programs which
include OBD (On Board Diagnostics) checks. The OBD system
monitors the operation of the emission control system.
If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on
The OBD system determines that a problem exists somewhere in the
emission control system. Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test and
may need to be repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to service the
vehicle.
Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test in the following situations:
● When the 12-volt battery is disconnected or discharged
Readiness codes that are set during ordinary driving are erased.
Also, depending on your driving habits, the readiness codes may
not be completely set.
● When the fuel tank cap is loose
The malfunction indicator lamp comes on indicating a temporary
malfunction and your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
7

The error code in the OBD system will not be cleared unless the vehicle is driven 40 or more times.
If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
Contact your Toyota dealer to prepare the vehicle for re-testing.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Maintenance and care

When the malfunction indicator lamp still remains on after several driving trips

504

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Do-it-yourself service precautions
If you perform maintenance by yourself, be sure to follow the
correct procedure as given in these sections.
Items

Parts and tools

12-volt
battery
• Grease
condition
• Conventional wrench (for terminal clamp bolts)
(→P. 517)
Brake fluid level
(→P. 515)

• FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703 brake fluid
• Rag or paper towel
• Funnel (used only for adding brake fluid)

• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high
quality ethylene glycol based non-silicate, nonamine, non-nitrite and non-borate coolant with longlife hybrid organic acid technology
Engine/power
For the U.S.A.:
control unit cool“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with
ant level
50% coolant and 50% deionized water.
(→P. 513)
For Canada:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is pre-mixed with
55% coolant and 45% deionized water.
• Funnel (used only for adding coolant)
Engine oil level
(→P. 510)

• “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
• Rag or paper towel
• Funnel (used only for adding engine oil)

Fuses (→P. 541)

• Fuse with same amperage rating as original

Light bulbs
(→P. 545)

• Bulb with same number and wattage rating as original
• Phillips-head screwdriver
• Flathead screwdriver

Radiator and condenser (→P. 514)

• Wrench
⎯

Tire
inflation
• Tire pressure gauge
pressure
• Compressed air source
(→P. 532)
• Water or washer fluid containing antifreeze (for winWasher fluid
ter use)
(→P. 516)
• Funnel (used only for adding water or washer fluid)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

505

WARNING
The engine compartment contains many mechanisms and fluids that may
move suddenly, become hot, or become electrically energized. To avoid death
or serious injury, observe the following precautions.
■ When working on the engine compartment
● Make sure that the “ACCESSORY” or “IGNITION ON” on the multi-information display and the “READY” indicator are both off.
● Keep hands, clothing and tools away from the moving fans and engine
drive belt.
● Be careful not to touch the engine, power control unit, radiator, exhaust
manifold, etc. right after driving as they may be hot. Oil and other fluids
may also be hot.
● Do not leave anything that may burn easily, such as paper and rags, in the
engine compartment.
● Do not smoke, cause sparks or expose an open flame to fuel. Fuel fumes
are flammable.
■ When working near the electric cooling fans or radiator grille
Be sure the power switch is off.
With the power switch in ON mode, the electric cooling fans may automatically start to run if the air conditioning is on and/or the coolant temperature
is high. (→P. 514)
■ Safety glasses
Wear safety glasses to prevent flying or falling material, fluid spray, etc.
from getting in your eyes.
7

NOTICE

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Maintenance and care

■ If you remove the air cleaner filter
Driving with the air cleaner filter removed may cause excessive engine wear
due to dirt in the air.

506

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Hood
Release the lock from the inside of the vehicle to open the hood.
1 Pull the hood lock release lever.

The hood will pop up slightly.

2 Pull up the auxiliary catch lever

and lift the hood.

3 Hold the hood open by inserting

the support rod into the slot.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

507

WARNING
■ Pre-driving check
Check that the hood is fully closed and locked.
If the hood is not locked properly, it may open while the vehicle is in motion
and cause an accident, which may result in death or serious injury.
■ After installing the support rod into the slot
Make sure the rod supports the hood securely preventing it from falling
down onto your head or body.
NOTICE
■ When closing the hood
Be sure to return the support rod to its clip before closing the hood. Closing
the hood with the support rod not clipped could cause the hood to bend.

Maintenance and care

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

508

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Positioning a floor jack
When using a floor jack, follow the instructions in the manual
provided with the jack and perform the operation safely.
When raising your vehicle with a floor jack, position the jack correctly. Improper placement may damage your vehicle or cause
injury.

◆ Front

◆ Rear

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

509

Engine compartment

1 Washer fluid tank (→P. 516)
2 Brake fluid reservoir

(→P. 515)
3 Engine oil filler cap

6 Power control unit coolant

reservoir

(→P. 513)

7 Fuse boxes

(→P. 541)

8 Electric cooling fans

(→P. 511)
4 Engine oil level dipstick
5 Engine coolant reservoir

(→P. 513)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

10 Power

radiator
11 Radiator

(→P. 514)

control unit coolant
(→P. 514)
(→P. 514)

Maintenance and care

(→P. 510)

9 Condenser

510

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Engine oil
With the engine at operating temperature and turned off, check the oil
level on the dipstick.
■ Checking the engine oil
1 Park the vehicle on level ground. After warming up the engine

and turning off the hybrid system, wait more than 5 minutes for
the oil to drain back into the bottom of the engine.
2 Holding a rag under the end,

pull the dipstick out.

3 Wipe the dipstick clean.
4 Reinsert the dipstick fully.
5 Holding a rag under the end,

pull the dipstick out and
check the oil level.
1 Low
2 Normal
3 Excessive
6 Wipe the dipstick and reinsert it fully.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

511

■ Adding engine oil

If the oil level is below or near
the low level mark, add engine
oil of the same type as that
already in the engine.

Make sure to check the oil type and prepare the items needed
before adding oil.
Engine oil selection

→P. 642

Oil quantity
(Low → Full)

1.9 qt. (1.8 L, 1.6 Imp. qt.)

Items

Clean funnel

1 Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counterclockwise.
2 Add engine oil slowly, checking the dipstick.
3 Install the oil filler cap by turning it clockwise.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Maintenance and care

■ Engine oil consumption
A certain amount of engine oil will be consumed while driving. In the following
situations, oil consumption may increase, and engine oil may need to be
refilled in between oil maintenance intervals.
● When the engine is new, for example directly after purchasing the vehicle or
after replacing the engine
● If low quality oil or oil of an inappropriate viscosity is used
● When driving at high engine speeds or with a heavy load, when towing, or
when driving while accelerating or decelerating frequently
● When leaving the engine idling for a long time, or when driving frequently
through heavy traffic

512

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

WARNING
■ Used engine oil
● Used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants which may
cause skin disorders such as inflammation and skin cancer, so care
should be taken to avoid prolonged and repeated contact. To remove used
engine oil from your skin, wash thoroughly with soap and water.
● Dispose of used oil and filters only in a safe and acceptable manner. Do
not dispose of used oil and filters in household trash, in sewers or onto the
ground.
Call your Toyota dealer, service station or auto parts store for information
concerning recycling or disposal.
● Do not leave used engine oil within the reach of children.
NOTICE
■ To prevent serious engine damage
Check the oil level on a regular basis.
■ When replacing the engine oil
● Be careful not to spill engine oil on the vehicle components.
● Avoid overfilling, or the engine could be damaged.
● Check the oil level on the dipstick every time you refill the vehicle.
● Be sure the engine oil filler cap is properly tightened.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

513

Coolant
The coolant level is satisfactory if it is between the “FULL” and “LOW”
lines on the reservoir when the hybrid system is cold.


Engine coolant reservoir

1 Reservoir cap
2 “FULL” line
3 “LOW” line
If the level is on or below the
“LOW” line, add coolant up to the
“FULL” line.



Power control unit coolant reservoir

1 Reservoir cap
2 “FULL” line
3 “LOW” line
If the level is on or below the
“LOW” line, add coolant up to the
“FULL” line.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Maintenance and care

■ Coolant selection
Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or a similar high quality ethylene
glycol based non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and non-borate coolant with
long-life hybrid organic acid technology.
U.S.A.:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deionized water. (Minimum temperature: -31°F [-35°C])
Canada:
“Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and 45% deionized water. (Minimum temperature: -44°F [-42°C])
For more details about coolant, contact your Toyota dealer.
■ If the coolant level drops within a short time of replenishing
Visually check the radiator, hoses, engine/power control unit coolant reservoir
caps, drain cock and water pump.
If you cannot find a leak, have your Toyota dealer test the cap and check for
leaks in the cooling system.

514

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

WARNING
■ When the hybrid system is hot
Do not remove the engine/power control unit coolant reservoir caps.
The cooling system may be under pressure and may spray hot coolant if the
cap is removed, causing serious injuries, such as burns.
NOTICE
■ When adding coolant
Coolant is neither plain water nor straight antifreeze. The correct mixture of
water and antifreeze must be used to provide proper lubrication, corrosion
protection and cooling. Be sure to read the antifreeze or coolant label.
■ If you spill coolant
Be sure to wash it off with water to prevent it from damaging parts or paint.

Radiator and condenser
Check the radiator and condenser and clear away any foreign objects.
If any of the above parts is extremely dirty or you are not sure of their
condition, have your vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
WARNING
■ When the hybrid system is hot
Do not touch the radiator or condenser as they may be hot and cause serious injuries, such as burns.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

515

Brake fluid
■ Checking fluid level

The brake fluid level should be
between the “MAX” and “MIN”
lines on the tank.

■ Adding fluid

Make sure to check the fluid type and prepare the necessary item.
Fluid type

FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 or SAE J1703 brake fluid

Item

Clean funnel

■ Brake fluid can absorb moisture from the air
Excess moisture in the brake fluid can cause a dangerous loss of braking efficiency. Use only newly opened brake fluid.
WARNING

NOTICE
■ If the fluid level is low or high
It is normal for the brake fluid level to go down slightly as the brake pads
wear out or when the fluid level in the accumulator is high.
If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, there may be a serious problem.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Maintenance and care

■ When filling the reservoir
Take care as brake fluid can harm your hands and eyes and damage
painted surfaces.
If fluid gets on your hands or in your eyes, flush the affected area with clean
water immediately.
If you still experience discomfort, see a doctor.

516

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Washer fluid
If any washer does not work or the
warning message appears on the
multi-information
display,
the
washer tank may be empty. Add
washer fluid.

WARNING
■ When adding washer fluid
Do not add washer fluid when the hybrid system is hot or operating as
washer fluid contains alcohol and may catch fire if spilled on the engine, etc.
NOTICE
■ Do not use any fluid other than washer fluid
Do not use soapy water or engine antifreeze instead of washer fluid.
Doing so may cause streaking on the vehicle's painted surfaces, as well as
damaging the pump leading to problems of the washer fluid not spraying.
■ Diluting washer fluid
Dilute washer fluid with water as necessary.
Refer to the freezing temperatures listed on the label of the washer fluid bottle.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

517

12-volt battery
■ Location

The 12-volt battery is located in
the left-hand side of luggage
compartment.

■ Before removing the 12-volt battery cover

Remove the center deck board.

■ Removing the 12-volt battery cover
1 Remove the side deck board.

2 Remove the 12-volt battery

Maintenance and care

cover.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

518

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

3 Remove the clamp cover.

■ Exterior

Make sure that the 12-volt battery terminals are not corroded and
that there are no loose connections, cracks, or loose clamps.
1 Terminals
2 Hold-down clamp

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

519

■ Installing the 12-volt battery cover
1 Install the clamp cover.

2 Install

the 12-volt battery

cover.

3 Install the side deck board.
7

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Maintenance and care

■ Before recharging
When recharging, the 12-volt battery produces hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. Therefore, before recharging:
● If recharging with the 12-volt battery installed on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect the ground cable.
● Make sure the power switch on the charger is off when connecting and disconnecting the charger cables to the 12-volt battery.

520

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ After recharging/reconnecting the 12-volt battery
● The hybrid system may not start. Follow the procedure below to initialize the
system.
1

Shift the shift lever to P.

Open and close any of the doors.

Restart the hybrid system.

● Unlocking the doors using the smart key system may not be possible immediately after reconnecting the 12-volt battery. If this happens, use the wireless remote control or the mechanical key to lock/unlock the doors.
● Start the hybrid system with the power switch in ACCESSORY mode. The
hybrid system may not start with the power switch turned off. However, the
hybrid system will operate normally from the second attempt.
● The power switch mode is recorded by the vehicle. If the 12-volt battery is
disconnected and reconnected, the vehicle will return the power switch
mode to the status it was in before the 12-volt battery was disconnected.
Make sure to turn off the power switch before disconnecting the 12-volt battery. Take extra care when connecting the 12-volt battery if the power switch
mode prior to the battery being disconnected is unknown.
If the system will not start even after multiple attempts, contact your Toyota
dealer.
WARNING
■ Chemicals in the 12-volt battery
The 12-volt battery contains poisonous and corrosive sulfuric acid and may
produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive. To reduce the risk
of death or serious injury, take the following precautions while working on or
near the 12-volt battery:
● Do not cause sparks by touching the 12-volt battery terminals with tools.
● Do not smoke or light a match near the 12-volt battery.
● Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothes.
● Never inhale or swallow electrolyte.
● Wear protective safety glasses when working near the 12-volt battery.
● Keep children away from the 12-volt battery.
■ Where to safely charge the 12-volt battery
Always charge the 12-volt battery in an open area. Do not charge the 12volt battery in a garage or closed room where there is not sufficient ventilation.
■ How to recharge the 12-volt battery
Only perform a slow charge (5 A or less). The 12-volt battery may explode if
charged at a quicker rate.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

521

WARNING
■ Emergency measures regarding electrolyte
● If electrolyte gets in your eyes
Flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If possible, continue to apply water with a sponge or
cloth while traveling to the nearest medical facility.
● If electrolyte gets on your skin
Wash the affected area thoroughly. If you feel pain or burning, get medical
attention immediately.
● If electrolyte gets on your clothes
It can soak through clothing on to your skin. Immediately take off the clothing and follow the procedure above if necessary.
● If you accidentally swallow electrolyte
Drink a large quantity of water or milk. Get emergency medical attention
immediately.
■ When replacing the 12-volt battery
Use a 12-volt battery designed for the vehicle. Failure to do so may cause
gas (hydrogen) to enter the passenger compartment, causing a fire or
explosion.
For replacement of the 12-volt battery, contact your Toyota dealer.
NOTICE
■ When recharging the 12-volt battery
Never recharge the 12-volt battery while the hybrid system is operating.
Also, be sure all accessories are turned off.

Maintenance and care

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

522

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Tires
Replace or rotate tires in accordance with maintenance schedules and treadwear.
Checking tires
Check if the treadwear indicators are showing on the tires. Also check
the tires for uneven wear, such as excessive wear on one side of the
tread.
Check the spare tire condition and pressure if not rotated.

1 New tread
2 Worn tread
3 Treadwear indicator

The location of treadwear indicators is shown by a “TWI” or “Δ” mark,
etc., molded into the sidewall of each tire.
Replace the tires if the treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

523

Tire rotation
Rotate the tires in the order shown.


Vehicles with compact spare
tire

Front



Vehicles with full-size spare
tire

Front

Do not fail to initialize the tire pressure warning system after tire rotation.
To equalize tire wear and extend tire life, Toyota recommends that tire
rotation is carried out at the same interval as tire inspection.

Maintenance and care

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

524

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Tire pressure warning system
Your vehicle is equipped with a tire pressure warning system that uses
tire pressure warning valves and transmitters to detect low tire inflation pressure before serious problems arise.
If the tire pressure drops below a predetermined level, the driver is
warned by a warning light. (→P. 569)

◆ Installing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When replacing tires or wheels, tire pressure warning valves and
transmitters must also be installed.
When new tire pressure warning valves and transmitters are
installed, new ID codes must be registered in the tire pressure
warning computer and the tire pressure warning system must be
initialized. Have tire pressure warning valve and transmitter ID
codes registered by your Toyota dealer. (→P. 526)

◆ Initializing the tire pressure warning system
■ The tire pressure warning system must be initialized in the fol-

lowing circumstances:
● When the tire inflation pressure is changed such as when changing traveling speed or load weight.
When the tire pressure warning system is initialized, the current tire
inflation pressure is set as the benchmark pressure.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

525

■ How to initialize the tire pressure warning system
1 Park the vehicle in a safe place and turn the power switch to off.

Initialization cannot be performed while the vehicle is moving.
2 Adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified cold tire inflation

pressure level. (→P. 646)
Make sure to adjust the tire pressure to the specified cold tire inflation pressure level. The tire pressure warning system will operate
based on this pressure level.
3 Turn the power switch to the ON mode.
4 Press and hold the tire pres-

sure warning reset switch
until the tire pressure warning light blinks slowly 3 times.

5 Wait for a few minutes with the power switch in ON mode and

then turn the power switch off.

Maintenance and care

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

526

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

◆ Registering ID codes
The tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is equipped with a
unique ID code. When replacing a tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter, it is necessary to register the ID code. Have the ID code
registered by your Toyota dealer.
■ When to replace your vehicle’s tires

Tires should be replaced if:
● The treadwear indicators are showing on a tire.
● You have tire damage such as cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to
expose the fabric, and bulges indicating internal damage
● A tire goes flat repeatedly or cannot be properly repaired due to the size
or location of a cut or other damage
If you are not sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.
■ Replacing tires and wheels
If the ID code of the tire pressure warning valve and transmitter is not registered, the tire pressure warning system will not work properly. After driving for about 20 minutes, the tire pressure warning light blinks for 1
minute and stays on to indicate a system malfunction.
■ Tire life
Any tire over 6 years old must be checked by a qualified technician even
if it has seldom or never been used or damage is not obvious.
■ Proper storage of the spare tire
As an improperly stored spare tire may cause damage to the wire cable
that holds it, check that the spare tire is stored properly on a daily basis.
● If the stored spare tire is slanted or

causes a rattle while driving, properly
store the spare tire by following the
tire change procedure correctly
(→P. 596).

• If the spare tire is slanted, the hoist assembly may be stuck in the
wheel opening. If the spare tire rattles while driving, it may not be fully
raised. Lower the spare tire to the ground and make sure that the
hoist assembly is perpendicular to the wheel opening.
• Raise the tire slowly and steadily until a click is heard and the jack
handle skips.
• If the spare tire cannot be lowered, the wire cable may be severed.
Have the vehicle inspected at your Toyota dealer.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

527

■ Routine tire inflation pressure checks

The tire pressure warning system does not replace routine tire inflation
pressure checks. Make sure to check tire inflation pressure as part of
your routine of daily vehicle checks.
■ Maximum load of tire
Check that the number given by dividing the maximum load by 1.10 of the
replacement tire is greater than 1/2 of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings
(GAWR) of either the front axle or the rear axle, whichever is greater.
For the GAWR, see the Certification
Label. For the maximum load of the tire,
see the load limit at maximum cold tire
inflation pressure mentioned on the
sidewall of the tire. (→P. 653)

■ Tire types
● Summer tires

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Maintenance and care

Summer tires are high-speed performance tires best suited to highway
driving under dry conditions. Since summer tires do not have the same
traction performance as snow tires, summer tires are inadequate for
driving on snow-covered or icy roads. For driving on snow-covered
roads or icy roads, the use of snow tires is recommended. When installing snow tires, be sure to replace all four tires.
● All season tires
All season tires are designed to provide better traction in snow and to
be adequate for driving in most winter conditions as well as for use
year-round. All season tires, however, do not have adequate traction
performance compared with snow tires in heavy or loose snow. Also, all
season tires fall short in acceleration and handling performance compared with summer tires in highway driving.
● Snow tires
For driving on snow-covered roads or icy roads, we recommend using
snow tires. If you need snow tires, select tires of the same size, construction and load capacity as the originally installed tires. Since your
vehicle has radial tires as original equipment, make sure your snow
tires also have radial construction. Do not install studded tires without
first checking local regulations for possible restrictions. Snow tires
should be installed on all wheels. (→P. 337)
■ If the tread on snow tires wears down below 0.16 in. (4 mm)
The effectiveness of the tires as snow tires is lost.

528

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Situations in which the tire pressure warning system may not oper-

ate properly
● In the following cases, the tire pressure warning system may not operate
properly.
• If non-genuine Toyota wheels are used.
• A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not an OE (Original Equipment) tire.
• A tire has been replaced with a tire that is not of the specified size.
• Tire chains, etc. are equipped.
• An auxiliary-supported run-flat tire is equipped.
• If a window tint that affects the radio wave signals is installed.
• If there is a lot of snow or ice on the vehicle, particularly around the
wheels or wheel housings.
• If the tire inflation pressure is extremely higher than the specified
level.
• If the spare tire is in a location subject to poor radio wave signal
reception.*
• If a large metallic object which can interfere with signal reception is
put in the luggage compartment.*

*: Vehicles with a full-size spare tire only
● Performance may be affected in the following situations.

• Near a TV tower, electric power plant, gas station, radio station, large
display, airport or other facility that generates strong radio waves or
electrical noise
• When carrying a portable radio, cellular phone, cordless phone or
other wireless communication device
● When the vehicle is parked, the time taken for the warning to start or go
off could be extended.
● When tire inflation pressure declines rapidly for example when a tire has
burst, the warning may not function.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

529

■ The initialization operation
● Make sure to carry out initialization after adjusting the tire inflation pres-

sure.
Also, make sure the tires are cold before carrying out initialization or tire
inflation pressure adjustment.
● If you have accidentally turned the power switch to off during initialization, it is not necessary to press the reset switch again as initialization
will restart automatically when the power switch has been turned to the
ON mode for the next time.
● If you accidentally press the reset switch when initialization is not necessary, adjust the tire inflation pressure to the specified level when the
tires are cold, and conduct initialization again.
■ When initialization of the tire pressure warning system has failed
Initialization can be completed in a few minutes. However, in the following
cases, the settings have not been recorded and the system will not operate properly. If repeated attempts to record tire inflation pressure settings
are unsuccessful, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.
● When operating the tire pressure warning reset switch, the tire pressure
warning light does not blink 3 times.
● After carrying out the initialization procedure, the tire pressure warning
light blinks for 1 minute then stays on after driving for 20 minutes.

Maintenance and care

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

530

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Tire pressure warning system certification

FCC ID: PAXPMVC010
NOTE:
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject
to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received,
including interference that may cause undesired operation.
FCC WARNING:
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
NOTE:
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may
not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference,
including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
NOTE:
L’utilisation de ce dispositif est autorisée seulement aux deux conditions
suivantes : (1) il ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l’utilisateur du
dispositif doit être prêt à accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique reçu,
même si ce brouillage est susceptible de compromettre le fonctionnement du dispositif.
WARNING
■ When inspecting or replacing tires

Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents.
Failure to do so may cause damage to parts of the drive train as well as
dangerous handling characteristics, which may lead to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.
● Do not mix tires of different makes, models or tread patterns.
Also, do not mix tires of remarkably different treadwear.
● Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended by Toyota.
● Do not mix differently constructed tires (radial, bias-belted or bias-ply
tires).
● Do not mix summer, all season and snow tires.
● Vehicles with a compact spare tire: Do not tow if your vehicle has a
compact spare tire installed.
■ When initializing the tire pressure warning system
Do not operate the tire pressure warning reset switch without first
adjusting the tire inflation pressure to the specified level. Otherwise, the
tire pressure warning light may not come on even if the tire inflation
pressure is low, or it may come on when the tire inflation pressure is
actually normal.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

531

NOTICE
■ Repairing or replacing tires, wheels, tire pressure warning valves,

transmitters and tire valve caps
● When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may be damaged if not handled
correctly.
● Make sure to install the tire valve caps. If the tire valve caps are not
installed, water could enter the tire pressure warning valves and the
tire pressure warning valves could be bound.
● When replacing tire valve caps, do not use tire valve caps other than
those specified. The cap may become stuck.
■ To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is
used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon
as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter when replacing the tire. (→P. 524)
■ Driving on rough roads
Take particular care when driving on roads with loose surfaces or potholes.
These conditions may cause losses in tire inflation pressure, reducing
the cushioning ability of the tires. In addition, driving on rough roads
may cause damage to the tires themselves, as well as the vehicle’s
wheels and body.
■ If tire inflation pressure of each tire becomes low while driving
Do not continue driving, or your tires and/or wheels may be ruined.

Maintenance and care

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

532

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Tire inflation pressure
Tire inflation pressure
The recommended cold tire inflation pressure and tire size are displayed on the tire and loading
information label. (→P. 646)

Inspection and adjustment procedure
1 Tire valve
2 Tire pressure gauge

1 Remove the tire valve cap.
2 Press the tip of the tire pressure gauge onto the tire valve.
3 Read the pressure using the gauge gradations.
4 If the tire inflation pressure is not at the recommended level, adjust

the pressure.
If you add too much air, press the center of the valve to deflate.
5 After completing the tire inflation pressure measurement and

adjustment, apply soapy water to the valve and check for leakage.
6 Put the tire valve cap back on.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

533

■ Tire inflation pressure check interval

You should check tire inflation pressure every two weeks, or at least once
a month.
Do not forget to check the spare.
■ Effects of incorrect tire inflation pressure
Driving with incorrect tire inflation pressure may result in the following:
● Reduced fuel economy
● Reduced driving comfort and poor handling
● Reduced tire life due to wear
● Reduced safety
● Damage to the drive train
If a tire needs frequent inflating, have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
■ Instructions for checking tire inflation pressure
When checking tire inflation pressure, observe the following:
● Check only when the tires are cold.
If your vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or has not been
driven for more than 1 mile or 1.5 km, you will get an accurate cold tire
inflation pressure reading.
● Always use a tire pressure gauge.
It is difficult to judge if a tire is properly inflated based only on its appearance.
● It is normal for the tire inflation pressure to be higher after driving as
heat is generated in the tire. Do not reduce tire inflation pressure after
driving.
● Never exceed the vehicle capacity weight.
Passengers and luggage weight should be placed so that the vehicle is
balanced.

Maintenance and care

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

534

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

WARNING
■ Proper inflation is critical to save tire performance

Keep your tires properly inflated.
If the tires are not properly inflated, the following conditions may occur
which could lead to an accident resulting in death or serious injury:
● Excessive wear
● Uneven wear
● Poor handling
● Possibility of blowouts resulting from overheated tires
● Air leaking from between tire and wheel
● Wheel deformation and/or tire damage
● Greater possibility of tire damage while driving (due to road hazards,
expansion joints, sharp edges on the road, etc.)
NOTICE
■ When inspecting and adjusting tire inflation pressure

Be sure to put the tire valve caps back on.
If a valve cap is not installed, dirt or moisture may get into the valve and
cause an air leak, resulting in decreased tire inflation pressure.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

535

Wheels
If a wheel is bent, cracked or heavily corroded, it should be
replaced. Otherwise, the tire may separate from the wheel or
cause a loss of handling control.
Wheel selection
When replacing wheels, care should be taken to ensure that they are
equivalent to those removed in load capacity, diameter, rim width and
inset*.
Replacement wheels are available at your Toyota dealer.

*: Conventionally referred to as “offset”.
Toyota does not recommend using the following:
● Wheels of different sizes or types
● Used wheels
● Bent wheels that have been straightened
Aluminum wheel precautions

■ When replacing wheels

The wheels of your vehicle are equipped with tire pressure warning
valves and transmitters that allow the tire pressure warning system to
provide advance warning in the event of a loss in tire inflation pressure.
Whenever wheels are replaced, tire pressure warning valves and transmitters must be installed. (→P. 524)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Maintenance and care

● Use only Toyota wheel nuts and wrenches designed for use with
your aluminum wheels.
● When rotating, repairing or changing your tires, check that the
wheel nuts are still tight after driving 1000 miles (1600 km).
● Be careful not to damage the aluminum wheels when using tire
chains.
● Use only Toyota genuine balance weights or equivalent and a plastic or rubber hammer when balancing your wheels.

536

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

WARNING
■ When replacing wheels
● Do not use wheels that are a different size from those recommended in

the Owner’s Manual, as this may result in a loss of handling control.
● Never use an inner tube in a leaking wheel which is designed for a
tubeless tire. Doing so may result in an accident, causing death or serious injury.
■ When installing the wheel nuts
● Be sure to install the wheel nuts with

the tapered ends facing inward.
Installing the nuts with the tapered
ends facing outward can cause the
wheel to break and eventually cause
the wheel to come off while driving,
which could lead to an accident
resulting in death or serious injury.

Tapered
portion

● Never use oil or grease on the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.

Oil and grease may cause the wheel nuts to be excessively tightened,
leading to bolt or disc wheel damage. In addition, the oil or grease can
cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel may fall off, causing an
accident and resulting in death or serious injury. Remove any oil or
grease from the wheel bolts or wheel nuts.
NOTICE
■ Replacing tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
● Because tire repair or replacement may affect the tire pressure warn-

ing valves and transmitters, make sure to have tires serviced by your
Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop. In addition, make sure to
purchase your tire pressure warning valves and transmitters at your
Toyota dealer.
● Ensure that only genuine Toyota wheels are used on your vehicle.

Tire pressure warning valves and transmitters may not work properly
with non-genuine wheels.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

537

Air conditioning filter
The air conditioning filter must be changed regularly to maintain
air conditioning efficiency.
Removal method
1 Turn the power switch off.
2 Open the glove box. Slide off

the damper.

3 Push in each side of the glove

box to disconnect the upper
claws. Then pull out the glove
box and disconnect the lower
claws.
7

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Maintenance and care

4 Pull down the cover.

538

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

5 Remove the filter cover.

6 Remove the air conditioning fil-

ter and replace it with a new
one.
The “↑UP” marks shown on the
filter should be pointing up.

■ Checking interval
Inspect and replace the air conditioning filter according to the maintenance
schedule. In dusty areas or areas with heavy traffic flow, early replacement
may be required. (For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the
“Schedule maintenance guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.)
■ If air flow from the vents decreases dramatically
The filter may be clogged. Check the filter and replace if necessary.
■ Air conditioning filter with deodorizing function
The use of air fresheners may significantly reduce the life span of the deodorizing effect.
When an air conditioning odor comes out continuously, replace the air conditioning filter.
NOTICE
■ When using the air conditioning system
Make sure that a filter is always installed.
Using the air conditioning system without a filter may cause damage to the
system.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

539

Electronic key battery
Replace the battery with a new one if it is depleted.
You will need the following items:
● Flathead screwdriver
● Small flathead screwdriver
● Lithium battery CR2032
Replacing the battery
1 Take out the mechanical key.

2 Remove the cover.

To prevent damage to the key,
cover the tip of the flathead screwdriver with a rag.

Insert a new battery with the “+”
terminal facing up.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Maintenance and care

3 Remove the depleted battery.

540

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Use a CR2032 lithium battery
● Batteries can be purchased at your Toyota dealer, local electrical appliance
shops or camera stores.
● Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer.
● Dispose of used batteries according to local laws.
■ If the key battery is depleted
The following symptoms may occur:
● The smart key system and wireless remote control will not function properly.
● The operational range will be reduced.
WARNING
■ Removed battery and other parts
These parts are small and if swallowed by a child, they can cause choking.
Keep away from children. Failure to do so could result in death or serious
injury.
NOTICE
■ For normal operation after replacing the battery
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidents:
● Always work with dry hands.
Moisture may cause the battery to rust.
● Do not touch or move any other component inside the remote control.
● Do not bend either of the battery terminals.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

541

Checking and replacing fuses
If any of the electrical components do not operate, a fuse may
have blown. If this happens, check and replace the fuses as necessary.
1 Turn the power switch off.
2 Open the fuse box cover.


Engine compartment (type A fuse box)

Push the tab in and lift the lid off.



Engine compartment (type B fuse box)

Push the tab in and lift the lid off.

Engine compartment (type C fuse box)

Push the tab in and lift the lid off.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Maintenance and care



542


7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Under the driver’s side instrument panel

Remove the lid.



Luggage compartment

Remove the 12-volt battery cover
(→P. 517) and then remove the
terminal cover.

3 Remove the fuse with the pull-

out tool.
Only type A fuses can be removed
using the pullout tool.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

543

4 Check if the fuse is blown.

1 Normal fuse
2 Blown fuse
Type A and B:
Replace the blown fuse with a new fuse of an appropriate amperage rating. The amperage rating can be found on the fuse box lid.
Type C:
Contact your Toyota dealer.


Type A



Type C



Type B

Maintenance and care

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

544

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ After a fuse is replaced
● If the lights do not turn on even after the fuse has been replaced, a bulb may
need replacement. (→P. 545)
● If the replaced fuse blows again, have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
■ If there is an overload in a circuit
The fuses are designed to blow, protecting the wiring harness from damage.
■ When replacing light bulbs
Toyota recommends that you use genuine Toyota products designed for this
vehicle. Because certain bulbs are connected to circuits designed to prevent
overload, non-genuine parts or parts not designed for this vehicle may be
unusable.
WARNING
■ To prevent system breakdowns and vehicle fire
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may cause damage to the vehicle, and possibly a fire or
injury.
● Never use a fuse of a higher amperage rating than that indicated, or use
any other object in place of a fuse.
● Always use a genuine Toyota fuse or equivalent.
Never replace a fuse with a wire, even as a temporary fix.
● Do not modify the fuses or fuse boxes.
■ Fuse box near the power control unit
Never check or replace the fuses as there are high voltage parts and wiring
near the fuse box.
Doing so may cause electric shock, resulting in death or serious injury.
NOTICE
■ Before replacing fuses
Have the cause of electrical overload determined and repaired by your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

545

Light bulbs
You may replace the following bulbs by yourself. The difficulty
level of replacement varies depending on the bulb. If necessary
bulb replacement seems difficult to perform, contact your
Toyota dealer.
For more information about replacing other light bulbs, contact
your Toyota dealer.
Preparing for light bulb replacement
Check the wattage of the light bulb to be replaced. (→P. 649)
Turning off the power back door main switch (if equipped)
→P. 133

Maintenance and care

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

546

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

Bulb locations
■ Front

1 Headlight high beam/day-

time
running
equipped)

light

(if

4 Front turn signal light/parking

light (if equipped)
5 Front side marker light

2 Headlight low beam
3 Front fog light (if equipped)
■ Rear

1 Rear turn signal light
2 Back-up light

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

3 License plate lights

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

547

Replacing light bulbs
■ Headlight low beams
1 For the right side only:

Remove the washer fluid
tank opening.

For the left side only:
Remove the fuse box.

2 Turn the cover counterclock-

wise.
7

clockwise.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Maintenance and care

3 Turn the bulb base counter-

548

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

4 Unplug the connector while

pressing the lock release.

5 Replace the light bulb, and

install the bulb base.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb
with the mounting and insert.

6 Turn and secure the bulb

base.
Shake the bulb base gently to
check that it is not loose, turn
the headlight low beams on
once and visually confirm that
no light is leaking through the
mounting.
7 Turn the cover clockwise and

install it.

8 For the right side only: Install the washer fluid tank.

For the left side only: Install the fuse box.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

549

■ Headlight high beams/daytime running lights (if equipped)
1 Turn the bulb base counter-

clockwise.

2 Unplug the connector while

pressing the lock release.

3 Replace the light bulb, and

install the bulb base.
Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb
with the mounting, and insert.
7

base.
Shake the bulb base gently to
check that it is not loose, turn
the headlights on once and visually confirm that no light is leaking through the mounting.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Maintenance and care

4 Turn and secure the bulb

550

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Front turn signal lights/parking lights (if equipped)
1 Remove

the 2 clips and
remove the side cover.

2 Turn the bulb base counter-

clockwise.

3 Remove the light bulb.

4 Install by conducting 3 and 2 with the directions reversed.
5 Install the side cover and

then install the 2 clips.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

551

■ Front side marker lights
1 Remove

the 2 clips and
remove the side cover.

2 Turn the bulb base counter-

clockwise.

3 Remove the light bulb.

5 Install the side cover and

then install the 2 clips.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Maintenance and care

4 Install by conducting 2 and 3 with the directions reversed.

552

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Front fog lights (if equipped)
1 Remove the 3 screws and

partly remove the fender
liner.

2 Unplug the connector while

pressing the lock release.

3 Turn the bulb base counter-

clockwise.

4 Install a new light bulb.

Align the 3 tabs on the light bulb
with the mounting and insert.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

553

5 Turn clockwise and secure

the bulb base.

6 Install the connector.

Shake the connector gently to
check that it is not loose, turn
the front fog lights on once and
visually confirm that no light is
leaking through the mounting.

7 When installing the fender liner, install by conducting 1 with the

directions reversed.
Make sure that the fender liner is attached to the inside of the bumper.

Maintenance and care

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

554

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Rear turn signal lights
1 Open the back door and

remove the cover.
Insert a flathead screwdriver
into the cover and remove it as
shown in the illustration.
To prevent damaging the vehicle, wrap the flathead screwdriver with a tape.
2 Remove the 2 screws, and

remove the lamp assembly
by pulling it directly backward
from the rear of the vehicle.

3 Remove the wire harness.

4 Turn the bulb base counter-

clockwise.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

555

5 Remove the light bulb.

6 When installing the light bulb, install by conducting 5 , 4 and
3 with the directions reversed.
67 Install the lamp assembly

and then install the 2 screws.
Align the guide ( 1 ) and pin
( 2 ) on the lamp assembly with
the mounting when installing it.

678 Install the cover.

Maintenance and care

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

556

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Back-up lights
1 Open the back door and

remove the cover.
Insert a flathead screwdriver or
similar into the hole at the top of
the cover and remove it as
shown in the illustration.
To prevent damaging the vehicle, wrap the flathead screwdriver with a tape.
2 Turn the bulb base counter-

clockwise.

3 Remove the light bulb.

4 When installing, reverse the steps listed.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

557

■ License plate lights
1 Remove the lens.

Insert a properly sized screwdriver into the hole of the lens on the
inner side and disengage the claw and pry the lens toward the
outer side as shown in the illustration.
To prevent damaging the vehicle, wrap the tip of the screwdriver with
tape.
2 Remove the light bulb.

3 When installing, reverse the steps listed.
Maintenance and care

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

558

7-3. Do-it-yourself maintenance

■ Replacing the following bulbs

If any of the lights listed below has burnt out, have it replaced by
your Toyota dealer.
● Side turn signal lights
● Daytime running lights/parking lights (LED type)
● Stop lights
● Rear side marker lights
● Stop/tail lights
● High mounted stoplight
● Outer foot lights (if equipped)
■ LED light bulbs
The side turn signal lights, daytime running lights/parking lights (LED type),
stop lights, rear side marker lights, stop/tail lights, high mounted stoplight and
outer foot lights (if equipped) consist of a number of LEDs. If any of the LEDs
burns out, take your vehicle to your Toyota dealer to have the light replaced.
■ Condensation build-up on the inside of the lens
Temporary condensation build-up on the inside of the headlight lens does not
indicate a malfunction.
Contact your Toyota dealer for more information in the following situations:
● Large drops of water have built up on the inside of the lens.
● Water has built up inside the headlight.
■ When replacing light bulbs
→P. 544
WARNING
■ Replacing light bulbs
● Turn off the lights. Do not attempt to replace the bulb immediately after
turning off the lights.
The bulbs become very hot and may cause burns.
● Do not touch the glass portion of the light bulb with bare hands. When it is
unavoidable to hold the glass portion, use and hold with a clean dry cloth
to avoid getting moisture and oils on the bulb.
Also, if the bulb is scratched or dropped, it may blow out or crack.
● Fully install light bulbs and any parts used to secure them. Failure to do so
may result in heat damage, fire, or water entering the headlight unit. This
may damage the headlights or cause condensation to build up on the lens.
■ To prevent damage or fire
Make sure bulbs are fully seated and locked.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

559

When trouble arises

8
8-1. Essential information
Emergency flashers .......... 560
If your vehicle has
to be stopped in
an emergency ................. 561
8-2. Steps to take in
an emergency
If your vehicle needs
to be towed ..................... 562
If you think something
is wrong .......................... 566
If a warning light turns
on or a warning
buzzer sounds ................ 567
If a warning message
is displayed ..................... 576
If you have a flat tire.......... 596
If the hybrid system
will not start ..................... 620
If the electronic key
does not operate
properly ........................... 622
If the 12-volt battery
is discharged................... 625
If your vehicle
overheats ........................ 630
If the vehicle becomes
stuck ............................... 634

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

560

8-1. Essential information

Emergency flashers
The emergency flashers are used to warn other drivers when the
vehicle has to be stopped on the road due to a breakdown, etc.
Press the switch.
All the turn signal lights will flash.
To turn them off, press the switch
once again.

■ Emergency flashers
If the emergency flashers are used for a long time while the hybrid system is
not operating (while the “READY” indicator is not illuminated), the 12-volt battery may discharge.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-1. Essential information

561

If your vehicle has to be stopped in an
emergency
Only in an emergency, such as if it becomes impossible to stop
the vehicle in the normal way, stop the vehicle using the following procedure:
1 Steadily step on the brake pedal with both feet and firmly depress it.

Do not pump the brake pedal repeatedly as this will increase the effort
required to slow the vehicle.
2 Shift the shift lever to N.


If the shift lever is shifted to N

3 After slowing down, stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.
4 Stop the hybrid system.


If the shift lever cannot be shifted to N

3 Keep depressing the brake pedal with both feet to reduce vehicle

speed as much as possible.
4 To

stop the hybrid system,
press and hold the power
switch for 2 consecutive seconds or more, or press it briefly
3 times or more in succession.
Press and hold for 2 seconds or
more, or press briefly 3 times or
more

WARNING
■ If the hybrid system has to be turned off while driving
Power assist for the steering wheel will be lost, making the steering wheel
heavier to turn. Decelerate as much as possible before turning off the hybrid
system.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

5 Stop the vehicle in a safe place by the road.

562

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If your vehicle needs to be towed
If towing is necessary, we recommend having your vehicle
towed by your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service,
using a wheel-lift type truck or flatbed truck.
Use a safety chain system for all towing, and abide by all state/
provincial and local laws.
If towing your vehicle with a wheel-lift type truck, use a towing
dolly. (→P. 563, 564)
Situations when it is necessary to contact dealers before towing
The following may indicate a problem with your transmission. Contact
your Toyota dealer or commercial towing service before towing.
● A warning message for the hybrid system is shown on the multiinformation display and the vehicle does not move.
● The vehicle makes an abnormal sound.
Towing with a sling-type truck
Do not tow with a sling-type truck
to prevent body damage.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

563

Towing with a wheel-lift type truck


From the front

Use a towing dolly under the rear
wheels.



From the rear

Use a towing dolly under the
front wheels.

Using a flatbed truck
If your vehicle is transported by a
flatbed truck, it should be tied
down at the locations shown in the
illustration.

If you use chains or cables to tie
down your vehicle, the angles
shaded in black must be 45°.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

Do not overly tighten the tie
downs or the vehicle may be damaged.

564

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

WARNING
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in death or serious injury.
■ When towing the vehicle
Be sure to transport the vehicle with all
four wheels raised off the ground. If the
vehicle is towed with the tires contacting
the ground, the drivetrain or related parts
may be damaged, the vehicle may fly off
the truck, or electricity generated by the
operation of the motor may cause a fire
to occur depending on the nature of the
damage or malfunction.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

565

NOTICE
■ To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing using a wheel-lift type
truck
● Do not tow the vehicle from the rear when the power switch is off.
The steering lock mechanism is not strong enough to hold the front wheels
straight.
● When raising the vehicle, ensure adequate ground clearance for towing at
the opposite end of the raised vehicle. Without adequate clearance, the
vehicle could be damaged while being towed.
■ To prevent damage to the vehicle when towing with a sling-type truck
Do not tow with a sling-type truck, either from the front or rear.
■ Recreational towing (behind motor home, etc.)
Never dinghy tow your vehicle to prevent
causing serious damage to the hybrid
transmission and AWD system.
(→P. 224)

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

566

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If you think something is wrong
If you notice any of the following symptoms, your vehicle probably needs adjustment or repair. Contact your Toyota dealer as
soon as possible.
Visible symptoms
● Fluid leaks under the vehicle.
(Water dripping from the air conditioning after use is normal.)
● Flat-looking tires or uneven tire wear
● Engine coolant temperature gauge needle continually points higher
than normal.
Audible symptoms
● Changes in exhaust sound
● Excessive tire squeal when cornering
● Strange noises related to the suspension system
● Pinging or other noises related to the hybrid system
Operational symptoms
● Engine missing, stumbling or running roughly
● Appreciable loss of power
● Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when braking
● Vehicle pulls heavily to one side when driving on a level road
● Loss of brake effectiveness, spongy feeling, pedal almost touches
the floor

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

567

If a warning light turns on or a warning
buzzer sounds
Calmly perform the following actions if any of the warning lights
comes on or flashes. If a light comes on or flashes, but then
goes off, this does not necessarily indicate a malfunction in the
system. However, if this continues to occur, have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Warning light and warning buzzer list
Warning light

Warning light/Details/Actions

(U.S.A.)

Brake system warning light in red (warning buzzer)*1
Indicates that:
• The brake fluid level is low; or
• The brake system is malfunctioning
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact your Toyota dealer. Continuing to drive the vehicle may be dangerous.

(Canada)

Brake system warning light in yellow
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The regenerative braking system; or
• The electronically controlled brake system
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.

(U.S.A.)

SRS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The SRS airbag system;
• The front passenger occupant classification system; or
• The seat belt pretensioner system
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

(Canada)

Malfunction indicator lamp
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The hybrid system;
• The electronic engine control system; or
• The electronic throttle control system
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.

568

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning light

Warning light/Details/Actions

(U.S.A.)

ABS warning light
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The ABS; or
• The brake assist system
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.

(Canada)

(U.S.A.)

Parking brake warning light (warning buzzer)*2
Indicates that the parking brake is engaged
→ Release the parking brake.

(Canada)

Electric power steering system warning light (warning
buzzer)
Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric Power Steering) system
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Slip indicator
Indicates a malfunction in:
• The VSC (Vehicle Stability Control) system;
• The TRAC (Traction Control) system;
• The Trailer Sway Control; or
• The hill-start assist control system
The light will flash when the VSC, TRAC or Trailer Sway
Control system is operating.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.
Low fuel level warning light
Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately 2.6 gal. (9.7
L, 2.1 Imp. gal.) or less
→ Refuel the vehicle.
Driver’s and front passenger’s seat belt reminder light
(warning buzzer)*3
Warns the driver and/or front passenger to fasten their
seat belts
→ Fasten the seat belt.
If the front passenger’s seat is occupied, the front
passenger’s seat belt also needs to be fastened to
make the warning light (warning buzzer) turn off.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning light

569

Warning light/Details/Actions
Rear seat seat belt reminder lights (warning buzzer)*4
Warns the second and/or third seat passengers to fasten
their seat belts. An indicator corresponding to an unfastened second or third seat seat belt will illuminate.
→ Fasten the seat belt.

(Flashes or
illuminates)

(Amber)

PCS (Pre-Collision System) warning light
Indicates a malfunction in the PCS (Pre-Collision System)
or that the system is temporarily unavailable due to the
vehicle being extremely hot/cold, or dirt around a front
sensor, etc. (→P. 281, 576)
→ Follow the instructions displayed on the multi-information display. (→P. 281, 576)
If the PCS (Pre-Collision System) or VSC (Vehicle Stability
Control) system is disabled, the PCS warning light will illuminate.
→ P. 281
LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) indicator
The indicator comes on and a warning message is displayed to indicate that the LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control) system is not available temporarily or has
detected a malfunction.
→ P. 577
Master warning light
A buzzer sounds and the warning light comes on and
flashes to indicate that the master warning system has
detected a malfunction.
→ P. 576

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

Tire pressure warning light
When the light comes on:
Low tire inflation pressure such as
• Natural causes (→P. 571)
• Flat tire (→P. 596)
→ Adjust the tire inflation pressure (including the
full-size spare tire) to the specified level.
The light will turn off after a few minutes. In case
the light does not turn off even if the tire inflation
pressure is adjusted, have the system checked by
your Toyota dealer.
When the light comes on after blinking for 1 minute:
Malfunction in the tire pressure warning system
(→P. 572)
→ Have the system checked by your Toyota dealer.

570

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning light

Warning light/Details/Actions
Vehicle proximity notification system warning light
This warning light flashes then stays on to indicate that
there is a malfunction in the vehicle proximity notification
system.

→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer
immediately.

*1: Brake system warning buzzer:
When there is a possible problem that could affect braking performance,
the warning light will come on and a warning buzzer will sound.

*2: Parking brake engaged warning buzzer:
→P. 580

: Driver’s seat belt buzzer:
The driver’s seat belt buzzer sounds to alert the driver that his or her seat
belt is not fastened. Once the power switch is turned to ON mode, the
buzzer sounds for 6 seconds. If the vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20
km/h), the buzzer sounds once. If the seat belt is still unfastened after 24
seconds, the buzzer will sound intermittently for 6 seconds. Then, if the
seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a different tone for 90
more seconds.
Front passenger’s seat belt buzzer:
The front passenger’s seat belt buzzer sounds to alert the front passenger
that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The buzzer sounds once if the
vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph (20 km/h). If the seat belt is still unfastened after 24 seconds, the buzzer will sound intermittently for 6 seconds.
Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in a different
tone for 90 more seconds.

*4: Rear seat seat belt buzzer:
The second and third passenger’s seat belt buzzer sounds to alert the second and third passengers that his or her seat belt is not fastened. The
buzzer sounds for 6 seconds after the vehicle reaches a speed of 12 mph
(20 km/h). Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened, the buzzer will sound in
a different tone for 24 more seconds.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

571

■ SRS warning light
This warning light system monitors the airbag sensor assembly, front impact
sensors, side impact sensors (front door), side impact sensors (rear), driver’s
seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt buckle switch, front passenger occupant classification system (ECU and sensors), “AIR BAG ON” indicator light,
“AIR BAG OFF” indicator light, front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch,
driver’s seat belt pretensioner, front passenger’s seat belt pretensioner and
force limiter, airbags, interconnecting wiring and power sources.
(→P. 43)
■ Front passenger detection sensor, seat belt reminder and warning
buzzer
If luggage is placed on the front passenger seat, the front passenger detection sensor may cause the warning light to flash and the warning buzzer to
sound even if a passenger is not sitting in the seat.
■ If the malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving
First check the following:
● Is the fuel tank empty?
If it is, fill the fuel tank immediately.
● Is the fuel tank cap loose?
If it is, tighten it securely.
The light will go off after several driving trips.
If the light does not go off even after several trips, contact your Toyota dealer
as soon as possible.
■ Electric power steering system warning light (warning buzzer)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

When the 12-volt battery charge becomes insufficient or the voltage temporarily drops, the electric power steering system warning light may come
on and the warning buzzer may sound.
■ When the tire pressure warning light comes on
Check the tire inflation pressure and adjust to the appropriate level. Pushing the tire pressure warning reset switch will not turn off the tire pressure
warning light.
■ The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes
The tire pressure warning light may come on due to natural causes such
as natural air leaks and tire inflation pressure changes caused by temperature. In this case, adjusting the tire inflation pressure will turn off the
warning light (after a few minutes).

572

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

■ When a tire is replaced with a spare tire
 Vehicles

with a compact spare tire
The compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning valve
and transmitter. If a tire goes flat, the tire pressure warning light will not
turn off even though the flat tire has been replaced with the spare tire.
Replace the spare tire with the repaired tire and adjust the tire inflation
pressure. The tire pressure warning light will go off after a few minutes.
 Vehicles with a full-size spare tire
The spare tire is also equipped with the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter. The tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire inflation
pressure of the spare tire is low. If a tire goes flat, even though the flat tire
is replaced with the spare tire, the tire pressure warning light does not
turn off. Replace the spare tire with the repaired tire and adjust to the
proper tire inflation pressure. The tire pressure warning light will turn off
after a few minutes.
■ Conditions that the tire pressure warning system may not function
properly
→P. 528
■ If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking
for 1 minute
If the tire pressure warning light frequently comes on after blinking for 1
minute when the power switch is turned to ON mode, have it checked by
your Toyota dealer.
■ Customization that can be configured at Toyota dealer
The vehicle speed linked seat belt reminder buzzer can be disabled.
(Customizable features →P. 675) However, Toyota recommends that the seat
belt reminder buzzer be operational to alert the driver and front passenger
when seat belts are not fastened.
■ Warning buzzer
In some cases, the buzzer may not be heard because of noisy place or an
audio sound.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

573

WARNING
■ If both the ABS and the brake system warning lights remain on
Stop your vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact your Toyota
dealer. The vehicle will become extremely unstable during braking, and the
ABS system may fail, which could cause an accident resulting in death or
serious injury.
■ When the electric power steering system warning light comes on
The steering wheel may become extremely heavy.
When steering wheel operations are heavier than usual, grip the steering
wheel firmly and operate it using more force than usual.
■ If the tire pressure warning light comes on

Be sure to observe the following precautions. Failure to do so could
cause a loss of vehicle control and result in death or serious injury.
● Stop your vehicle in a safe place as soon as possible. Adjust the tire
inflation pressure immediately.
● If the tire pressure warning light comes on even after tire inflation pressure adjustment, it is probable that you have a flat tire. Check the tires.
If a tire is flat, change it with the spare tire and have the flat tire
repaired by the nearest Toyota dealer.
● Avoid abrupt maneuvering and braking. If the vehicle tires deteriorate,
you could lose control of the steering wheel or the brakes.
■ If a blowout or sudden air leakage should occur
The tire pressure warning system may not activate immediately.

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

574

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

WARNING
■ Maintenance of the tires

Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the
vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure
label (tire and load information label). (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label [tire and load information label], you should determine
the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS-tire pressure warning system) that
illuminates a low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) when
one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly,
when the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure warning light) illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and
inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to
maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached
the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale (tire
pressure warning light).
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale (tire pressure
warning light). When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will
flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups
as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires
or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS (tire pressure warning
system) from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) malfunction telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS (tire pressure warning system) to
continue to function properly.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

575

NOTICE
■ To ensure the tire pressure warning system operates properly

Do not install tires with different specifications or makers, as the tire
pressure warning system may not operate properly.

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

576

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If a warning message is displayed
If a warning message is shown on the multi-information display,
stay calm and perform the following actions:
1 Master warning light
The master warning light also
comes on or flashes in order to
indicate that a message is currently being displayed on the multiinformation display.

2 Multi-information display

If any of the warning message or indicator comes on again after the
following actions have been performed, contact your Toyota dealer.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

577

Warning message and warning buzzer list
Warning message

Details/Actions
Indicates that:
• There is a high possibility of a frontal collision;
or
• The pre-collision braking function is operating
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Slow the vehicle by applying the brakes.

Indicates that the hybrid system was stopped
with the shift lever not in P
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Shift the shift lever to P.
(Flashes)

Indicates that the hybrid system was stopped
while driving
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Stop the vehicle in a safe place such as the
shoulder of a road.
(Flashes)

(Amber)
(Flashes)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Indicates that the vehicle has deviated from the
lane (while the LDA [Lane Departure Alert with
steering control] system is operating)
• The lane line on the side the vehicle has
deviated from flashes in amber.
• A buzzer also sounds.
→ Check around the vehicle and back to
inside of the lane lines.

When trouble arises

Indicates that your vehicle is nearing the vehicle
ahead (in vehicle-to-vehicle distance control
mode)
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Slow the vehicle by applying the brakes.

578

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

Details/Actions

Indicates a malfunction in the hybrid system
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place
and contact your Toyota dealer.

Indicates that one or more of the doors is not fully
closed
The system also indicates which doors are not
fully closed.
If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph (5
km/h),

flashes and a buzzer sounds to

indicate that the door(s) are not yet fully
closed.
→ Make sure that all the doors are closed.
Indicates that the hood is not fully closed
If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph (5
km/h),

flashes and a buzzer sounds to

indicate that the hood is not yet fully closed.
→ Close the hood.
Indicates that the back door is not fully closed
If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph (5
km/h),

flashes and a buzzer sounds to

indicate that the back door is not yet fully
closed.
→ Close the back door.
Indicates that the glass hatch is not fully closed
If the vehicle reaches a speed of 3 mph (5
km/h),

(If equipped)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

flashes and a buzzer sounds to

indicate that the glass hatch is not yet fully
closed.
→ Close the glass hatch.

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

579

Details/Actions

Indicates a malfunction in the intuitive parking
assist-sensor
The assist-sensors flash.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
(If equipped)

Indicates that an intuitive parking assist-sensor is
dirty or covered with ice
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Clean the sensor.
(If equipped)

Preparing the vehicle for refueling.
→ Wait a moment.
You may commence refueling.
→ Finish refueling within 30 minutes.
Close the fuel filler door.

(Flashes)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

Indicates that the hybrid battery (traction battery)
power has dropped because a long period of time
has elapsed after shifting the shift lever to N
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Restart the hybrid system when starting
the vehicle.

580

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

Details/Actions

Indicates a malfunction in the hybrid system
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place
and contact your Toyota dealer.

Indicates that the hybrid battery (traction battery)
is low
A buzzer also sounds.
→ When stopping the vehicle for a long
period of time, shift the shift lever to P. The
battery cannot be charged with the shift
lever in N.
(Flashes)

Indicates a malfunction in the EPS (Electric
Power Steering) system
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.

(U.S.A.)

(Canada)

(Flashes)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Indicates that the vehicle is being driven at 3 mph (5
km/h) or more with the parking brake still engaged
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Release the parking brake.

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

581

Details/Actions
Indicates that the LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control) system has determined that the
driver does not have the hands on the steering
wheel while the steering control function is on
If the driver operates the steering wheel only a
small amount, the system may be unable to
detect the steering wheel operations and this
warning may be displayed.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Firmly hold the steering wheel.

Indicates that the engine coolant temperature is
too high
A buzzer also sounds.
→ P. 630

Indicates a malfunction in the vehicle’s charging
system
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place
and contact your Toyota dealer. Continuing
to drive the vehicle may be dangerous.

Indicates that the dynamic radar cruise control
system cannot be used temporarily due to bad
weather
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Use the dynamic radar cruise control system when it becomes available again.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

Indicates that the radar sensor is dirty or covered
with ice
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Clean the sensor.

582

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

(Amber)

(If equipped)

Details/Actions
Indicates that the system is temporarily unavailable due to a malfunction in a sensor other than
the camera sensor
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Turn the LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control) system off, wait for a little
while, and then turn the LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system
back on.
Indicates that a Blind Spot Monitor sensor or the
surrounding area on the rear bumper is dirty or
covered with snow, ice, etc. or that a sensor is
misaligned
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Clean off the dirt, snow, ice, etc. and drive
the vehicle with the operation conditions of
the BSM function (→P. 318) satisfied for
approximately 10 minutes. If the warning
message does not disappear, the sensor
may be misaligned. Have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer.
Indicates a malfunction in the dynamic radar
cruise control system.
• Press the “ON-OFF” button once to deactivate the system, and then press the button
again to reactivate the system.
• A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.

Indicates a malfunction in the LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.

(Amber)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

(Flashes)

(Amber)

583

Details/Actions
The operation conditions of the camera sensor
(temperature, etc.) are not met.
→ When the operation conditions of the camera sensor (temperature, etc.) are met, the
following systems will become available.
• PCS (Pre-Collision System)
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system
• Dynamic radar cruise control
• Automatic High Beam
Dirt, rain, condensation, ice, snow, etc., are present on the windshield in front of the camera sensor
The following systems will be temporarily unusable.
• PCS (Pre-Collision System)
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) system
• Dynamic radar cruise control
• Automatic High Beam
→ Tum the system off, remove any dirt, rain,
condensation, ice, snow, etc., from the
windshield, and then turn the system back
on.

Indicates a malfunction in the pre-collision system
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.

(If equipped)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Indicates a malfunction in the BSM (Blind Spot
Monitor) system
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.

When trouble arises

(Flashes)

584

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

Details/Actions

Indicates abnormal engine oil pressure
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Immediately stop the vehicle in a safe place
and contact your Toyota dealer.

Indicates a malfunction in the AWD system
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.
Indicates that the LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control) system cannot be used as the
vehicle speed is approximately 32 mph (50 km/h)
or less
→ Drive the vehicle at approximately 32 mph
(50 km/h) or more.

Indicates that LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control) system cannot be used due to
the vehicle speed being too high
→ Slow down.

Indicates that the hybrid system was stopped
while driving
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Operate the steering wheel with more force
than usual.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

585

Details/Actions
Indicates that the power switch is turned off or
turned to ACCESSORY mode and the driver’s
door is opened while the lights are turned on
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Turn the lights off.

(Flashes)

(Flashes)
(If equipped)

Indicates that the moon roof or panoramic moon
roof is not fully closed (with the power switch off,
and the driver’s door open)
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Close the moon roof or panoramic moon
roof.

Indicates a malfunction in the brake override system
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.

Indicates that the hybrid system has overheated
This message may be displayed when driving
under severe operating conditions. (For example, when driving up a long steep hill.)
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Stop and check. (→P. 630)
8

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

Indicates a malfunction in the Automatic High
Beam system
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota
dealer.

586

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

Details/Actions

Indicates that the accelerator and brake pedal
are being depressed simultaneously
→ Release the accelerator or brake pedal.

(Flashes)

Indicates that the washer fluid level is low
→ Add washer fluid.
Indicates that remaining fuel is approximately 2.6
gal. (9.7 L, 2.1 Imp. gal.) or less
→ Refuel the vehicle.
Indicates that the TRAC (Traction Control) system has been deactivated
→ Turn the TRAC on. (→P. 331)

(U.S.A. only)

Indicates that all maintenance according to the
driven distance on the maintenance schedule*1
should be performed soon.
Comes on approximately 4500 miles (7200 km)
after the message has been reset.
→ If necessary, perform maintenance.
Indicates that all maintenance is required to correspond to the driven distance on the maintenance schedule*1.
Comes on approximately 5000 miles (8000 km)
after the message has been reset.
(The indicator will not work properly unless the
message has been reset.)
→ Perform the necessary maintenance.
Please reset the message after the maintenance is performed. (→P. 498)
Indicates that the Automatic High Beam switch is
pressed while the headlights are in low beam.
→ Turn the high beam on and press the Automatic High Beam switch again.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

587

Details/Actions

Indicates that, since the VSC (Vehicle Stability
Control) system was turned off, the pre-collision
brake system operation is stopped
→ Turn the VSC on. (→P. 331)

Indicates that the pre-collision system is temporarily unavailable
→ Please wait until the system returns. If the
message does not disappear, the system
may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle
inspected by your Toyota dealer immediately.
(Flashes)

Indicates that the pre-collision system sensor is
dirty, covered with ice, etc.
→ Remove any dirt, ice, etc.
(Flashes)

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

588

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

Details/Actions

Indicates that the EV drive mode is not available*2
The reason the EV drive mode is not available
(the vehicle is idling, hybrid battery [traction
battery] charge is low, speed is higher than the
EV drive mode operating speed range, accelerator pedal is depressed too much) may be displayed.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Use the EV drive mode when it becomes
available.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Warning message

589

Details/Actions

Indicates that the EV drive mode has been automatically canceled*2
The reason the EV drive mode is not available
(the hybrid battery [traction battery] charge is
low, speed is higher than the EV drive mode
operating speed range, accelerator pedal is
depressed too much) may be displayed.
A buzzer also sounds.
→ Drive the vehicle for a while.

*1: Refer to the separate “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement” for the maintenance interval applicable to your vehicle.

For the EV drive mode operating conditions: →P. 231

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

■ Messages displays
The message illustrations used are intended as examples, and may differ
from the image that is actually displayed on the multi-information display.
■ Conditions that the tire pressure warning system may not function properly
→P. 528
■ Warning buzzer
→P. 572
■ Warning message in radar cruise mode
In the following cases, the warning message may not be displayed even if
vehicle-to-vehicle distance decreases:
● When your vehicle and the vehicle ahead are traveling at the same speed or
the vehicle ahead is traveling more quickly than your vehicle
● When the vehicle ahead is traveling at a very low speed
● Immediately after cruise control speed is set
● At the instant the accelerator pedal is depressed

590

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Interior
buzzer

Once

Exterior
buzzer

Warning message

⎯
(Flashes)

Continuous

Details/Actions
An attempt was made to start
the hybrid system with the shift
lever in an incorrect position.
→ Shift the shift lever to P
and start the hybrid system.
The driver’s door was opened
when the shift lever was not in
P and the power switch was not
turned off.
→ Shift the shift lever to P.

⎯

(Flashes)

Continuous

Continuous
(Displayed alternately)

(Flashes)

Once

Continuous

(Displayed alternately)

(Flashes)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

The driver’s door was opened
and closed while the electronic
key was not in the vehicle, the
shift lever was not in P and the
power switch was not turned
off.
→ Shift the shift lever to P.
→ Bring the electronic key
back into the vehicle.

An attempt was made to exit
the vehicle with the electronic
key and lock the doors without
first turning the power switch off
when the shift lever was in P.
→ Turn the power switch off
and lock the doors again.

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Interior
buzzer

Once

Exterior
buzzer

Warning message

3 times

⎯
(Flashes)

9
times

⎯
(Flashes)

Continuous
(Flashes)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

The electronic key was carried
outside the vehicle and a door
other than the driver’s door was
opened and closed while the
power switch was in a mode
other than off.
→ Bring the electronic key
back into the vehicle.
The electronic key is not
detected when an attempt is
made to start the hybrid system.
→ Start the hybrid system
with the electronic key
present.
An attempt was made to drive
when the electronic key was not
inside the vehicle.
→ Confirm that the electronic key is inside the
vehicle.
An attempt was made to lock
the doors using the smart key
system while the electronic key
was still inside the vehicle.
→ Retrieve the electronic key
from the vehicle and lock
the doors again.

When trouble arises

⎯

Details/Actions
The driver’s door was opened
and closed while the electronic
key was not in the vehicle, the
shift lever was in P and the
power switch was not turned
off.
→ Turn the power switch off.
→ Bring the electronic key
back into the vehicle.

(Flashes)

Once

591

592

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Interior
buzzer

Once

Exterior
buzzer

Warning message

Continuous
(Flashes)

Once

An attempt was made to lock
either front door by opening a
door and putting the inside lock
button into the lock position,
then closing the door with the
electronic key still inside the
vehicle.
→ Retrieve the electronic key
from the vehicle and lock
the doors again.

⎯

The electronic key has a low
battery.
→ Replace the electronic key
battery. (→P. 539)

⎯

The steering lock could not be
released within 3 seconds of
the
power
switch
being
pressed.
→ Press the power switch
while depressing the brake
pedal and moving the
steering wheel left and
right.

(Flashes)

Once

Details/Actions

Indicates a malfunction in the
smart key system
→ Have the vehicle inspected
by your Toyota dealer.

⎯

(Flashes)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Interior
buzzer

Once

Exterior
buzzer

Warning message

⎯
(Flashes)

Once

Details/Actions
• When the doors were
unlocked with the mechanical
key and then the power
switch was pressed, the electronic key could not be
detected in the vehicle.
• The electronic key could not
be detected in the vehicle
even after the power switch
was pressed two consecutive times.
→ Touch the electronic key to
the power switch while
depressing
the
brake
pedal.

⎯

During a hybrid system starting
procedure in the event that the
electronic key was not functioning properly (→P. 622), the
power switch was touched with
the electronic key.
→ Press the power switch
within 10 seconds of the
buzzer sounding.

⎯

Indicates that:
• With the power switch off, the
doors were unlocked and
then the driver’s door was
opened and closed;
• The power switch was turned
to ACCESSORY mode without starting the hybrid system; or
• The shift lever was shifted to
P from another position with
the power switch in ON
mode.
→ Press the power switch
while depressing the brake
pedal.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

⎯

593

594

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Interior
buzzer

Once

Exterior
buzzer

Warning message

⎯
(Flashes)

Once

⎯
(Flashes)

⎯

Continuous

The power switch has been
turned off with the shift lever in
a position other than P.
→ Shift the shift lever to P.
After the power switch has
been turned off with the shift
lever in a position other than P,
the shift lever has been shifted
to P.
→ Turn the power switch off.

⎯

Power was turned off due to the
automatic power off function.
→ Next time when starting
the hybrid system, operate the hybrid system for
approximately 5 minutes
to recharge the 12-volt battery.

⎯

Indicates that the hybrid system
was stopped in an emergency
while driving
→ To restart the hybrid system, shift the shift lever to
N and turn the power
switch to ON mode.*

(Flashes)

Once

Details/Actions

Indicates that the power switch
has been pressed while driving
→ Except when emergency
stopping of the vehicle is
needed,
immediately
release the power switch.

⎯

(Flashes)

*: The hybrid system may not be restarted depending on the vehicle condition.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

595

■ Messages displays
The message illustrations used are intended as examples, and may differ
from the image that is actually displayed on the multi-information display.
■ Warning buzzer
→P. 572

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

596

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If you have a flat tire
Your vehicle is equipped with a spare tire. The flat tire can be
replaced with the spare tire.
For details about tires: →P. 522
WARNING
■ If you have a flat tire

Do not continue driving with a flat tire.
Driving even a short distance with a flat tire can damage the tire and the
wheel beyond repair, which could result in an accident.

Before jacking up the vehicle
● Stop the vehicle in a safe place on a hard, flat surface.
● Set the parking brake.
● Shift the shift lever to P.
● Stop the hybrid system.
● Turn on the emergency flashers. (→P. 560)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

597

Location of the spare tire, jack and tools

1 Spare tire

4 Jack

2 Jack handles

5 Adapter socket

3 Wheel nut wrench

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

598

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

WARNING
■ Using the tire jack

Observe the following precautions.
Improper use of the tire jack may cause the vehicle to suddenly fall off
the jack, leading to death or serious injury.
● Do not use the tire jack for any purpose other than replacing tires or
installing and removing tire chains.
● Only use the tire jack that comes with this vehicle for replacing a flat
tire.
Do not use it on other vehicles, and do not use other tire jacks for
replacing tires on this vehicle.
● Put the jack properly in its jack point.
● Do not put any part of your body under the vehicle while it is supported
by the jack.
● Do not start the hybrid system or drive the vehicle while the vehicle is
supported by the jack.
● Do not raise the vehicle while someone is inside.
● When raising the vehicle, do not put an object on or under the jack.
● Do not raise the vehicle to a height greater than that required to
replace the tire.
● Use a jack stand if it is necessary to get under the vehicle.
● When lowering the vehicle, make sure that there is no-one near the
vehicle. If there are people nearby, warn them vocally before lowering.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

599

Taking out the jack
1 Pull the strap upwards to open

the center deck board.

2 To

secure the center deck
board, remove the hook on the
backside of the center deck
board and attach the hook to
the head restraint on the third
seats as shown.

3 Remove the jack cover.

4 Remove the jack after removing

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

the hook.

600

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Taking out the spare tire
1 Pull the strap upwards to open

the center deck board.

2 To

secure the center deck
board, remove the hook on the
backside of the center deck
board and attach the hook to
the head restraint on the third
seats as shown.

3 Remove the mat.

4 Remove the cover.

If it is difficult to remove the
cover, you can use your key.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

601

5 Attach the adapter socket to the

spare tire clamp bolt.

6 Assembling the jack handle.

Remove the jack handle and
assemble it by following these
steps.
1 Loosen the screw.
2 Assemble the jack handle

and tighten the screw.
Check that the screw is firmly
tightened.

7 Connect the jack handle to the

adapter socket. Turn the jack
handle counterclockwise.

Turn the jack handle slowly to
lower the spare tire. If the handle
is turned quickly, as doing so
may cause the shaft to disengage and the tire may not be lowered.

If the spare tire cannot be lowered: →P. 608

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

The tire will be lowered completely to the ground.

602

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

8 Pull out the spare tire and stand

 With

a compact spare tire

 With

a full-size spare tire

it against the bumper.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency


603

Vehicles with a compact spare tire

9 Fully depress the secondary

latch (A) and remove the holding bracket (B) from the hoist
assembly (C).

10 Tilt the bracket (B) and pass it

through the wheel opening.
Then remove the hoist assembly (C).

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

604


8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Vehicles with a full-size spare tire

9 Remove the inside spare tire

cover.

10 Fully depress the secondary

latch (A) and remove the holding bracket (B) from the hoist
assembly (C).

11 Tilt the holding bracket (B) so

that it can easily be passed
through the wheel opening.
After passing the holding
bracket through the wheel
opening, remove the hoist
assembly (C).

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

605

12 Remove the outside spare tire

cover.

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

606

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Replacing a flat tire
1 Chock the tires.

Flat tire
Front

Rear

Wheel chock positions

Left-hand side

Behind the rear right-hand side tire

Right-hand side

Behind the rear left-hand side tire

Left-hand side

In front of the front right-hand side tire

Right-hand side

In front of the front left-hand side tire

2 Slightly loosen the wheel nuts

(one turn).

3 Turn the tire jack portion “A” by

hand until the notch of the jack
is in contact with the jack point.
The jack point guides are located
under the rocker panel. They
indicate the jack point positions.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

607

4 Raise the vehicle until the tire is

slightly raised off the ground.

5 Remove all the wheel nuts and

the tire.
When resting the tire on the
ground, place the tire so that the
wheel design faces up to avoid
scratching the wheel surface.

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

608

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

■ If the spare tire cannot be lowered

If the spare tire cannot be lowered, it may not have been stowed properly.
Perform the following procedure:
1

Fully tighten the spare tire clamp bolt
by turning the jack handle clockwise
until two clicks are heard and the jack
handle skips.

Turn the jack handle counterclockwise to lower the spare tire.
If the spare tire still cannot be lowered, attempt to fully tighten the spare
tire clamp bolt again by turning the
jack handle clockwise. Then turn it
counterclockwise at least 2 turns to
lower the spare tire.

If the spare tire still cannot be lowered, the wire cable may be severed.
Have the vehicle inspected by your Toyota dealer.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

609

WARNING
■ Replacing a flat tire
● Do not touch the disc wheels or the area around the brakes immedi-

ately after the vehicle has been driven.
After the vehicle has been driven the disc wheels and the area around
the brakes will be extremely hot. Touching these areas with hands, feet
or other body parts while changing a tire, etc. may result in burns.
● Failure to follow these precautions could cause the wheel nuts to
loosen and the tire to fall off, resulting in death or serious injury.
• Have the wheel nuts tightened with a torque wrench to 76 ft•lbf (103
N•m, 10.5 kgf•m) as soon as possible after changing wheels.
• Do not attach a heavily damaged wheel ornament, as it may fly off
the wheel while the vehicle is moving.
• When installing a tire, only use wheel nuts that have been specifically designed for that wheel.
• If there are any cracks or deformations in the bolt screws, nut
threads or bolt holes of the wheel, have the vehicle inspected by
your Toyota dealer.
• When installing the wheel nuts, be sure to install them with the
tapered ends facing inward. (→P. 536)
● Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in serious injury:
• Do not try to remove the wheel ornament by hand. Take due care in
handling the ornament to avoid unexpected personal injury.
• Lower the spare tire completely to the ground before removing it
from under the vehicle.

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

610

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

Installing the spare tire
1 Remove any dirt or foreign mat-

ter from the wheel contact surface.
If foreign matter is on the wheel
contact surface, the wheel nuts
may loosen while the vehicle is in
motion, causing the tire to come
off.
2 Install the spare tire and loosely tighten each wheel nut by hand by

approximately the same amount.


Vehicles with a compact spare tire

Tighten the nuts until the
tapered portion comes into
loose contact with the disc
wheel seat.

Tapered portion

Disc
wheel
seat


Vehicles with a full-size spare tire

Turn the nuts until the washers
come into contact with the
wheel.

Disc wheel

Washer

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

611

3 Lower the vehicle.

4 Firmly tighten each wheel nut

two or three times in the order
shown in the illustration.
Tightening torque:
76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

612

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

WARNING
■ Stowing the flat tire

Failure to follow steps listed under stowing the tire may result in damage
to the spare tire carrier and loss of the tire, which could result in serious
injury or death.

Stowing the flat tire, jack and all tools (with a compact spare tire)
1 Remove the center wheel ornament by pushing from the reverse

side.
Be careful not to lose the wheel ornament.
2 Stand the spare tire against the

bumper with the inner surface
facing toward you. Pass the
hoist assembly (C) and holding
bracket (B) through the wheel
opening.

3 Fully depress the secondary

latch (A) and install the bracket
(B) to the hoist assembly (C).

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

613

4 Lay the tire on the ground with

the outer surface (valve stem)
facing up.

5 Before raising the tire, make

sure that the hoist assembly is
perpendicular to the wheel
opening. (Try to place the tire
directly beneath the vehicle,
near where the wire cable is
hanging from.)

Valve stem

6 Using the jack handle and adapter socket, tighten the tire clamp

bolt by turning it clockwise until the tire is in the correct position and
two clicks are heard as the jack handle skips.
7 Confirm it is not loose after

tightening:
1 Push and pull the tire
2 Try rotating
Visually check to ensure tire is
not hung on surrounding parts.
If looseness or misassembly
exists, repeat steps 2 to 7 .
7

, any time the tire is lowered or disturbed.

9 Stow the jack and all tools.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

8 Repeat step

614

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

WARNING
■ Stowing the flat tire

Failure to follow steps listed under stowing the tire may result in damage
to the spare tire carrier and loss of the tire, which could result in serious
injury or death.

Stowing the flat tire, jack and all tools (with a full-size spare tire)
1 Remove the center wheel ornament by pushing from the reverse

side.
Be careful not to lose the wheel ornament.
2 Stand the spare tire against the

bumper with the inner surface
facing toward you and install
the outside spare tire cover.

3 Pass the hoist assembly (C)

and holding bracket (B) through
the wheel opening.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

615

4 Fully depress the secondary

latch (A) and install the bracket
(B) to the hoist assembly (C).

5 Lay the tire on the ground with

the outer surface (valve stem)
facing up.

6 When stowing the tire, make

sure that the hoist assembly is
placed perpendicular to the
wheel opening.

Valve stem

clamp bolt by turning it clockwise until the tire is in the correct position and two clicks are heard as the jack handle skips.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

7 Using the jack handle and adapter socket, tighten the spare tire

616

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

8 Install

the inside spare tire
cover to the outside spare tire
cover.

9 Confirm it is not loose after

tightening:
1 Push and pull the tire
2 Try rotating
Visually check to ensure tire is
not hung on surrounding parts.
If looseness or misassembly
exists, repeat steps 2 to 9 .
10 Repeat step

, any time the tire is lowered or disturbed.

11 Stow the jack and all tools.

■ The compact spare tire (vehicles with a compact spare tire)
● The compact spare tire is identified by the label “TEMPORARY USE

ONLY” on the tire sidewall.
Use the compact spare tire temporarily, and only in an emergency.
● Make sure to check the tire inflation pressure of the compact spare tire.
(→P. 646)
■ When the compact spare tire is installed (vehicles with a compact
spare tire)
The vehicle is lower when the compact spare tire is installed compared to
when standard tires are installed.
■ When using the compact spare tire (vehicles with a tire pressure
warning system)
As the compact spare tire is not equipped with a tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, low inflation pressure of the spare tire will not be
indicated by the tire pressure warning system. Also, if you replace the
compact spare tire after the tire pressure warning light comes on, the light
remains on.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

617

■ If you have a flat front tire on a road covered with snow or ice (vehi-

cles with a compact spare tire)
Install the compact spare tire on one of the rear wheels of the vehicle.
Perform the following steps and fit tire chains to the front tires:
1

Replace a rear tire with the compact spare tire.

Replace the flat front tire with the tire removed from the rear of the vehicle.

Fit tire chains to the front tires.
WARNING

■ When using the compact spare tire (vehicles with a compact spare

tire)
● Remember that the compact spare tire provided is specifically
designed for use with your vehicle. Do not use your compact spare tire
on another vehicle.
● Do not use more than one compact spare tires simultaneously.
● Replace the compact spare tire with a standard tire as soon as possible.
● Avoid sudden acceleration, abrupt steering, sudden braking and shifting operations that cause sudden engine braking.
■ When the compact spare tire is attached (vehicles with a compact
spare tire)
The vehicle speed may not be correctly detected, and the following systems may not operate correctly:
•
•
•
•
•
•

ABS & Brake assist
VDIM
TRAC
Dynamic radar cruise control
Pre-Collision System
EPS

• Automatic High Beam
• LDA (Lane Departure Alert with
steering control)
• Intuitive parking assist
(if equipped)
• Navigation system (if equipped)

Do not drive at speeds in excess of 50 mph (80 km/h) when a compact
spare tire is installed on the vehicle.
The compact spare tire is not designed for driving at high speeds. Failure to observe this precaution may lead to an accident causing death or
serious injury.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

■ Speed limit when using the compact spare tire

618

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

WARNING
■ Replacing a flat tire for vehicles with power back door

In cases such as when replacing tires, make sure to turn off the power
back door main switch (→P. 133). Failure to do so may cause the back
door to operate unintentionally if the power back door switch is accidentally touched, resulting in hands and fingers being caught and injured.
■ After using the tools and jack
Before driving, make sure all the tools and jack are securely in place in
their storage location to reduce the possibility of personal injury during a
collision or sudden braking.
NOTICE
■ Be careful when driving over bumps with the compact spare tire

installed on the vehicle.
The vehicle becomes lower when driving with the compact spare tire
compared to when driving with standard tires. Be careful when driving
over uneven road surfaces.
■ Driving with tire chains and the compact spare tire
Do not fit tire chains to the compact spare tire.
Tire chains may damage the vehicle body and adversely affect driving
performance.
■ When replacing the tires
When removing or fitting the wheels, tires or the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter, contact your Toyota dealer as the tire pressure
warning valve and transmitter may be damaged if not handled correctly.
■ To avoid damage to the tire pressure warning valves and transmitters
When a tire is repaired with liquid sealants, the tire pressure warning
valve and transmitter may not operate properly. If a liquid sealant is
used, contact your Toyota dealer or other qualified service shop as soon
as possible. Make sure to replace the tire pressure warning valve and
transmitter when replacing the tire. (→P. 524)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

619

NOTICE
■ When stowing the flat tire
● Ensure that there is no object caught between the tire and the vehicle

underbody.
● Securely tighten the spare tire clamp bolt to hold the spare wheel carrier by the hook.
● Stow the flat tire in the spare tire location. Failure to do so may cause
damage to the spare tire carrier. Proper storage reduces the possibility
of injury in a collision or during sudden braking.
● Have the flat tire repaired and the spare tire replaced with it as soon as
possible.
■ Proper storage of the spare tire
● If the hoist assembly is slanted when

stowing a tire, the hoist assembly may
become stuck in the wheel opening
and the tire may not be raised properly, causing damage to the wheel or
the wire cable.

● Do not attempt to turn the spare tire clamp bolt without a tire on the

hoist assembly, as doing so may cause the wire cable to slip off of the
shaft inside the unit and the wire cable may not be able to be raised or
lowered. If the spare tire clamp bolt has been turned without a tire on
the hoist assembly and the wire cable cannot be raised or lowered,
contact your Toyota dealer.

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

620

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If the hybrid system will not start
Reasons for the hybrid system not starting vary depending on
the situation. Check the following and perform the appropriate
procedure:
The hybrid system will not start even though the correct starting
procedure is being followed. (→P. 225)
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
● The electronic key may not be functioning properly. (→P. 623)
● There may not be sufficient fuel in the vehicle’s tank.
Refuel the vehicle.
● There may be a malfunction in the immobilizer system. (→P. 91)
● There may be a malfunction in the steering lock system.
● The hybrid system may be malfunctioning due to an electrical problem such as electronic key battery depletion or a blown fuse. However, depending on the type of malfunction, an interim measure is
available to start the hybrid system. (→P. 621)
The interior lights and headlights are dim, or the horn does not
sound or sounds at a low volume.
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
● The 12-volt battery may be discharged. (→P. 625)
● The 12-volt battery terminal connections may be loose or corroded.
(→P. 517)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

621

The interior lights and headlights do not turn on, or the horn
does not sound.
One of the following may be the cause of the problem:
● The 12-volt battery may be discharged. (→P. 625)
● One or both of the 12-volt battery terminals may be disconnected.
(→P. 517)
Contact your Toyota dealer if the problem cannot be repaired, or if repair
procedures are unknown.

Emergency start function
When the hybrid system does not start, the following steps can be
used as an interim measure to start the hybrid system if the power
switch is functioning normally.
Do not use this starting procedure except in cases of emergency.
1 Set the parking brake.
2 Shift the shift lever to P.
3 Turn the power switch to ACCESSORY mode.
4 Press and hold the power switch for about 15 seconds while

depressing the brake pedal firmly.
Even if the hybrid system can be started using the above steps, the
system may be malfunctioning. Have the vehicle inspected by your
Toyota dealer.

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

622

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If the electronic key does not operate
properly
If communication between the electronic key and vehicle is
interrupted (→P. 149) or the electronic key cannot be used
because the battery is depleted, the smart key system, push button start and wireless remote control cannot be used. In such
cases, the doors can be opened and the hybrid system can be
started by following the procedure below.
Locking and unlocking the doors and key linked functions
Use the mechanical key (→P.
121) in order to perform the following operations:
1 Locks all the doors
2 Closes the windows and moon

roof*1 (turn and hold)*2
(→P. 179, 182)

3 Unlocks the door
Turning the key rearward unlocks the driver’s door. Turning the key once
again within 5 seconds unlocks the other doors.
1
2
4 Opens the windows and moon roof* (turn and hold)*

(→P. 179, 182)

* : If equipped
*2: This setting must be customized at your Toyota dealer.
1

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

623

Starting the hybrid system
1 Ensure that the shift lever is in P and depress the brake pedal.
2 Touch the Toyota emblem side

of the electronic key to the
power switch.
When the electronic key is
detected, a buzzer sounds and
the power switch will turn to ON
mode.
When the smart key system is
deactivated in customization setting, the power switch will turn to
ACCESSORY mode.
3 Firmly depress the brake pedal.

Check that

and a message are shown on the multi-information

display.
4 Press the power switch.

In the event that the hybrid system still cannot be started, contact your
Toyota dealer.

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

624

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

■ Stopping the hybrid system
Shift the shift lever to P and press the power switch as you normally do when
stopping the hybrid system.
■ Replacing the key battery
As the above procedure is a temporary measure, it is recommended that the
electronic key battery be replaced immediately when the battery is depleted.
(→P. 539)
■ Changing power switch modes
Release the brake pedal and press the power switch in step 3 above.
The hybrid system does not start and modes will be changed each time the
switch is pressed. (→P. 226)
■ When the electronic key does not work properly
● Make sure that the smart key system has not been deactivated in the customization setting. If it is off, turn the function on.
(Customizable features →P. 666)
● Check if battery-saving mode is set. If it is set, cancel the function.
(→P. 148)
WARNING
■ When using the mechanical key and operating the power windows or
moon roof
Operate the power window or moon roof after checking to make sure that
there is no possibility of any passenger having any of their body parts
caught in the window or moon roof.
Also, do not allow children to operate the mechanical key. It is possible for
children and other passengers to get caught in the power window or moon
roof.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

625

If the 12-volt battery is discharged
The following procedures may be used to start the hybrid system if the 12-volt battery is discharged.
You can also call your Toyota dealer or a qualified repair shop.
If you have a set of jumper (or booster) cables and a second vehicle
with a 12-volt battery, you can jump start your vehicle by following the
steps below.
1 Vehicles with an alarm, confirm

that the electronic key is being
carried.
When connecting the jumper (or
booster) cables, depending on the
situation, the alarm may activate
and doors locked. (→P. 95)

2 Open the hood and fuse box

cover.

3 Open the exclusive jump start-

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

ing terminal cover.

626

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

4 Remove the engine cover.

5 Connect the jumper cables according to the following procedure:

1 Connect a positive jumper cable clamp to the exclusive jump

starting terminal on your vehicle.
2 Connect the clamp on the other end of the positive cable to the

positive (+) battery terminal on the second vehicle.
3 Connect a negative cable clamp to the negative (-) battery termi-

nal on the second vehicle.
4 Connect the clamp at the other end of the negative cable to a

solid, stationary, unpainted metallic point away from the exclusive
jump starting terminal and any moving parts, as shown in the
illustration.
6 Start the engine of the second vehicle. Increase the engine speed

slightly and maintain at that level for approximately 5 minutes to
recharge the 12-volt battery of your vehicle.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

627

7 Open and close any of the doors of your vehicle with the power

switch off.
8 Maintain the engine speed of the second vehicle and start the

hybrid system of your vehicle by turning the power switch to ON
mode.
9 Make sure the “READY” indicator comes on. If the indicator does

not come on, contact your Toyota dealer.
10 Once the hybrid system has started, remove the jumper cables in

the exact reverse order from which they were connected.
11 Close the exclusive jump starting terminal cover, and reinstall the

fuse box cover to its original position.
When installing, first hook the fuse box cover onto the two rear tabs.

Once the hybrid system starts, have the vehicle inspected at your
Toyota dealer as soon as possible.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

■ Starting the hybrid system when the 12-volt battery is discharged
The hybrid system cannot be started by push-starting.
■ To prevent 12-volt battery discharge
● Turn off the headlights and the audio system while the hybrid system is off.
● Turn off any unnecessary electrical components when the vehicle is running
at a low speed for an extended period, such as in heavy traffic.
■ When recharging or replacing the 12-volt battery
● In some cases, it may not be possible to unlock the doors using the smart
key system when the 12-volt battery is discharged. Use the wireless remote
control or the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors.
● The hybrid system may not start on the first attempt after the 12-volt battery
has recharged but will start normally after the second attempt. This is not a
malfunction.
● The power switch mode is memorized by the vehicle. When the 12-volt battery is reconnected, the system will return to the mode it was in before the
12-volt battery was discharged. Before disconnecting the 12-volt battery,
turn the power switch off.
If you are unsure what mode the power switch was in before the 12-volt battery discharged, be especially careful when reconnecting the 12-volt battery.
● Vehicle with power back door: The power back door must be initialized.
(→P. 677)
■ Charging the 12-volt battery
The electricity stored in the 12-volt battery will discharge gradually even when
the vehicle is not in use, due to natural discharge and the draining effects of
certain electrical appliances. If the vehicle is left for a long time, the 12-volt
battery may discharge, and the hybrid system may be unable to start. (The
12-volt battery recharges automatically while the hybrid system is operating.)

628

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

WARNING
■ Avoiding 12-volt battery fires or explosions
Observe the following precautions to prevent accidentally igniting the flammable gas that may be emitted from the 12-volt battery:
● Make sure each jumper cable is connected to the correct terminal and that
it is not unintentionally in contact with any other than the intended terminal.
● Do not allow the other end of the jumper cable connected to the “+” terminal to come into contact with any other parts or metal surfaces in the area,
such as brackets or unpainted metal.
● Do not allow the + and - clamps of the jumper cables to come into contact
with each other.
● Do not smoke, use matches, cigarette lighters or allow open flame near
the 12-volt battery.
■ 12-volt battery precautions
The 12-volt battery contains poisonous and corrosive acidic electrolyte,
while related parts contain lead and lead compounds. Observe the following
precautions when handling the 12-volt battery:
● When working with the 12-volt battery, always wear safety glasses and
take care not to allow any 12-volt battery fluids (acid) to come into contact
with skin, clothing or the vehicle body.
● Do not lean over the 12-volt battery.
● In the event that 12-volt battery fluid comes into contact with the skin or
eyes, immediately wash the affected area with water and seek medical
attention.
Place a wet sponge or cloth over the affected area until medical attention
can be received.
● Always wash your hands after handling the 12-volt battery support, terminals, and other battery-related parts.
● Do not allow children near the 12-volt battery.
■ After recharging the 12-volt battery
Have the 12-volt battery inspected at your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.
If the 12-volt battery is deteriorating, continued use may cause the 12-volt
battery to emit a malodorous gas, which may be detrimental to the health of
passengers.
■ When replacing the 12-volt battery
→P. 521

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

629

NOTICE
■ When handling jumper cables
When connecting the jumper cables, ensure that they do not become entangled in the cooling fans or belt.
■ Exclusive jump starting terminal
The exclusive jump starting terminal is intended to charge the 12-volt battery on your vehicle from another vehicle in an emergency. Do not use the
exclusive jump starting terminal to jump start another vehicle.

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

630

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If your vehicle overheats
The following may indicate that your vehicle is overheating.
● The needle of the engine coolant temperature gauge (→P. 103)
enters the red zone or a loss of hybrid system power is experienced. (For example, the vehicle speed does not increase.)
● “Hybrid System Overheated Reduced Output Power” is shown on
the multi-information display.
● Steam comes out from under the hood.
Correction procedures
■ If the needle of the engine coolant temperature gauge enters

the red zone
1 Stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the air conditioning

system, and then stop the hybrid system.
2 If you see steam:

Carefully lift the hood after the steam subsides.
If you do not see steam:
Carefully lift the hood.
3 After the hybrid system has

cooled down sufficiently,
inspect the hoses and radiator core (radiator) for any
leaks.
1 Radiator
2 Cooling fans
If a large amount of coolant
leaks, immediately contact
your Toyota dealer.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

631

4 The coolant level is satisfac-

tory if it is between the
“FULL” and “LOW” lines on
the reservoir.
1 Reservoir
2 “FULL”
3 “LOW”
4 Radiator cap
5 Add coolant if necessary.

Water can be used in an emergency if coolant is unavailable.

6 Start the hybrid system and turn the air conditioning system on to

check that the radiator cooling fans operate and to check for
coolant leaks from the radiator or hoses.
The fans operate when the air conditioning system is turned on immediately after a cold start. Confirm that the fans are operating by checking
the fan sound and air flow. If it is difficult to check these, turn the air conditioning system on and off repeatedly.
(The fans may not operate in freezing temperatures.)
7 If the fans are not operating:

Stop the hybrid system immediately and contact your Toyota
dealer.

If the fans are operating:
Have the vehicle inspected at the nearest Toyota dealer.

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

632

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

■ If “Hybrid System Overheated Reduced Output Power” is

shown on the multi-information display
1 Stop the vehicle in a safe place.
2 Stop the hybrid system and carefully lift the hood.
3 After the hybrid system has

cooled down, inspect the
hoses and radiator core
(radiator) for any leaks.
1 Radiator
2 Cooling fans
If a large amount of coolant
leaks, immediately contact
your Toyota dealer.
4 The coolant level is satisfac-

tory if it is between the
“FULL” and “LOW” lines on
the reservoir.
1 Reservoir
2 “FULL”
3 “LOW”
5 Add coolant if necessary.

Water can be used in an emergency if coolant is unavailable.

6 Start the hybrid system and check the multi-information display.

If the message does not disappear:
Stop the hybrid system and contact your Toyota dealer.
If the message is not displayed:
Have the vehicle inspected at the nearest Toyota dealer.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

633

■ Messages displays
The message illustrations used are intended as examples, and may differ
from the image that is actually displayed on the multi-information display.
WARNING
■ When inspecting under the hood of your vehicle
Observe the following precautions.
Failure to do so may result in serious injury such as burns.
● If steam is seen coming from under the hood, do not open the hood until
the steam has subsided. The engine compartment may be very hot.
● After the hybrid system has been turned off, check that the “READY” indicator are off.
When the hybrid system is operating, the gasoline engine may automatically start, or the cooling fans may suddenly operate even if the gasoline
engine stops. Do not touch or approach rotating parts such as the fans,
which may lead to fingers or clothing (especially a tie, a scarf or a muffler)
getting caught, resulting in serious injury.
● Do not loosen the radiator cap and the coolant reservoir caps while the
hybrid system and radiator are hot.
High temperature steam or coolant could spray out.
NOTICE

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

When trouble arises

■ When adding engine/power control unit coolant
Add coolant slowly after the hybrid system has cooled down sufficiently.
Adding cool coolant to a hot hybrid system too quickly can cause damage to
the hybrid system.
■ To prevent damage to the cooling system
Observe the following precautions:
● Avoid contaminating the coolant with foreign matter (such as sand or dust
etc.).
● Do not use any coolant additive.

634

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

If the vehicle becomes stuck
Carry out the following procedures if the tires spin or the vehicle
becomes stuck in mud, dirt or snow:
1 Stop the hybrid system. Set the parking brake and shift the shift

lever to P.
2 Remove the mud, snow or sand from around the front wheels.
3 Place wood, stones or some other material under the front wheels

to help provide traction.
4 Restart the hybrid system.
5 Shift the shift lever to D or R and release the parking brake. Then,

while exercising caution, depress the accelerator pedal.
■ When it is difficult to free the vehicle
Press

to turn off TRAC.

WARNING
■ When attempting to free a stuck vehicle
If you choose to push the vehicle back and forth to free it, make sure the
surrounding area is clear to avoid striking other vehicles, objects or people.
The vehicle may also lunge forward or lunge back suddenly as it becomes
free. Use extreme caution.
■ When shifting the shift lever
Be careful not to shift the shift lever with the accelerator pedal depressed.
This may lead to unexpected rapid acceleration of the vehicle that may
cause an accident resulting in death or serious injury.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

635

NOTICE
■ To avoid damaging the transmission and other components
● Avoid spinning the front wheels and depressing the accelerator pedal
more than necessary.
● If the vehicle remains stuck even after these procedures are performed,
the vehicle may require towing to be freed.

When trouble arises

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

636

8-2. Steps to take in an emergency

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

637

Vehicle specifications

9
9-1. Specifications
Maintenance data
(fuel, oil level, etc.) .......... 638
Fuel information ................ 650
Tire information ................. 653
9-2. Customization
Customizable features ...... 666
9-3. Initialization
Items to initialize ............... 677

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

638

9-1. Specifications

Maintenance data (fuel, oil level, etc.)
Dimensions and weights
Overall length

192.5 in. (4890 mm)

Overall width

75.8 in. (1925 mm)
 Without roof antenna

Overall height*1

68.1 in. (1730 mm)
 With roof antenna
70.1 in. (1780 mm)

Wheelbase

109.8 in. (2790 mm)

Front tread

64.4 in. (1635 mm)

Rear tread

64.0 in. (1625 mm)

Vehicle capacity weight
(Occupant + luggage)

GVU58L-ARXNHA models*2: 1340 lb.
(610 kg)
GVU58L-ARXMHA models*2: 1300 lb.
(590 kg)
GVU58L-ARXGHA models*2: 1230 lb.
(560 kg)

Trailer Weight Rating
(Trailer weight + cargo
weight)

3500 lb. (1590 kg)

*1: Unladen vehicle
*2: The model code is indicated on the Certification Label. (→P. 639)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

9-1. Specifications

639

Vehicle identification
■ Vehicle identification number

The vehicle identification number (VIN) is the legal identifier for
your vehicle. This is the primary identification number for your
Toyota. It is used in registering the ownership of your vehicle.
This number is stamped on the
top left of the instrument panel.

On some models, this number
is stamped under the right-hand
front seat.

This number is also on the Certification Label.

Vehicle specifications

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

640

9-1. Specifications

■ Engine number

The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown.

Engine
Model

2GR-FXS

Type

6-cylinder V type, 4-cycle, gasoline

Bore and stroke

3.70 × 3.27 in. (94.0 × 83.0 mm)

Displacement

210.9 cu. in. (3456 cm3)

Valve clearance
Drive belt tension

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Automatic adjustment

9-1. Specifications

641

Fuel
Fuel type

Unleaded gasoline only

Octane rating

87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher

Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)

17.1 gal. (65.0 L, 14.2 Imp. gal.)

Front electric motor (traction motor)
Type

Permanent magnet synchronous motor

Maximum output

123 kW

Maximum torque

247 ft•lbf (335 N•m, 34.2 kgf•m)

Rear electric motor (traction motor)
Type

Permanent magnet synchronous motor

Maximum output

50 kW

Maximum torque

103 ft•lbf (139 N•m, 14.2 kgf•m)

Hybrid battery (traction battery)
Type

Nickel-Metal hydride battery

Voltage

9.6 V/module

Capacity

6.5 Ah (3HR)

Quantity

30 modules

Overall voltage

288 V

Vehicle specifications

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

642

9-1. Specifications

Lubrication system
Oil capacity
(Drain and refill ⎯ reference*)
With filter

5.8 qt. (5.5 L, 4.8 Imp. qt.)

Without filter

5.6 qt. (5.3 L, 4.7 Imp. qt.)

*: The engine oil capacity is a reference quantity to be used when changing
the engine oil. Warm up the engine and turn off the hybrid system, wait
more than 5 minutes, and check the oil level on the dipstick.
■ Engine oil selection

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in your Toyota vehicle. Use
Toyota approved “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent to satisfy
the following grade and viscosity.
Oil grade: ILSAC GF-5 multigrade engine oil

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

9-1. Specifications

643

Recommended viscosity: SAE 0W-20
SAE 0W-20 is the best choice
for good fuel economy and
good starting in cold weather.
If SAE 0W-20 is not available,
SAE 5W-20 oil may be used.
However, it must be replaced
with SAE 0W-20 at the next oil
change.

Outside temperature

Oil viscosity (0W-20 is explained here as an example):
• The 0W in 0W-20 indicates the characteristic of the oil which
allows cold startability. Oils with a lower value before the W allow
for easier starting of the engine in cold weather.
• The 20 in 0W-20 indicates the viscosity characteristic of the oil
when the oil is at high temperature. An oil with a higher viscosity
(one with a higher value) may be better suited if the vehicle is
operated at high speeds, or under extreme load conditions.
How to read oil container label:
The International Lubricant Specification Advisory Committee
(ILSAC) Certification Mark is added to some oil containers to help
you select the oil you should use.

Vehicle specifications

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

644

9-1. Specifications

Cooling system
Capacity (reference)
Gasoline engine
Power control unit

Coolant type

13.1 qt. (12.4 L, 10.9 Imp. qt.)
2.0 qt. (1.9 L, 1.7 Imp. qt.)
Use either of the following.
• “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
• Similar high-quality ethylene glycol-based
non-silicate, non-amine, non-nitrite, and
non-borate coolant with long-life hybrid
organic acid technology
Do not use plain water alone.

Ignition system
Spark plug
Make

DENSO FK20HBR8

Gap

0.031 in. (0.8 mm)

NOTICE
■ Iridium-tipped spark plugs
Use only iridium-tipped spark plugs. Do not adjust the spark plug gap.

Electrical system
12-volt battery
Open voltage at 68°F 12.0 V or More
(20°C):
If the voltage is lower than the standard value,
charge the battery.
(Voltage is checked 20 minutes after the hybrid
system and all lights are turned off.)
Charging rates

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

5 A max.

9-1. Specifications

645

Hybrid transmission
 Front

Fluid capacity*

4.9 qt. (4.6 L, 4.0 Imp. qt.)
 Rear
1.9 qt. (1.8 L, 1.6 Imp. qt.)

Fluid type

Toyota Genuine ATF WS

*: The fluid capacity is a reference quantity.
If replacement is necessary, contact your Toyota dealer.
NOTICE
■ Hybrid transmission fluid type
Using transmission fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF WS” may ultimately damage the transmission of your vehicle.

Brakes
Pedal clearance*1

3.7 in. (93 mm) Min.

Pedal free play

0.04 ⎯ 0.08 in. (1 ⎯ 2 mm)

Brake pad wear limit

0.04 in. (1.0 mm)

Parking brake
wear limit

lining

0.04 in. (1.0 mm)

Parking
travel*2

pedal

brake

Fluid type

8 ⎯ 11 clicks
SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3

*1: Minimum pedal clearance when depressed with a force of 110 lbf (490 N,
50 kgf) while the hybrid system is on.

: Parking brake pedal travel when depressed with a force of 67 lbf (300 N,
31 kgf)

Free play

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Less than 1.2 in. (30 mm)

Vehicle specifications

Steering

646

9-1. Specifications

Tires and wheels


Type A

Tire size

245/60R18 105T, T165/90D18 107M (spare)

Front
36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Rear
36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Spare
Tire inflation pressure
60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm2 or bar)
(Recommended cold Driving at high speeds (above 100 mph [160
tire inflation pressure) km/h]) (in countries where such speeds are
permitted by law)
Add 3 psi (20 kPa, 0.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) to the
front tires and rear tires. Never exceed the
maximum cold tire inflation pressure indicated on the tire sidewall.
Wheel size

18 × 7 1/2 J, 18 × 4T (spare)

Wheel nut torque

76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)



Type B

Tire size

P245/60R18 104T, T165/90D18 107M (spare)

18 × 7 1/2 J, 18 × 4T (spare)

Wheel nut torque

76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

9-1. Specifications


647

Type C

Tire size

245/55R19 103T, T165/90D18 107M (spare)

19 × 7 1/2 J, 18 × 4T (spare)

Wheel nut torque

76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)



Type D

Tire size

245/60R18 105T

Wheel size

18 × 7 1/2 J

Wheel nut torque

76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Vehicle specifications

Front
36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Rear
36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar)
Spare
Tire inflation pressure
36 psi (250 kPa, 2.5 kgf/cm2 or bar)
(Recommended cold Driving at high speeds (above 100 mph [160
tire inflation pressure) km/h]) (in countries where such speeds are
permitted by law)
Add 3 psi (20 kPa, 0.2 kgf/cm2 or bar) to the
front tires and rear tires. Never exceed the
maximum cold tire inflation pressure indicated on the tire sidewall.

648


9-1. Specifications

Type E

Tire size

P245/60R18 104T

18 × 7 1/2 J

Wheel nut torque

76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)



Type F

Tire size

245/55R19 103T

19 × 7 1/2 J

Wheel nut torque

76 ft•lbf (103 N•m, 10.5 kgf•m)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

649

9-1. Specifications

Light bulbs*1
Light bulbs

Bulb No.

Type

9005
⎯

60
55

A
B

7444NA

28/8

Front side maker lights

⎯

Front fog lights*

⎯

Rear turn signal lights

⎯

Back-up lights

⎯

License plate lights

⎯

Vanity lights

⎯

1.26

Headlights
High beam
Low beam
Parking and front turn signal
lights
Exterior

Interior

Front
lights

interior/front

personal

⎯

Rear
lights

interior/rear

personal

⎯

168

⎯

D
F

Front door courtesy lights
Luggage compartment light
Type A
Type B
A: HB3 halogen bulbs

B: H11 halogen bulbs

C: Wedge base bulbs (amber)

D: Wedge base bulbs (clear)

E: H16 halogen bulbs

F: Double end bulbs

* Light bulbs not listed in this table are LED bulbs.
*2: If equipped
1:

Vehicle specifications

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

650

9-1. Specifications

Fuel information
You must only use unleaded gasoline.
Select octane rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher.
Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than 87
may result in engine knocking. Persistent knocking can lead to
engine damage.
At minimum, the gasoline you use should meet the specifications of
ASTM D4814 in the U.S.A..
■ Gasoline quality
In very few cases, driveability problems may be caused by the brand of gasoline you are using. If driveability problems persist, try changing the brand of
gasoline. If this does not correct the problem, consult your Toyota dealer.
■ Gasoline quality standards
● Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.A., Europe and Japan have developed
a specification for fuel quality called the World-Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC),
which is expected to be applied worldwide.
● The WWFC consists of four categories that are based on required emission
levels. In the U.S., category 4 has been adopted.
● The WWFC improves air quality by lowering emissions in vehicle fleets, and
improves customer satisfaction through better performance.
■ Recommendation of the use of gasoline containing detergent additives
● Toyota recommends the use of gasoline that contains detergent additives to
avoid the build-up of engine deposits.
● All gasoline sold in the U.S.A. contains minimum detergent additives to
clean and/or keep clean intake systems, per EPA’s lowest additives concentration program.
● Toyota strongly recommends the use of Top Tier Detergent Gasoline. For
more information on Top Tier Detergent Gasoline and a list of marketers,
please go to the official website www.toptiergas.com.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

9-1. Specifications

651

■ Recommendation of the use of low emissions gasoline
Gasolines containing oxygenates such as ethers and ethanol, as well as
reformulated gasolines, are available in some cities. These fuels are typically
acceptable for use, providing they meet other fuel requirements.
Toyota recommends these fuels, since the formulations allow for reduced
vehicle emissions.
■ Non-recommendation of the use of blended gasoline
● Use only gasoline containing up to 15%
ethanol.
DO NOT use any flex-fuel or gasoline
that could contain more than 15% ethanol, including from any pump labeled
E30, E50, E85 (which are only some
examples of fuel containing more than
15% ethanol).

DO NOT use gasoline
containing more than
15% ethanol.
(30% ethanol)
(50% ethanol)
(85% ethanol)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Vehicle specifications

● If you use gasohol in your vehicle, be sure that it has an octane rating no
lower than 87.
● Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline containing methanol.
■ Non-recommendation of the use of gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains an octane enhancing additive called MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
Toyota does not recommend the use of gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel
containing MMT is used, your emission control system may be adversely
affected.
The malfunction indicator lamp on the instrument cluster may come on. If this
happens, contact your Toyota dealer for service.
■ If your engine knocks
● Consult your Toyota dealer.
● You may occasionally notice light knocking for a short time while accelerating or driving uphill. This is normal and there is no need for concern.

652

9-1. Specifications

NOTICE
■ Notice on fuel quality
● Do not use improper fuels. If improper fuels are used, the engine will be
damaged.
● Do not use leaded gasoline.
Leaded gasoline can cause damage to your vehicle’s three-way catalytic
converters causing the emission control system to malfunction.
● Do not use gasohol other than the type previously stated.
Other gasohol may cause fuel system damage or vehicle performance
problems.
● Using unleaded gasoline with an octane number or rating lower than the
level previously stated will cause persistent heavy knocking.
At worst, this will lead to engine damage.
■ Fuel-related poor driveability
If poor driveability (poor hot starting, vaporization, engine knocking, etc.) is
encountered after using a different type of fuel, discontinue the use of that
type of fuel.
■ When refueling with gasohol
Take care not to spill gasohol. It can damage your vehicle’s paint.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

9-1. Specifications

653

Tire information
Typical tire symbols


Full-size tire



Compact spare tire

Vehicle specifications

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

654

9-1. Specifications

1 Tire size

(→P. 656)

2 DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN)

(→P. 655)

3 Location of treadwear indicators

(→P. 522)

4 Tire ply composition and materials

Plies are layers of rubber-coated parallel cords. Cords are the strands
which form the plies in a tire.
5 Radial tires or bias-ply tires

A radial tire has “RADIAL” on the sidewall. A tire not marked “RADIAL”
is a bias-ply tire.
6 TUBELESS or TUBE TYPE

A tubeless tire does not have a tube and air is directly put into the tire.
A tube type tire has a tube inside the tire and the tube maintains the air
pressure.
7 Load limit at maximum cold tire inflation pressure

(→P. 660)

8 Maximum cold tire inflation pressure

(→P. 660)

This means the pressure to which a tire may be inflated.
9 Uniform tire quality grading

For details, see “Uniform Tire Quality Grading” that follows.
10 Summer tires or all season tires

(→P. 527)

An all season tire has “M+S” on the sidewall. A tire not marked “M+S”
is a summer tire.
11 “TEMPORARY USE ONLY”

A compact spare tire is identified by the phrase “TEMPORARY USE
ONLY” molded on its sidewall. This tire is designed for temporary
emergency use only.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

9-1. Specifications

655

Typical DOT and Tire Identification Number (TIN)


Type A



Type B

1 DOT symbol*
2 Tire Identification Number (TIN)
3 Tire manufacturer’s identification mark
4 Tire size code
5 Manufacturer’s optional tire type code (3 or 4 letters)
6 Manufacturing week
7 Manufacturing year
8 Manufacturer's code

*: The DOT symbol certifies that the tire conforms to applicable Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

Vehicle specifications

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

656

9-1. Specifications

Tire size
■ Typical tire size information

The illustration indicates typical
tire size.
1 Tire use (P = Passenger car,

T = Temporary use)
2 Section width (millimeters)
3 Aspect ratio

(tire height to section width)
4 Tire construction code

(R = Radial, D = Diagonal)
5 Wheel diameter (inches)
6 Load index

(2 digits or 3 digits)
7 Speed symbol

(alphabet with one letter)
■ Tire dimensions

1 Section width
2 Tire height
3 Wheel diameter

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

9-1. Specifications

657

Tire section names
1 Bead
2 Sidewall
3 Shoulder
4 Tread
5 Belt
6 Inner liner
7 Reinforcing rubber
8 Carcass
9 Rim lines
10 Bead wires
11 Chafer

Vehicle specifications

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

658

9-1. Specifications

Uniform Tire Quality Grading
This information has been prepared in accordance with regulations
issued by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration of the
U.S. Department of Transportation.
It provides the purchasers and/or prospective purchasers of Toyota
vehicles with information on uniform tire quality grading.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer any questions you may have as
you read this information.
■ DOT quality grades

All passenger vehicle tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and
maximum section width.
For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A
■ Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course.
For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half (1 - 1/2)
times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use. Performance may differ significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences
in road characteristics and climate.
■ Traction AA, A, B, C

The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B and C,
and they represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as
measured under controlled conditions on specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking
(straight ahead) traction tests and does not include cornering (turning) traction.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

9-1. Specifications

659

■ Temperature A, B, C

The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing
the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified
indoor laboratory test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure.
Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger
car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades of a tire assume that it is properly
inflated and not overloaded.
Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire
failure.

Vehicle specifications

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

660

9-1. Specifications

Glossary of tire terminology
Tire related term

Meaning

Tire pressure when the vehicle has been
Cold tire inflation pres- parked for three hours or more, or has not
sure
been driven more than 1 mile or 1.5 km under
that condition
Maximum
pressure

inflation

Recommended
tion pressure

The maximum cold inflated pressure to which
a tire may be inflated, shown on the sidewall
of the tire

infla- Cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a
manufacturer

Accessory weight

The combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be replaced) of hybrid
transmission, power steering, power brakes,
power windows, power seats, radio and
heater, to the extent that these items are available as factory-installed equipment (whether
installed or not)

Curb weight

The weight of a motor vehicle with standard
equipment, including the maximum capacity of
fuel, oil and coolant, and if so equipped, air
conditioning and additional weight optional
engine

The sum of:
(a) Curb weight
Maximum loaded vehi(b) Accessory weight
cle weight
(c) Vehicle capacity weight
(d) Production options weight
Normal
weight

occupant

Occupant distribution

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

150 lb. (68 kg) times the number of occupants
specified in the second column of Table 1*
that follows
Distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table 1* below

9-1. Specifications

Tire related term

Production
weight

661

Meaning

The combined weight of installed regular production options weighing over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in
excess of the standard items which they
options
replace, not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, including heavy
duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy
duty 12-volt battery, and special trim

Rim

A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube
assembly upon which the tire beads are
seated

Rim diameter
(Wheel diameter)

Nominal diameter of the bead seat

Rim size designation

Rim diameter and width

Rim type designation

The industry manufacturer’s designation for a
rim by style or code

Rim width

Nominal distance between rim flanges

Vehicle
capacity The rated cargo and luggage load plus 150 lb.
weight
(Total
load (68 kg) times the vehicle’s designated seating
capacity)
capacity
The load on an individual tire that is deterVehicle maximum load mined by distributing to each axle its share of
on the tire
the maximum loaded vehicle weight, and
dividing by two
The load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of
Vehicle normal load on
curb weight, accessory weight, and normal
the tire
occupant weight (distributed in accordance
with Table 1* below), and dividing by two
The surface area of the rim not covered by the
inflated tire

Bead

The part of the tire that is made of steel wires,
wrapped or reinforced by ply cords and that is
shaped to fit the rim

Bead separation

A breakdown of the bond between components in the bead

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Vehicle specifications

Weather side

662

9-1. Specifications

Tire related term

Meaning

Bias ply tire

A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at alternate
angles substantially less than 90 degrees to
the centerline of the tread

Carcass

The tire structure, except tread and sidewall
rubber which, when inflated, bears the load

Chunking

The breaking away of pieces of the tread or
sidewall

Cord

The strands forming the plies in the tire

Cord separation

The parting of cords from adjacent rubber
compounds

Cracking

Any parting within the tread, sidewall, or innerliner of the tire extending to cord material

A pneumatic tire with an inverted flange tire
and rim system in which the rim is designed
with rim flanges pointed radially inward and
the tire is designed to fit on the underside of
the rim in a manner that encloses the rim
flanges inside the air cavity of the tire

Extra load tire

A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire

Groove

The space between two adjacent tread ribs

Innerliner

The layer(s) forming the inside surface of a
tubeless tire that contains the inflating medium
within the tire

Innerliner separation

The parting of the innerliner from cord material
in the carcass

Intended
sidewall

(a)The sidewall that contains a whitewall,
bears white lettering, or bears manufacturer,
brand, and/or model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same molding on
outboard
the other sidewall of the tire, or
(b)The outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that
must always face outward when mounted on a
vehicle

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

9-1. Specifications

Tire related term

663

Meaning

Light truck (LT) tire

A tire designated by its manufacturer as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks
or multipurpose passenger vehicles

Load rating

The maximum load that a tire is rated to carry
for a given inflation pressure

Maximum load rating

The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire

Maximum permissible The maximum cold inflation pressure to which
inflation pressure
a tire may be inflated
The rim on which a tire is fitted for physical
dimension requirements

Open splice

Any parting at any junction of tread, sidewall,
or innerliner that extends to cord material

Outer diameter

The overall diameter of an inflated new tire

Overall width

The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, including elevations due to labeling, decorations, or protective bands or ribs

Passenger car tire

A tire intended for use on passenger cars,
multipurpose passenger vehicles, and trucks,
that have a gross vehicle weight rating
(GVWR) of 10,000 lb. or less.

Ply

A layer of rubber-coated parallel cords

Ply separation

A parting of rubber compound between adjacent plies

Pneumatic tire

A mechanical device made of rubber, chemicals, fabric and steel or other materials, that,
when mounted on an automotive wheel, provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid
that sustains the load

Radial ply tire

A pneumatic tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at substantially 90
degrees to the centerline of the tread

Reinforced tire

A tire designed to operate at higher loads and
at higher inflation pressures than the corresponding standard tire

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Vehicle specifications

Measuring rim

664

9-1. Specifications

Tire related term

Meaning

Section width

The linear distance between the exteriors of
the sidewalls of an inflated tire, excluding elevations due to labeling, decoration, or protective bands

Sidewall

That portion of a tire between the tread and
bead

Sidewall separation

The parting of the rubber compound from the
cord material in the sidewall

Snow tire

A tire that attains a traction index equal to or
greater than 110, compared to the ASTM E1136 Standard Reference Test Tire, when
using the snow traction test as described in
ASTM F-1805-00, Standard Test Method for
Single Wheel Driving Traction in a Straight
Line on Snow-and Ice-Covered Surfaces, and
which is marked with an Alpine Symbol (
on at least one sidewall

)

Test rim

The rim on which a tire is fitted for testing, and
may be any rim listed as appropriate for use
with that tire

Tread

That portion of a tire that comes into contact
with the road

Tread rib

A tread section running circumferentially
around a tire

Tread separation

Pulling away of the tread from the tire carcass

Treadwear indicators
(TWI)

The projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the
degrees of wear of the tread

Wheel-holding fixture

The fixture used to hold the wheel and tire
assembly securely during testing

*: Table 1 ⎯ Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for
various designated seating capacities

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

9-1. Specifications

665

Designated seating
capacity, Number of
occupants

Vehicle normal load,
Number of occupants

Occupant distribution
in a normally loaded
vehicle

2 through 4

2 in front

5 through 10

2 in front, 1 in second
seat

11 through 15

2 in front, 1 in second
seat, 1 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat

16 through 20

2 in front, 2 in second
seat, 2 in third seat, 1
in fourth seat

Vehicle specifications

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

666

9-2. Customization

Customizable features
Your vehicle includes a variety of electronic features that can be
personalized to your preferences. The settings of these features
can be changed by the meter control switches, on the audio system screen or at your Toyota dealer.
Customizing vehicle features (audio system screen)
■ Changing by Entune Audio
1 Press the “SETUP” button.
2 Touch “Vehicle” on the “Setup” screen.

Select the desired item.
■ Changing by Entune Audio Plus or Entune Premium Audio
1 Press the “APPS” button.
2 Touch “Setup” on the “Apps” screen and select “Vehicle”.

Select the desired item.
Various setting can be changed. Refer to the list of settings that can
be changed for details.
Customizing vehicle features (meter control switches)
■ Changing by the meter control switches

→P. 108

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

667

9-2. Customization

Customizable features
Some function settings are changed simultaneously with other functions being customized. Contact your Toyota dealer for further details.
1 Settings that can be changed on the audio system screen
2 Settings that can be changed by the meter control switches
3 Settings that can be changed by your Toyota dealer

Definition of symbols: O = Available, — = Not available
■ Gauges, meters and multi-information display

(→P. 103, 107)
Function*1
Language*2

Default setting
English

Customized setting
French
Spanish

O —

km (km/L)
Units*2

miles (MPG US)

km (L/100 km)
miles (MPG
Imperial)

Maintenance system initialization*3
EV indicator
switch settings

Off

— O —

On
(Self-lighting)

Off

— O —

Drive
information 1

Desired status
screen*4

— O —

Current fuel consumption
Drive information 1

Distance (driving
range)
Drive information 2

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Average fuel
economy (after
refueling)

Vehicle specifications

Average fuel
economy (after
reset)

668

9-2. Customization

Function*1

Default setting

Customized setting

Driving distance
(after reset)
Drive information 3

Average vehicle
speed (after
reset)

Pop-up display

— O —

Off

— O —

Blue
Accent color

Light blue

Orange

O —

Yellow

Speed limit display*

On with the
speed limit caution indicator
(yellow) enabled

On with the
speed limit caution indicator
(yellow) not
enabled

— O

Off

*1: For details about each function: →P. 110
*2: The default setting varies according to country.
*3: U.S.A. only
*4: Some status screens cannot be registered (indicated on the multi-information display).

6 of the following items: current fuel consumption, average fuel economy
(after reset), average fuel economy (after refuel), average fuel economy
(after start), average vehicle speed (after reset), average vehicle speed
(after start), distance (driving range), elapsed time (after reset), elapsed
time (after start), distance (after start), driving distance (after reset), blank.

*6: Speed limit display may not be available for some regions.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

669

9-2. Customization

■ LDA (Lane Departure Alert with steering control) (→P. 282)
Default setting

Customized setting

Steering Assist

Off

— O —

Alert sensitivity

Standard

High

— O —

Off

— O —

Function

Vehicle sway warning
Vehicle sway
sensitivity

warning

Standard

Low
High

— O —

■ PCS (Pre-Collision System) (→P. 268)
Function

Default setting

Customized setting

PCS (Pre-Collision System)

Off

(Far)

Alert timing

— O —

(Middle)
(Near)
■ BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)* (→P. 313)
Function
BSM

*: If equipped

Default setting

Customized setting

Off

— O —
9

Vehicle specifications

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

670

9-2. Customization

■ Door lock (→P. 124, 130, 622)
Function

Unlocking
using
mechanical key

Default setting

Customized setting

Driver’s door
unlocked in one
step, all doors
unlocked in two
steps

All doors
unlocked in one
step

— — O

Automatic door lock

Off
Shifting the shift Vehicle speed is
lever to position approximately 12 O — O
other than P
mph (20 km/h) or
higher

Automatic door unlock

Shifting the shift
lever to P

Off
Driver’s door is
opened

O — O

■ Smart key system and wireless remote control (→P. 124, 130)
Function
Operation
ume

buzzer

Default setting
vol-

Operation signal
(Emergency flashers)
Time elapsed before
automatic door lock
function is activated if
door is not opened after
being unlocked
Open
door
buzzer

warning

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Level 5
On

Customized setting
Off
Level 1 to 7
Off

O — O
O — O

Off
60 seconds

30 seconds

O — O

120 seconds
On

Off

— — O

671

9-2. Customization

■ Smart key system (→P. 124, 130, 146)
Function
Smart key system
Number of consecutive
door lock operations

Default setting

Customized setting

Off

— — O

2 times

As many as
desired

— — O

■ Wireless remote control (→P. 120, 124, 130)
Default setting

Customized setting

Off

— — O

Unlocking operation

Driver’s door
unlocked in one
step, all doors
unlocked in two
steps

All doors
unlocked in one
step

O — O

Alarm (panic mode)

Off

— — O

Function
Wireless remote control

■ Power back door* (→P. 130)
Function

Default setting

Customized setting

Power back door opening angle

Opening angle 5

Opening angle
1 to 4

O — O

*: If equipped
■ Driving position memory* (→P. 163)
Function

*: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Customized setting

3
9

Driver’s door

All doors

— — O
Vehicle specifications

Selecting the door linking driving position memory with door unlock
operation

Default setting

672

9-2. Customization

■ Power windows and moon roof* (→P. 177, 181)
Function

Default setting

Customized setting

Mechanical key linked
operation

Off

— — O

Wireless remote control
linked operation (open
only)

Off

— — O

Wireless remote control
linked operation signal
(buzzer)

Off

— — O

Function

Default setting

Customized setting

One-touch close operation using the power window switches on the
front passenger door
and each rear door

Off

— — O

One-touch front passenger window or rear side
window close operation
using the power window
switch on the driver’s
door

Off

— — O

Function

Default setting

Customized setting

Linked operation of components when mechanical key is used (open
only)

Slide only

Tilt only

— — O

Linked operation of components when wireless
remote control is used

Slide only

Tilt only

— — O

*: If equipped
■ Power windows (→P. 177)

■ Moon roof* (→P. 181)

*: If equipped

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

673

9-2. Customization

■ Turn signal lever (→P. 239)
Function
The number of times the
turn signal lights flash
automatically when the
turn signal lever is
moved to the first position during a lane
change*1

Default setting

Customized setting

Off*2
3

— — O
4 to 7

*1: After flashing the turn signal lights when turning left or right while this function is off and the turn signal lever is moved to the first position in the direction of the flashing light, the turn signal lights can be selected to be flashing
or off.

*2: The turn signal lights will be off if the turn signal lever is moved to the first
position in the direction of flashing light.
■ Automatic light control system (→P. 241)
Function
Light sensor sensitivity
Time elapsed before
headlights automatically
turn off after doors are
closed

Default setting

Customized setting

Standard

-2 to 2

O — O

Off
30 seconds

60 seconds

O — O

90 seconds

Vehicle specifications

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

674

9-2. Customization

■ Lights (→P. 241)
Function
Daytime
system*

running

light

Default setting

Customized setting

Off

O — O

*: U.S.A. only
■ Intuitive parking assist*1 (Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTI-

MEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S MANUAL”)
Function

Default setting

Customized setting

Detection distance of the
rear center sensor

Far

Near

O — O

Level 3

Level 1 to 5

O — O

All sensors displayed

Display off

O — O

Buzzer volume
Display setting*2

*1: If equipped
*2: When intuitive parking assist is operating.
■ Vehicle Proximity Notification System (→P. 82)
Function

Default setting

The volume of Vehicle
Proximity
Notification
System sound

Level 1

Customized setting

Level 2
Level 3

— — O

■ Automatic air conditioning system (→P. 434)
Function

Default setting

Customized setting

A/C auto switch operation

Off

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

O — O

675

9-2. Customization

■ Illumination (→P. 447)
Function

Default setting

Customized setting

Off
Time elapsed before the
interior lights turn off

15 seconds

7.5 seconds

O — O

30 seconds
Operation
after
the
power switch is turned
off

Off

— — O

Operation when
doors are unlocked

Off

— — O

Operation when you
approach the vehicle
with the electronic key
on your person

Off

— — O

Ambient lights*

Off

— — O

the

Off
Time elapsed before the
outer foot lights turn off*

15 seconds

7.5 seconds

O — O

30 seconds
Operation of the outer
foot lights when you
approach the vehicle
with the electronic key
on your person*

Off

— — O

Operation of the outer
foot lights when the
doors are unlocked*

Off

— — O

*: If equipped

■ Seat belt reminder (→P. 568)
Default setting

Customized setting

Vehicle speed linked
seat
belt
reminder
buzzer

Off

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

— — O

Vehicle specifications

Function

676

9-2. Customization

■ Vehicle customization
● When the smart key system is off, the entry unlock function cannot be customized.
● When the doors remain closed after unlocking the doors and the timer activated automatic door lock function activates, signals will be generated in
accordance with the operation buzzer volume and operational signal (Emergency flashers) function settings.
■ Changing of the power back door opening angle (if equipped)
The opening angle setting can be changed through operation of either the
power back door switch or the audio system screen.
However, if the power switch is on and the power back door switch is used to
change the opening angle setting, the changed opening angle will not be
reflected on the audio system screen until the power switch is turned off and
then on again.
■ When customizing on the audio system screen
Stop the vehicle in a safe place, apply the parking brake, and shift the shift
lever to P. Also, to prevent 12-volt battery discharge, leave the hybrid system
operating while customizing the features.
WARNING
■ During customization
As the hybrid system needs to be operating during customization, ensure
that the vehicle is parked in a place with adequate ventilation. In a closed
area such as a garage, exhaust gases including harmful carbon monoxide
(CO) may collect and enter the vehicle. This may lead to death or a serious
health hazard.
NOTICE
■ During customization
To prevent 12-volt battery discharge, ensure that the hybrid system is operating while customizing features.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

9-3. Initialization

677

Items to initialize
The following items must be initialized for normal system operation after such cases as the 12-volt battery being reconnected,
or maintenance being performed on the vehicle:
Item

When to initialize

Reference

• After reconnecting or changing the 12-volt battery
• After changing a fuse

P. 130

Message indicating mainteAfter the maintenance is pernance is required
formed
(U.S.A. only)

P. 498

When changing the tire inflaTire pressure warning systion pressure by changing travtem
eling speed or load weight, etc.

P. 525

Power back door*

*: If equipped

Vehicle specifications

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

678

9-3. Initialization

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

679

For owners

10
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners........................ 680
Seat belt instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French) ............................... 681
SRS airbag instructions
for Canadian owners
(in French) ............................... 684

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

680

Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a
crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform
the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc. (Toll-free: 1-800331-4331).
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation,
and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may
order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer,
or Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free
at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://
www.safercar.gov ; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New
Jersey Ave, S.E., Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

681

Seat belt instructions for Canadian owners
(in French)
The following is a French explanation of seat belt instructions
extracted from the seat belt section in this manual.
See the seat belt section for more detailed seat belt instructions in
English.
Utilisation correcte des ceintures de sécurité
● Déroulez la sangle diagonale
de telle sorte qu’elle passe bien
sur l’épaule, sans pour autant
être en contact avec le cou ou
glisser de l’épaule.
● Placez la sangle abdominale le
plus bas possible sur les
hanches.
● Réglez la position du dossier de siège. Asseyez-vous le dos droit et
calez-vous bien dans le siège.
● Ne vrillez pas la ceinture de sécurité.

For owners

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

682
Guide de confort de ceinture de sécurité (siège central de la troisième rangée)
Si la sangle diagonale est proche du cou d’une personne, utilisez le
guide de confort de la ceinture de sécurité.
1 Sortez le guide de confort de sa

poche.

2 Glissez la ceinture dans la fente

du guide.
Le cordon élastique doit être derrière la ceinture de sécurité.

3 Attachez la ceinture de sécurité

et placez-la confortablement.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

683
Entretien et soin
■ Ceintures de sécurité

Nettoyez avec un chiffon ou une éponge humectée d’eau savonneuse tiède. Vérifiez régulièrement que les ceintures ne sont pas
effilochées, entaillées ou exagérément usées.
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Détérioration et usure des ceintures de sécurité
Inspectez le système de ceintures de sécurité périodiquement. Contrôlez
l'absence de coupures, d'effilochages et de pièces desserrées. N’utilisez
pas une ceinture de sécurité défectueuse avant qu’elle ne soit remplacée.
Une ceinture de sécurité défectueuse ne protège pas l’occupant de blessures graves ou mortelles.

For owners

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

684

SRS airbag instructions for Canadian
owners (in French)
The following is a French explanation of SRS airbag instructions
extracted from the SRS airbag section in this manual.
See the SRS airbag section for more detailed SRS airbag instructions in English.

◆ Coussins gonflables frontaux SRS
1 Le coussin gonflable conducteur/le coussin gonflable passager

avant SRS
Participent à la protection de la tête et du thorax du conducteur
et du passager avant contre les chocs contre les éléments de
l’habitacle
2 Coussin gonflable SRS de genoux du conducteur

Participe à la protection du conducteur
3 Coussin gonflable d'assise SRS

Participe à la protection du passager avant

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

685

◆ Coussins gonflables latéraux et rideau SRS
4 Coussins gonflables avant latéraux SRS

Peuvent aider à protéger le torse des passagers avant
5 Coussins gonflables rideau SRS

● Participent principalement à la protection de la tête des occupants assis aux places extérieures
● Contribuent à empêcher les occupants d'être éjectés du véhicule en cas de tonneau
Compositions du système de coussin gonflable SRS

For owners

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

686
1 Coussin gonflable passager

10 Capteurs

d’impact

latéral

(arrière)

avant
2 Coussins gonflables rideau

11 Contacteur de boucle de cein-

latéral

ture de sécurité du siège passager avant

4 Témoins

indicateurs “AIR
BAG ON” et “AIR BAG OFF”

12 Capteur de position du siège

5 Prétensionneurs de ceintures

13 Contacteur de boucle de cein-

de sécurité et limiteurs de
force

14 Coussin gonflable de genoux

3 Capteurs

d’impact
(portes avant)

6 Coussins gonflables latéraux
7 Coussin gonflable d'assise
8 Témoin d’avertissement SRS
9 Coussin gonflable conducteur

conducteur
ture de sécurité conducteur
du conducteur
15 Système de classification de

l’occupant du siège passager
avant (ECU et capteurs)
16 Capteurs d’impact avant
17 Boîtier électronique de cous-

sins gonflables
Votre véhicule est équipé de COUSSINS GONFLABLES INTELLIGENTS conçus selon les normes de sécurité américaines applicables
aux véhicules à moteur (FMVSS208). Le boîtier électronique (ECU)
des coussins gonflables régule le déploiement des coussins gonflables sur la base des informations qu’il reçoit des capteurs, etc., indiqués ci-dessus dans le schéma illustrant les composants du système.
Parmi ces informations figurent la gravité du choc et l’occupation du
véhicule par les passagers. Le déploiement rapide des coussins gonflables est obtenu au moyen d’une réaction chimique dans les dispositifs pyrotechniques, qui produit un gaz inoffensif permettant
d’amortir le mouvement des occupants.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

687
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions concernant les coussins gonflables SRS
Respectez les précautions suivantes concernant les coussins gonflables
SRS.
Autrement, des blessures graves, voire mortelles, pourraient s’ensuivre.
● Le conducteur et tous les passagers du véhicule doivent porter correctement leur ceinture de sécurité.
Les coussins gonflables SRS sont des dispositifs supplémentaires à utiliser avec les ceintures de sécurité.
● Le coussin gonflable SRS conducteur se déploie avec une violence considérable, qui peut causer des blessures graves, voire mortelles, si le
conducteur se trouve très près du coussin gonflable. La National Highway
Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) conseille:
Sachant que la zone de danger pour le coussin gonflable conducteur se
trouve dans les premiers 2 à 3 in. (50 - 75 mm) de déploiement, vous placer à 10 in. (250 mm) de votre coussin gonflable conducteur vous garantit
une marge de sécurité suffisante. Cette distance est à mesurer entre le
centre du volant et le sternum. Si vous êtes assis à moins de 10 in. (250
mm), vous pouvez changer votre position de conduite de plusieurs
façons:
• Reculez votre siège le plus possible, de manière à pouvoir encore
atteindre confortablement les pédales.
• Inclinez légèrement le dossier du siège.
Bien que les véhicules puissent être différents les uns des autres, la
plupart des conducteurs peuvent s’asseoir à une distance de 10 in.
(250 mm), même avec le siège conducteur complètement avancé, simplement en inclinant un peu le dossier de siège. Si vous avez des difficultés à voir la route après avoir incliné votre siège, utilisez un coussin
ferme et antidérapant pour vous rehausser ou remontez le siège si
votre véhicule est équipé de cette fonction.
• Si votre volant est réglable, inclinez-le vers le bas. Cela a pour effet
d’orienter le coussin gonflable en direction de votre poitrine plutôt que
de votre tête et de votre cou.
Réglez votre siège selon les recommandations de la NHTSA ci-dessus,
tout en conservant le contrôle des pédales, du volant et la vue des commandes du tableau de bord.

For owners

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

688
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions concernant les coussins gonflables SRS
● Si vous attachez une rallonge de ceinture de sécurité aux boucles de ceinture
de sécurité avant, mais pas au pêne de
la ceinture de sécurité, les coussins
gonflables avant SRS détectent que le
conducteur et le passager avant ont
attaché leur ceinture de sécurité, alors
même que ce n’est pas le cas. Dans ce
cas, il se peut que les coussins gonflables avant SRS ne se déploient pas
correctement en cas de collision et vous
risquez d’être tué ou grièvement blessé.
Veillez à porter la ceinture de sécurité
avec la rallonge de ceinture de sécurité.
● Le coussin gonflable SRS passager avant se déploie également avec une
violence considérable, qui peut causer des blessures graves, voire mortelles, si le passager avant se trouve très près du coussin gonflable. Éloignez le siège du passager avant au maximum du coussin gonflable et
réglez le dossier de siège de façon à être assis bien droit dans le siège.
● Les nourrissons et les enfants qui ne sont pas correctement assis et/ou
protégés peuvent être grièvement blessés ou tués par le déploiement d’un
coussin gonflable. Installez dans un siège de sécurité enfant les nourrissons et les enfants trop petits pour pouvoir utiliser la ceinture de sécurité.
Toyota recommande vivement que les nourrissons et les jeunes enfants
soient installés sur les sièges arrière du véhicule et convenablement attachés. Les sièges arrière sont plus sûrs pour les nourrissons et les enfants
que le siège du passager avant.
● N’installez jamais de siège de sécurité enfant type dos à la route sur le
siège du passager avant, même si le témoin indicateur “AIR BAG OFF” est
allumé.
En cas d'accident, par la violence et la vitesse de son déploiement, le
coussin gonflable passager avant peut blesser grièvement, voire tuer
l'enfant si le siège de sécurité enfant type dos à la route est installé sur le
siège du passager avant.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

689
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions concernant les coussins gonflables SRS
● Ne vous asseyez pas sur le bord du
siège et ne vous appuyez pas contre le
tableau de bord.

● Ne laissez pas un enfant rester debout
devant le coussin gonflable SRS passager avant ou bien s’asseoir sur les
genoux du passager avant.
● Ne laissez pas les occupants des
sièges avant voyager avec un objet sur
les genoux.
● Ne vous appuyez pas contre la porte,
contre le rail latéral de toit ou contre les
montants avant, latéraux et arrière.

● Ne laissez personne s’agenouiller sur
les sièges passagers en appui contre la
porte ou sortir la tête ou les mains à
l’extérieur du véhicule.

For owners

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

690
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions concernant les coussins gonflables SRS
● Ne fixez ni ne posez aucun objet sur le
tableau de bord, la garniture du volant
de direction et la partie inférieure du
tableau de bord.
Au déploiement des coussins gonflables SRS conducteur, passager
avant et de genoux du conducteur, ces
objets risquent de se transformer en
projectiles.
● Ne fixez rien aux portes, à la vitre du
pare-brise, aux vitres latérales, aux
montants avant et arrière, au rail latéral
de toit et à la poignée d’assistance.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

691
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Précautions concernant les coussins gonflables SRS
● Ne suspendez aucun cintre ou objets durs aux crochets à vêtements. En
cas de déploiement des coussins gonflables rideau SRS, tous ces objets
pourraient se transformer en projectiles et causer des blessures graves,
voire mortelles.
● Si un cache en vinyle recouvre la partie où le coussin gonflable de genoux
pour conducteur SRS se déploie, veillez à l'enlever.
● N’utilisez aucun accessoire de siège qui couvrirait les zones de déploiement des coussins gonflables latéraux SRS et du coussin gonflable
d'assise SRS, car il risquerait de gêner le déploiement des coussins gonflables. De tels accessoires peuvent empêcher les coussins gonflables
latéraux et le coussin gonflable d’assise de fonctionner correctement,
désactiver le dispositif ou entraîner le déploiement accidentel des coussins gonflables latéraux et du coussin gonflable d’assise, entraînant la
mort ou des blessures graves.
● Ne faites pas subir de chocs ou de pressions excessives à la zone renfermant les composants de coussin gonflable SRS.
En effet, cela pourrait entraîner un fonctionnement anormal des coussins
gonflables SRS.
● Ne touchez aucun composant du système immédiatement après le
déploiement (gonflage) des coussins gonflables SRS, car ils peuvent être
chauds.
● Si vous avez des difficultés à respirer après le déploiement des coussins
gonflables SRS, ouvrez une porte ou une vitre pour faire entrer de l’air
frais, ou bien descendez du véhicule si cela ne présente pas de danger.
Essuyez tout résidu dès que possible afin d’éviter d’éventuelles irritations
de la peau.
● Si les parties renfermant les coussins gonflables SRS, telles que la garniture du volant et les garnitures de montants avant et arrière, sont abîmées
ou craquelées, faites-les remplacer par votre concessionnaire Toyota.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

For owners

● Ne placez rien sur le siège du passager avant, comme un coussin par
exemple. Cela a pour conséquence de répartir le poids du passager sur
toute la surface du siège, ce qui empêche le capteur de détecter correctement le poids du passager. Il en résulte que les coussins gonflables avant
SRS du passager avant risquent de ne pas se déployer en cas de collision.

692
AVERTISSEMENT
■ Modification et mise au rebut des éléments du système de coussins
gonflables SRS
Consultez votre concessionnaire Toyota avant de mettre votre véhicule au
rebut ou de procéder à l'une des modifications suivantes. Les coussins gonflables SRS peuvent être défaillants ou se déployer (se gonfler) accidentellement, provoquant la mort ou de graves blessures.
● Installation, dépose, démontage et réparation des coussins gonflables
SRS
● Réparations, modifications, démontage ou remplacement du volant, du
tableau de bord, de la planche de bord, des sièges ou de leur garniture,
des montants avant, latéraux et arrière ou des rails latéraux de toit
● Réparations ou modifications des ailes avant, du pare-chocs avant ou des
flancs de l’habitacle
● Installation d’un protège-calandre (pare-buffle, pare-kangourou, etc.), de
chasse-neiges, de treuils ou d'une galerie de pavillon
● Modifications du système de suspension du véhicule
● Installation d’appareils électroniques, tels qu’un émetteur/récepteur radio
mobile ou un lecteur CD
● Aménagements de votre véhicule pour une personne atteinte d’un handicap physique

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

693

Index

What to do if...
(Troubleshooting) .................... 694
Alphabetical index ..................... 699

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

694

What to do if... (Troubleshooting)

What to do if... (Troubleshooting)
If you have a problem, check the following before contacting
your Toyota dealer.
The doors cannot be locked, unlocked, opened or closed
You lose your keys
● If you lose your keys or mechanical keys, new genuine keys can be made
by your Toyota dealer. (→P. 121)

● If you lose your electronic keys, the risk of vehicle theft increases significantly. Contact your Toyota dealer immediately. (→P. 123)

The doors cannot be locked or unlocked
● Is the electronic key battery weak or depleted? (→P. 539)
● Is the power switch in ON mode?
When locking the doors, turn the power switch off. (→P. 226)

● Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle?
When locking the doors, make sure that you have the electronic key on
your person.

● The function may not operate properly due to the condition of the radio
wave. (→P. 149)

The rear door cannot be opened
● Is the child-protector lock set?
The rear door cannot be opened from inside the vehicle when the lock is
set. Open the rear door from outside and then unlock the child-protector
lock. (→P. 127)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

What to do if... (Troubleshooting)

695

If you think something is wrong
The hybrid system does not start
● Did you press the power switch while firmly depressing the brake pedal?
(→P. 225)

● Is the shift lever in P? (→P. 228)
● Is the electronic key anywhere detectable inside the vehicle?
(→P. 147)

● Is the steering wheel unlocked? (→P. 228)
● Is the electronic key battery weak or depleted?
In this case, the hybrid system can be started in a temporary way.
(→P. 623)

● Is the 12-volt battery discharged? (→P. 625)
The shift lever cannot be shifted from P even if you depress
the brake pedal
● Is the power switch in ON mode?
If you cannot release the shift lever by depressing the brake pedal with the
power switch in ON mode (→P. 237)

The steering wheel cannot be turned after the hybrid system
is stopped
● It is locked automatically to prevent theft of the vehicle. (→P. 228)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

696

What to do if... (Troubleshooting)

The windows do not open or close by operating the power
window switches
● Is the window lock switch pressed?
The power window except for the one at the driver’s seat cannot be operated if the window lock switch is pressed. (→P. 178)

The power switch is turned off automatically
● The auto power off function will be operated if the vehicle is left in ACCESSORY or ON mode (the hybrid system is not operating) for a period of
time. (→P. 227)

A warning buzzer sounds during driving
● The seat belt reminder light is flashing
Are the driver and the passengers wearing the seat belts? (→P. 568)

● The parking brake indicator is on
Is the parking brake released? (→P. 240)
Depending on the situation, other types of warning buzzer may also sound.
(→P. 567, 576)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

What to do if... (Troubleshooting)

697

An alarm is activated and the horn sounds
(vehicles with an alarm)
● Did anyone inside the vehicle open a door during setting the alarm?
The sensor detects them and the alarm sounds. (→P. 93)
To stop the alarm, turn the power switch to ON mode or start the hybrid
system.

A warning buzzer sounds when leaving the vehicle
● Is the electronic key left inside the vehicle or the moon roof or panoramic
moon roof open?
Check the message on the multi-information display. (→P. 576)

A warning light turns on or a warning message or indicator
is displayed
● When a warning light turns on or a warning message or indicator is displayed, refer to P. 567, 576.

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

698

What to do if... (Troubleshooting)

When a problem has occurred
If you have a flat tire
● Stop the vehicle in a safe place and replace the flat tire with the spare tire.
(→P. 596)

The vehicle becomes stuck
● Try the procedure for when the vehicle becomes stuck in mud, dirt, or
snow. (→P. 634)

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Alphabetical index

699

Alphabetical index
A
A/C
Air conditioning filter ............. 537
Front automatic air
conditioning system............ 434
Rear automatic air
conditioning system............ 441
ABS
(Anti-lock Brake System)...... 328
Function ................................ 328
Warning light......................... 568
Air conditioning filter .............. 537
Air conditioning system
Air conditioning filter ............. 537
Front automatic air
conditioning system............ 434
Rear automatic air
conditioning system............ 441

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Airbags ....................................... 41
Airbag operating conditions .... 49
Airbag precautions for
your child.............................. 44
Airbag warning light .............. 567
Correct driving posture ........... 30
Curtain shield airbag
operating conditions ............. 49
Curtain shield airbag
precautions........................... 46
Front passenger occupant
classification system ............ 54
General airbag precautions .... 44
Locations of airbags ............... 41
Modification and
disposal of airbags ............... 48
Side airbag operating
conditions ............................. 49
Side airbag precautions.......... 44
Side and curtain shield
airbags operating
conditions ............................. 49
Side and curtain shield
airbags precautions.............. 44
SRS airbags ........................... 41

700

Alphabetical index

Alarm .......................................... 93
Alarm ...................................... 93
Warning buzzer............. 567, 576
Anchor brackets ........................ 66
Antennas (smart key
system)................................... 146
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) ...................................... 328
Function ................................ 328
Warning light......................... 568
Armrest..................................... 469
Assist grips .............................. 470
Audio input* ............................ 353
Automatic High Beam ............. 245
Automatic light control
system.................................... 241
AUX port* ......................... 353, 381
Auxiliary boxes ................ 454, 457

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

B
Back door ................................ 130
Back-up lights
Replacing light bulb .............. 545
Wattage ................................ 649
Battery (12-volt battery) .......... 517
Battery checking ................... 517
If the 12-volt battery is
discharged.......................... 625
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 337
Battery (traction battery) .......... 85
Bluetooth®
Entune Audio ................ 394, 395
Hands-free system
(for cellular phone) ............. 382
Bottle holders .......................... 451
Brake
Fluid...................................... 645
Parking brake ....................... 240
Warning light......................... 567
Brake assist ............................. 328
Break-in tips ............................ 193
Brightness control
Instrument panel light
control ................................ 104
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor)....... 313
Blind Spot Monitor
function............................... 318
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
function............................... 322

Alphabetical index

C
Care................................... 490, 494
Aluminum wheels.................. 491
Exterior ................................. 490
Interior................................... 494
Seat belts.............................. 495
Cargo hooks............................. 456
CD player*................................ 367
Chains....................................... 339
Child restraint system............... 62
Booster seats, definition ......... 63
Booster seats, installation....... 74
Convertible seats,
definition ............................... 63
Convertible seats,
installation ............................ 70
Front passenger occupant
classification system............. 54
Infant seats, definition............. 63
Infant seats, installation .......... 70
Installing CRS with
LATCH anchors.................... 68
Installing CRS with seat
belts...................................... 70
Installing CRS with top
tether strap ........................... 76
Child safety ................................ 61
12-volt battery
precautions................. 520, 628
Airbag precautions.................. 44
Back door precautions .......... 136
Child restraint system ............. 62
Glass hatch precautions ....... 143
How your child should wear
the seat belt.......................... 37
Installing child restraints ......... 66
Moon roof precautions .......... 184

701

Panoramic moon roof
precautions......................... 189
Power window lock switch .... 178
Power window precautions... 180
Rear door child-protectors .... 127
Removed electronic key
battery precautions............. 540
Seat belt extender
precautions........................... 40
Seat belt precautions.............. 39
Seat heater precautions ....... 444
Child-protectors ...................... 127
Cleaning ........................... 490, 494
Aluminum wheels ................. 491
Exterior ................................. 490
Interior .................................. 494
Seat belts.............................. 495
Clock......................................... 462
Coat hooks............................... 470
Compass .................................. 485
Condenser................................ 514
Console box............................. 450
Conversation mirror................ 462
Cooling system........................ 513
Hybrid system overheating ... 630
Cruise control
Dynamic radar cruise
control ................................ 292
Cup holders ............................. 452
Curtain shield airbags............... 42
Customizable features ............ 666

*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL”

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

702

Alphabetical index

D
Daytime running light
system.................................... 242
Deck board ............................... 457
Defogger
Outside rear view mirrors...... 436
Rear window ......................... 436
Windshield ............................ 436
Dimensions .............................. 638
Dinghy towing.......................... 224
Display
Drive information................... 109
Dynamic radar cruise
control................................. 292
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert with steering
control) ............................... 286
Multi-information
display ................................ 107
Warning message................. 576
Do-it-yourself maintenance .... 504
Door lock
Doors .................................... 124
Smart key system ................. 124
Wireless remote control ........ 125

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Doors
Automatic door locking
and unlocking system......... 127
Back door ............................. 130
Door lock .............................. 124
Door windows ....................... 177
Open door warning buzzer ... 125
Outside rear view mirrors ..... 175
Rear door child-protector...... 127
Side doors ............................ 124
Warning message................. 578
Driving ...................................... 192
Break-in tips.......................... 193
Correct driving posture ........... 30
Hybrid vehicle driving tips..... 334
Procedures ........................... 192
Winter drive tips.................... 337
Dynamic radar cruise
control.................................... 292
Constant speed control
mode .................................. 300
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode ...................... 298

Alphabetical index

E
ECB
(Electronically Controlled
Brake System) ....................... 328
Eco drive mode........................ 234
EDR (Event data recorder)........ 11
Electric motor
(traction motor) ....................... 81
Electric Power Steering
(EPS)....................................... 329
Function ................................ 329
Warning light......................... 568
Electronic key .......................... 120
Battery-saving
function............................... 148
If the electronic key does not
operate properly ................. 622
Replacing the battery............ 539
Emergency flashers ................ 560

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

703

Emergency, in case of
If a warning buzzer
sounds................................ 567
If a warning light turns on ..... 567
If a warning message is
displayed ............................ 576
If the 12-volt battery is
discharged.......................... 625
If the electronic key does
not operate properly ........... 622
If the hybrid system
will not start ........................ 620
If you have a flat tire ............. 596
If you think something is
wrong ................................. 566
If your vehicle becomes
stuck................................... 634
If your vehicle has to be
stopped in an emergency... 561
If your vehicle needs to be
towed.................................. 562
If your vehicle overheats....... 630
Energy monitor........................ 113
Engine ...................................... 640
ACCESSORY mode ............. 226
Compartment........................ 509
Hood ..................................... 506
How to start the hybrid
system................................ 225
Identification number ............ 640
If the hybrid system
will not start ........................ 620
Ignition switch
(power switch) .................... 225
Overheating .......................... 630
Power switch ........................ 225

704

Alphabetical index

Engine coolant......................... 513
Capacity................................ 644
Checking............................... 513
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 337
Engine coolant temperature
gauge...................................... 103
Engine oil ................................. 510
Capacity................................ 642
Checking............................... 510
Oil pressure warning
message............................. 584
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 337
Enhanced VSC ......................... 328
Entune Audio ........................... 349
Audio input............................ 353
AUX port/USB port................ 353
CD player.............................. 367
iPod....................................... 373
MP3/WMA disc ..................... 367
Optimal use........................... 364
Portable music player ........... 381
Radio .................................... 365
Steering wheel audio
switch ................................. 352
USB memory ........................ 377
Entune Audio Plus*
Entune Premium Audio*
EPS
(Electric Power Steering)...... 329
Function ................................ 329
Warning light......................... 568
EV drive mode.......................... 231
Event data recorder (EDR)........ 11

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

F
Flat tire ..................................... 596
Floor mats .................................. 28
Fluid
Brake .................................... 645
Hybrid transmission .............. 645
Washer ................................. 516
Fog lights ................................. 249
Replacing light bulbs ............ 545
Switch ................................... 249
Wattage ................................ 649
Front automatic air
conditioning system ............. 434
Front door courtesy lights
Location ................................ 447
Wattage ................................ 649
Front fog lights ........................ 249
Replacing light bulbs ............ 545
Switch ................................... 249
Wattage ................................ 649
Front passenger occupant
classification system.............. 54
Front personal lights............... 448
Wattage ................................ 649
Front seats ............................... 154
Adjustment............................ 154
Cleaning ............................... 494
Correct driving posture ........... 30
Head restraints ..................... 167
Seat heaters ......................... 445
Seat position memory........... 163
Seat ventilators..................... 445

Alphabetical index

Front side marker lights.......... 241
Light switch ........................... 241
Replacing light bulbs............. 545
Wattage ................................ 649
Front turn signal lights ........... 239
Replacing light bulbs............. 545
Turn signal lever ................... 239
Wattage ................................ 649
Fuel ........................................... 256
Capacity................................ 641
Fuel gauge............................ 103
Information............................ 650
Refueling............................... 256
Type...................................... 641
Warning light......................... 568
Fuel consumption
Average fuel
economy............................. 109
Current fuel
consumption ....................... 109
Fuel filler door.......................... 256
If the fuel filler door
cannot be opened............... 259
Refueling............................... 256
Fuses ........................................ 541

G
Garage door opener ................ 472
Gauges ..................................... 103
Glass hatch .............................. 142
Glove box ................................. 450
Grocery bag hooks.................. 456

705

H
Hands-free system
(for cellular phone)* ............. 382
Head restraints ........................ 167
Headlights ................................ 241
Automatic High Beam
system................................ 245
Light switch........................... 241
Replacing light bulbs ............ 545
Wattage ................................ 649
Heaters
Front automatic air
conditioning system............ 434
Heated steering wheel.......... 445
Outside rear view mirrors ..... 436
Rear automatic air
conditioning system............ 441
Seat heaters ......................... 445
High voltage components ........ 85
Hill-start assist control ........... 329
Hood ......................................... 506
Open..................................... 506
Hooks
Cargo hooks ......................... 456
Coat hooks ........................... 470
Grocery bag hooks ............... 456
Retaining hooks (floor mat) .... 28
Horn .......................................... 171
Hybrid battery
(traction battery) ..................... 85
Hybrid battery
(traction battery) air vent........ 86

*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL”

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

706

Alphabetical index

Hybrid system............................ 81
Emergency shut off system .... 86
Energy monitor/
consumption screen ........... 113
EV drive mode ...................... 231
High voltage components ....... 85
Hybrid System Indicator........ 105
Hybrid system precautions ..... 85
Hybrid vehicle driving tips ..... 334
If the hybrid system
will not start ........................ 620
Overheating .......................... 630
Power (ignition) switch.......... 225
Starting the hybrid system .... 225
Vehicle proximity notification
system .................................. 84
Hybrid System Indicator ......... 105
Hybrid transmission................ 233
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P ..................... 237
S mode ................................. 235

I
I/M test ...................................... 503
Identification ............................ 639
Engine .................................. 640
Vehicle.................................. 639
Ignition switch
(power switch)....................... 225
Illuminated entry system ........ 448
Immobilizer system ................... 91
Indicators ................................. 101
Initialization
Maintenance ......................... 498
Moon roof ............................. 183
Panoramic moon roof ........... 187
Power back door................... 136
Power windows..................... 179
Tire pressure
warning system .................. 525
Inside rear view mirror............ 173
Interior lights ........................... 447
Switch ................................... 448
Wattage ................................ 649
Intuitive parking assist*

J
Jack
Positioning the jack............... 508
Vehicle-equipped jack .......... 597
Jack handle.............................. 597
Jam protection function
Moon roof ............................. 182
Panoramic moon roof ........... 187
Power back door................... 135
Power window ...................... 178

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Alphabetical index

K
Keyless entry
Smart key system ................. 124
Wireless remote
control......................... 125, 131
Keys .......................................... 120
Battery-saving function ......... 148
Electronic key ....................... 120
If the electronic key does not
operate properly ................. 622
If you lose your keys ............. 121
Key number plate.................. 120
Keyless entry ........................ 124
Mechanical key ..................... 121
Power switch......................... 225
Replacing the battery............ 539
Warning buzzer..................... 147
Wireless remote control
key...................................... 120
Knee airbags .............................. 41

707

L
Lane Departure Alert with
steering control (LDA) .......... 282
Language
(multi-information
display) .................................. 110
LATCH anchors ......................... 68
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert with
steering control).................... 282
Lane departure alert
function............................... 282
Steering control function....... 283
Vehicle sway warning ........... 283
Lever
Auxiliary catch lever.............. 506
Hood lock release lever ........ 506
Shift lever.............................. 233
Tilt and telescopic steering
lock release lever ............... 171
Turn signal lever ................... 239
Wiper lever ................... 250, 254
License plate lights ................. 241
Light switch........................... 241
Replacing light bulbs ............ 545
Wattage ................................ 649
Light bulbs
Replacing.............................. 545
Wattage ................................ 649

*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL”

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

708

Alphabetical index

Lights
Automatic High Beam
system ................................ 245
Fog light switch ..................... 249
Headlight switch.................... 241
Illuminated entry system ....... 448
Interior lights ......................... 448
Interior lights list.................... 447
Luggage compartment
light..................................... 134
Personal lights ...................... 448
Replacing light bulbs............. 545
Turn signal lever ................... 239
Vanity lights .......................... 461
Wattage ................................ 649
Lock steering column ............. 171
Luggage compartment
light......................................... 134
Wattage ................................ 649

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

M
Maintenance
Do-it-yourself maintenance... 504
General maintenance ........... 500
Maintenance data ................. 638
Maintenance
requirements ...................... 497
Malfunction indicator lamp..... 567
Master warning light ............... 569
Meter......................................... 103
Indicators .............................. 101
Instrument panel light
control ................................ 104
Meters................................... 103
Multi-information display ...... 107
Warning lights......................... 99
Mirrors
Inside rear view mirror .......... 173
Outside rear view mirror
defoggers ........................... 436
Outside rear view mirrors ..... 175
Vanity mirrors ....................... 461
Moon roof................................. 181
Door lock linked
moon roof operation ........... 182
Jam protection function ........ 182
Operation.............................. 181
MP3 disc*................................. 367
Multi-information display ....... 107
Audio system-linked ............. 107
Driving information................ 109
Dynamic radar cruise
control ................................ 292
Energy monitor ..................... 113
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert
with steering control) .......... 282
Navigation system-linked...... 107
Settings display .................... 110
Switching the display ............ 108
Warning message................. 576

Alphabetical index

N
Noise from under vehicle............ 8

O
Odometer.................................. 103
Oil
Engine oil .............................. 642
Opener
Back door.............................. 131
Fuel filler door ....................... 258
Glass hatch........................... 142
Hood ..................................... 506
Outer foot lights....................... 447
Outside rear view mirrors ....... 175
Adjusting and folding ............ 175
BSM (Blind spot monitor)...... 313
Mirror position memory ......... 163
Outside rear view mirror
defoggers ........................... 436
Outside temperature
display.................................... 463
Overheating, Hybrid system... 630

709

P
Panoramic moon roof ............. 185
Jam protection function ........ 187
Operation.............................. 185
Panoramic view monitor*
Parking assist sensors
(intuitive parking assist)*
Parking brake........................... 240
Operation.............................. 240
Parking brake engaged
warning buzzer................... 580
Parking brake engaged
warning light ....................... 568
Parking brake engaged
warning message ............... 580
Parking lights........................... 241
Light switch........................... 241
Replacing light bulbs ............ 545
Wattage ................................ 649
PCS
(Pre-Collision System).......... 268
Pre-collision brake assist...... 269
Pre-collision braking ............. 269
Pre-collision warning ............ 269
Warning light......................... 569
Personal lights......................... 448
Wattage ................................ 649
Power back door ..................... 130
Power control unit..................... 85
Power control unit coolant ..... 513
Capacity................................ 644
Checking............................... 513
Preparing and checking
before winter ...................... 337

*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL”

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

710

Alphabetical index

Power outlets ........................... 464
Power steering
(Electric power steering) ...... 329
Warning light......................... 568
Power switch............................ 225
Power windows........................ 177
Door lock linked
window operation ............... 179
Jam protection function......... 178
Operation .............................. 177
Window lock switch............... 178
Pre-Collision System
(PCS) ...................................... 268
Pre-collision brake assist ...... 269
Pre-collision braking ............. 269
Pre-collision warning............. 269
Warning light......................... 569

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

R
Radar cruise control
(dynamic radar
cruise control) ....................... 292
Radiator.................................... 514
Radio* ...................................... 365
Rear automatic air
conditioning system ............. 441
Rear personal lights................ 448
Wattage ................................ 649
Rear seat .................................. 156
Adjustment............................ 156
Folding down ................ 158, 160
Rear seat entertainment
system*
Rear side marker lights........... 241
Light switch........................... 241
Replacing light bulbs ............ 545
Wattage ................................ 649
Rear sunshade......................... 468
Rear turn signal lights ............ 239
Replacing light bulbs ............ 545
Turn signal lever ................... 239
Wattage ................................ 649

Alphabetical index

Rear view mirror
Inside rear view mirror .......... 173
Outside rear view mirrors...... 175
Rear view monitor system ...... 304
Rear window defogger ............ 436
Rear window wiper .................. 254
Refueling .................................. 256
Capacity................................ 641
Fuel types ............................. 641
If the fuel filler door
cannot be opened............... 259
Opening the fuel tank cap..... 258
Replacing
Electronic key battery ........... 539
Fuses .................................... 541
Light bulbs ............................ 545
Tires...................................... 596
Reporting safety defects
for U.S. owners...................... 680
Resetting the message
indicating maintenance is
required.................................. 498
Road accident cautions ............ 89
Roof rails .................................. 205

711

S
Safety Connect ........................ 479
Seat belt reminder light .......... 568
Seat belts ................................... 32
Adjusting the seat belt ............ 35
Automatic Locking
Retractor .............................. 36
Child restraint system
installation ............................ 70
Cleaning and maintaining
the seat belt........................ 495
Emergency Locking
Retractor .............................. 36
How to wear your seat belt ..... 30
How your child should wear
the seat belt.......................... 37
Pregnant women, proper
seat belt use......................... 38
Reminder light and buzzer.... 568
Seat belt extender .................. 37
Seat belt pretensioners........... 36
SRS warning light ................. 567
Seat heaters ............................. 445
Seat position memory............. 163
Seat ventilators........................ 445
Seating capacity ...................... 207
Seats................................. 154, 156
Adjustment.................... 154, 156
Adjustment
precautions................. 155, 162
Child seats/child restraint
system installation................ 66
Cleaning ............................... 495
Driving position memory ....... 163
Head restraints ..................... 167
Properly sitting in the seat ...... 30
Seat heaters ......................... 445
Seat position memory........... 163
Seat ventilators..................... 445

*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL”

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

712

Alphabetical index

Sensor
Automatic headlight
system ................................ 243
Automatic High Beam
system ................................ 245
Camera sensor ..................... 263
Inside rear view mirror .......... 174
LDA (Lane Departure
Alert with steering
control) ............................... 282
Radar sensor ........................ 263
Rain-sensing windshield
wipers ................................. 252
Service plug ............................... 85
Shift lever ................................. 233
Hybrid transmission .............. 233
If the shift lever cannot
be shifted from P ................ 237
S mode ................................. 235
Shift lock system ..................... 237
Shopping bag hooks ............... 456
Side airbags ............................... 42
Side marker lights ................... 241
Light switch ........................... 241
Replacing light bulbs............. 545
Wattage ................................ 649
Side mirrors ............................. 175
Adjusting and folding ............ 175
BSM (Blind Spot Monitor) ..... 313
Mirror position memory ......... 163
Side table.................................. 471
Side turn signal lights ............. 239
Replacing light bulbs............. 558
Turn signal lever ................... 239
Smart key system .................... 146
Antenna location ................... 146
Entry functions ...................... 124
Starting the hybrid system .... 225
Warning message................. 592
Snow tires ................................ 340

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Spare tire.................................. 596
Inflation pressure .................. 646
Storage location.................... 597
Spark plug................................ 644
Specifications .......................... 638
Speedometer............................ 103
Steering wheel ......................... 171
Adjustment............................ 171
Audio switches* ................... 352
Stop/tail lights
Replacing light bulbs ............ 545
Storage feature ........................ 449
Stuck
If the vehicle becomes
stuck................................... 634
Sun visors ................................ 461
Sunshade
Panoramic roof ..................... 185
Rear...................................... 468
Roof ...................................... 182
Switches
Audio remote control
switches* ........................... 352
Automatic High Beam
switch ................................. 245
Back door opener switch ...... 131
Door lock switches................ 126
Driving position memory
switches ............................. 163
Dynamic radar cruise
control switch ..................... 292
“ECO MODE” switch............. 234
Emergency flashers
switch ................................. 560
EV drive mode switch ........... 231
Fog light switch..................... 249
Garage door opener
switches ............................. 472

Alphabetical index

Heated steering wheel
switch ................................. 445
Ignition switch ....................... 225
Intuitive parking assist*
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control)
switch ................................. 285
Light switches ....................... 241
Meter control switches .......... 108
Moon roof switches............... 181
Outside rear view mirror
switches.............................. 175
Panoramic moon roof
switches.............................. 185
Power back door main
switch ................................. 133
Power back door opener
and closer switch................ 130
Power door lock switch ......... 126
Power switch......................... 225
Power window switches........ 177
Rear window and outside
rear view mirror
defoggers switch ................ 436
Rear window wiper and
washer switch..................... 254
Seat heater switches ............ 445
Seat ventilator switches ........ 445
“SOS” button......................... 479
Steering wheel switch ........... 108
Talk switch* .......................... 427
Telephone switches* ............ 408
Tire pressure warning reset
switch ................................. 525
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance
switch ................................. 292
VSC OFF switch ................... 330
Window lock switch............... 178
Windshield wiper
and washer switch.............. 250

713

T
Tail lights.................................. 241
Light switch........................... 241
Replacing light bulbs ............ 545
Talk switch* ............................. 427
Telephone switches* .............. 408
Theft deterrent system
Alarm ...................................... 93
Immobilizer system................. 91
Tire inflation pressure............. 532
Maintenance data ................. 646
Warning light......................... 569
Tire information ....................... 653
Glossary ............................... 660
Size....................................... 656
Tire identification number ..... 655
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading .............................. 658
Tire pressure warning
system.................................... 524
Function................................ 524
Initializing.............................. 524
Installing tire pressure
warning valves
and transmitters ................. 524
Registering ID codes ............ 526
Tire pressure warning reset
switch ................................. 525
Warning light......................... 569

*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL”

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

714

Alphabetical index

Tires .......................................... 522
Chains................................... 339
Checking............................... 522
If you have a flat tire ............. 596
Inflation pressure .................. 646
Information............................ 653
Replacing.............................. 596
Rotating tires......................... 523
Size....................................... 646
Snow tires ............................. 340
Spare tire .............................. 596
Tire pressure warning
system ................................ 524
Warning light......................... 569
Tools ......................................... 597
Top tether strap ......................... 76
Towing
Dinghy towing ....................... 224
Emergency towing ................ 562
Trailer towing ........................ 208
Toyota Safety Sense P ............ 261
Automatic High Beam ........... 245
Dynamic radar cruise
control................................. 292
LDA
(Lane Departure Alert
with steering control) .......... 282
PCS
(Pre-Collision System)........ 268
TRAC (Traction Control) ......... 328
Traction battery
(hybrid battery)........................ 85
Traction Control (TRAC) ......... 328
Traction motor
(electric motor) ........................ 81
Trailer sway control................. 328
Trailer towing .......................... 208

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

Transmission ........................... 233
Hybrid transmission .............. 233
If the shift lever cannot be
shifted from P ..................... 237
S mode ................................. 235
Turn signal lights .................... 239
Replacing light bulbs ............ 545
Turn signal lever ................... 239
Wattage ................................ 649

U
USB charging ports................. 466
USB port*................................. 353
Utility vehicle precautions...... 341

V
Vanity lights ............................. 461
Wattage ................................ 649
Vanity mirrors .......................... 461
VDIM (Vehicle Dynamics
Integrated Management) ...... 329
Vehicle data recordings............ 10
Vehicle Dynamics Integrated
Management (VDIM).............. 329
Vehicle identification
number................................... 639
Vehicle Stability Control
(VSC) ...................................... 328
Ventilators
(seat ventilators) ................... 445
Voice command system* ....... 427
VSC (Vehicle Stability
Control) .................................. 328

Alphabetical index

W
Warning buzzers
Brake system ........................ 567
Downshifting ......................... 237
Electric power steering
system ................................ 568
Key reminder ........................ 592
Parking brake........................ 568
PCS
(Pre-Collision System)........ 569
Seat belt reminder ................ 568
Warning lights............................ 99
ABS....................................... 568
Brake system ........................ 567
Electric power steering
system ................................ 568
LDA (Lane Departure Alert
with steering control) .......... 569
Low fuel level ........................ 568
Malfunction indicator lamp .... 567
Master warning light.............. 569
Parking brake........................ 568
PCS
(Pre-Collision System)........ 569
Seat belt reminder light......... 568
Slip indicator ......................... 568
SRS ...................................... 567
Tire pressure......................... 569
Warning messages.................. 576
Washer.............................. 250, 254
Checking............................... 516
Preparing and checking
before winter....................... 337
Switch ........................... 250, 254
Washing and waxing ............... 490
Weights
Cargo capacity...................... 207
Load limits............................. 207
Weights................................. 638

715

Wheels...................................... 535
Replacing.............................. 535
Size....................................... 646
Window glasses ...................... 177
Window lock switch ................ 178
Windows................................... 177
Power windows..................... 177
Rear window defogger.......... 436
Windshield wiper de-icer ........ 436
Windshield wipers................... 250
Intermittent windshield
wipers with interval
adjuster .............................. 250
Rain-sensing windshield
wipers................................. 251
Winter driving tips................... 337
Wireless remote control
key .......................................... 120
Battery-saving
function............................... 148
Locking/Unlocking ................ 125
Replacing the battery............ 539
WMA disc* ............................... 367

*: Refer to “NAVIGATION AND MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM OWNER’S
MANUAL”

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

716
GAS STATION INFORMATION
Auxiliary catch lever

Fuel filler door

P. 506

P. 258

Hood lock release
lever

Fuel filler
door opener

Tire inflation pressure

P. 506

P. 258

P. 646

Fuel tank capacity
(Reference)
Fuel type

17.1 gal. (65.0 L, 14.2 Imp. gal.)
Unleaded gasoline only

P. 641

Cold tire inflation
pressure

P. 646

Engine oil capacity
(Drain and refill —
reference)

P. 642

Engine oil type

“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent

HIGHLANDER_HV_U (OM0E032U)

P. 642

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : Yes
Has XFA                         : No
Language                        : en
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c006 80.159825, 2016/09/16-03:31:08
Modify Date                     : 2017:07:11 11:08:20-05:00
Create Date                     : 2017:07:11 11:08:20-05:00
Metadata Date                   : 2017:07:11 11:08:20-05:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:aec64f60-4274-47d8-b298-2579932e822f
Instance ID                     : uuid:c5b726ed-a59b-49bb-a330-e7e69a43e8bb
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Page Count                      : 716

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

OM0E032U

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation